WO1996036758A2 - Internally-coated porous webs with controlled positioning of modifiers therein - Google Patents

Internally-coated porous webs with controlled positioning of modifiers therein Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1996036758A2
WO1996036758A2 PCT/US1996/007000 US9607000W WO9636758A2 WO 1996036758 A2 WO1996036758 A2 WO 1996036758A2 US 9607000 W US9607000 W US 9607000W WO 9636758 A2 WO9636758 A2 WO 9636758A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
web
article
modifier
agents
modifiers
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1996/007000
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO1996036758A3 (en
Inventor
James Michael Caldwell
Original Assignee
Nextec Applications, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=23758964&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO1996036758(A2) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Nextec Applications, Inc. filed Critical Nextec Applications, Inc.
Priority to JP8535032A priority Critical patent/JP2986218B2/en
Priority to AU57500/96A priority patent/AU5750096A/en
Priority to DK96915838T priority patent/DK0826082T3/en
Priority to CA002221168A priority patent/CA2221168C/en
Priority to AT96915838T priority patent/ATE200114T1/en
Priority to EP96915838A priority patent/EP0826082B1/en
Priority to DE69612281T priority patent/DE69612281T2/en
Publication of WO1996036758A2 publication Critical patent/WO1996036758A2/en
Publication of WO1996036758A3 publication Critical patent/WO1996036758A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/45Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
    • A61F13/49Absorbent articles specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers
    • A61F13/49003Reusable, washable fabric diapers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/00051Accessories for dressings
    • A61F13/00063Accessories for dressings comprising medicaments or additives, e.g. odor control, PH control, debriding, antimicrobic
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/514Backsheet, i.e. the impermeable cover or layer furthest from the skin
    • A61F13/51401Backsheet, i.e. the impermeable cover or layer furthest from the skin characterised by the material
    • A61F13/51405Backsheet, i.e. the impermeable cover or layer furthest from the skin characterised by the material treated or coated, e.g. with moisture repellent agent
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/514Backsheet, i.e. the impermeable cover or layer furthest from the skin
    • A61F13/51474Backsheet, i.e. the impermeable cover or layer furthest from the skin characterised by its structure
    • A61F13/51476Backsheet, i.e. the impermeable cover or layer furthest from the skin characterised by its structure being three-dimensional, e.g. embossed, textured, pleated, or with three-dimensional features, like gathers or loops
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/514Backsheet, i.e. the impermeable cover or layer furthest from the skin
    • A61F13/51474Backsheet, i.e. the impermeable cover or layer furthest from the skin characterised by its structure
    • A61F13/51478Backsheet, i.e. the impermeable cover or layer furthest from the skin characterised by its structure being a laminate, e.g. multi-layered or with several layers
    • A61F13/5148Backsheet, i.e. the impermeable cover or layer furthest from the skin characterised by its structure being a laminate, e.g. multi-layered or with several layers having an impervious inner layer and a cloth-like outer layer
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L15/00Chemical aspects of, or use of materials for, bandages, dressings or absorbent pads
    • A61L15/16Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads for physiological fluids such as urine or blood, e.g. sanitary towels, tampons
    • A61L15/22Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads for physiological fluids such as urine or blood, e.g. sanitary towels, tampons containing macromolecular materials
    • A61L15/26Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds; Derivatives thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L15/00Chemical aspects of, or use of materials for, bandages, dressings or absorbent pads
    • A61L15/16Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads for physiological fluids such as urine or blood, e.g. sanitary towels, tampons
    • A61L15/42Use of materials characterised by their function or physical properties
    • A61L15/52Water-repellants
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05CAPPARATUS FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05C11/00Component parts, details or accessories not specifically provided for in groups B05C1/00 - B05C9/00
    • B05C11/02Apparatus for spreading or distributing liquids or other fluent materials already applied to a surface ; Controlling means therefor; Control of the thickness of a coating by spreading or distributing liquids or other fluent materials already applied to the coated surface
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05CAPPARATUS FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05C3/00Apparatus in which the work is brought into contact with a bulk quantity of liquid or other fluent material
    • B05C3/18Apparatus in which the work is brought into contact with a bulk quantity of liquid or other fluent material only one side of the work coming into contact with the liquid or other fluent material
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C14SKINS; HIDES; PELTS; LEATHER
    • C14CCHEMICAL TREATMENT OF HIDES, SKINS OR LEATHER, e.g. TANNING, IMPREGNATING, FINISHING; APPARATUS THEREFOR; COMPOSITIONS FOR TANNING
    • C14C11/00Surface finishing of leather
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C14SKINS; HIDES; PELTS; LEATHER
    • C14CCHEMICAL TREATMENT OF HIDES, SKINS OR LEATHER, e.g. TANNING, IMPREGNATING, FINISHING; APPARATUS THEREFOR; COMPOSITIONS FOR TANNING
    • C14C9/00Impregnating leather for preserving, waterproofing, making resistant to heat or similar purposes
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H1/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
    • D04H1/40Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
    • D04H1/42Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties characterised by the use of certain kinds of fibres insofar as this use has no preponderant influence on the consolidation of the fleece
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H1/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
    • D04H1/40Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
    • D04H1/58Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties by applying, incorporating or activating chemical or thermoplastic bonding agents, e.g. adhesives
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H1/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
    • D04H1/40Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
    • D04H1/58Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties by applying, incorporating or activating chemical or thermoplastic bonding agents, e.g. adhesives
    • D04H1/587Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties by applying, incorporating or activating chemical or thermoplastic bonding agents, e.g. adhesives characterised by the bonding agents used
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D04BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
    • D04HMAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
    • D04H1/00Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
    • D04H1/40Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
    • D04H1/58Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties by applying, incorporating or activating chemical or thermoplastic bonding agents, e.g. adhesives
    • D04H1/64Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties by applying, incorporating or activating chemical or thermoplastic bonding agents, e.g. adhesives the bonding agent being applied in wet state, e.g. chemical agents in dispersions or solutions
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06BTREATING TEXTILE MATERIALS USING LIQUIDS, GASES OR VAPOURS
    • D06B15/00Removing liquids, gases or vapours from textile materials in association with treatment of the materials by liquids, gases or vapours
    • D06B15/08Removing liquids, gases or vapours from textile materials in association with treatment of the materials by liquids, gases or vapours by scraping
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M15/00Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment
    • D06M15/19Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment with synthetic macromolecular compounds
    • D06M15/21Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06M15/244Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds of halogenated hydrocarbons
    • D06M15/256Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds of halogenated hydrocarbons containing fluorine
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M15/00Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment
    • D06M15/19Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment with synthetic macromolecular compounds
    • D06M15/21Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06M15/263Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds of unsaturated carboxylic acids; Salts or esters thereof
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M15/00Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment
    • D06M15/19Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment with synthetic macromolecular compounds
    • D06M15/21Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06M15/356Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds of other unsaturated compounds containing nitrogen, sulfur, silicon or phosphorus atoms
    • D06M15/3568Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds of other unsaturated compounds containing nitrogen, sulfur, silicon or phosphorus atoms containing silicon
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M15/00Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment
    • D06M15/19Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment with synthetic macromolecular compounds
    • D06M15/37Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06M15/564Polyureas, polyurethanes or other polymers having ureide or urethane links; Precondensation products forming them
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M15/00Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment
    • D06M15/19Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment with synthetic macromolecular compounds
    • D06M15/37Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06M15/643Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds containing silicon in the main chain
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M15/00Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment
    • D06M15/19Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment with synthetic macromolecular compounds
    • D06M15/37Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06M15/643Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds containing silicon in the main chain
    • D06M15/653Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds containing silicon in the main chain modified by isocyanate compounds
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M15/00Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment
    • D06M15/19Treating fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, with macromolecular compounds; Such treatment combined with mechanical treatment with synthetic macromolecular compounds
    • D06M15/37Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06M15/643Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds containing silicon in the main chain
    • D06M15/657Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds containing silicon in the main chain containing fluorine
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06NWALL, FLOOR, OR LIKE COVERING MATERIALS, e.g. LINOLEUM, OILCLOTH, ARTIFICIAL LEATHER, ROOFING FELT, CONSISTING OF A FIBROUS WEB COATED WITH A LAYER OF MACROMOLECULAR MATERIAL; FLEXIBLE SHEET MATERIAL NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06N3/00Artificial leather, oilcloth or other material obtained by covering fibrous webs with macromolecular material, e.g. resins, rubber or derivatives thereof
    • D06N3/0002Artificial leather, oilcloth or other material obtained by covering fibrous webs with macromolecular material, e.g. resins, rubber or derivatives thereof characterised by the substrate
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06NWALL, FLOOR, OR LIKE COVERING MATERIALS, e.g. LINOLEUM, OILCLOTH, ARTIFICIAL LEATHER, ROOFING FELT, CONSISTING OF A FIBROUS WEB COATED WITH A LAYER OF MACROMOLECULAR MATERIAL; FLEXIBLE SHEET MATERIAL NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06N3/00Artificial leather, oilcloth or other material obtained by covering fibrous webs with macromolecular material, e.g. resins, rubber or derivatives thereof
    • D06N3/04Artificial leather, oilcloth or other material obtained by covering fibrous webs with macromolecular material, e.g. resins, rubber or derivatives thereof with macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06N3/047Artificial leather, oilcloth or other material obtained by covering fibrous webs with macromolecular material, e.g. resins, rubber or derivatives thereof with macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds with fluoropolymers
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06NWALL, FLOOR, OR LIKE COVERING MATERIALS, e.g. LINOLEUM, OILCLOTH, ARTIFICIAL LEATHER, ROOFING FELT, CONSISTING OF A FIBROUS WEB COATED WITH A LAYER OF MACROMOLECULAR MATERIAL; FLEXIBLE SHEET MATERIAL NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06N3/00Artificial leather, oilcloth or other material obtained by covering fibrous webs with macromolecular material, e.g. resins, rubber or derivatives thereof
    • D06N3/12Artificial leather, oilcloth or other material obtained by covering fibrous webs with macromolecular material, e.g. resins, rubber or derivatives thereof with macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. gelatine proteins
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06NWALL, FLOOR, OR LIKE COVERING MATERIALS, e.g. LINOLEUM, OILCLOTH, ARTIFICIAL LEATHER, ROOFING FELT, CONSISTING OF A FIBROUS WEB COATED WITH A LAYER OF MACROMOLECULAR MATERIAL; FLEXIBLE SHEET MATERIAL NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06N3/00Artificial leather, oilcloth or other material obtained by covering fibrous webs with macromolecular material, e.g. resins, rubber or derivatives thereof
    • D06N3/12Artificial leather, oilcloth or other material obtained by covering fibrous webs with macromolecular material, e.g. resins, rubber or derivatives thereof with macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. gelatine proteins
    • D06N3/128Artificial leather, oilcloth or other material obtained by covering fibrous webs with macromolecular material, e.g. resins, rubber or derivatives thereof with macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. gelatine proteins with silicon polymers
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D21PAPER-MAKING; PRODUCTION OF CELLULOSE
    • D21HPULP COMPOSITIONS; PREPARATION THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES D21C OR D21D; IMPREGNATING OR COATING OF PAPER; TREATMENT OF FINISHED PAPER NOT COVERED BY CLASS B31 OR SUBCLASS D21G; PAPER NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D21H17/00Non-fibrous material added to the pulp, characterised by its constitution; Paper-impregnating material characterised by its constitution
    • D21H17/20Macromolecular organic compounds
    • D21H17/33Synthetic macromolecular compounds
    • D21H17/46Synthetic macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D21H17/59Synthetic macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D21PAPER-MAKING; PRODUCTION OF CELLULOSE
    • D21HPULP COMPOSITIONS; PREPARATION THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES D21C OR D21D; IMPREGNATING OR COATING OF PAPER; TREATMENT OF FINISHED PAPER NOT COVERED BY CLASS B31 OR SUBCLASS D21G; PAPER NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D21H19/00Coated paper; Coating material
    • D21H19/10Coatings without pigments
    • D21H19/14Coatings without pigments applied in a form other than the aqueous solution defined in group D21H19/12
    • D21H19/24Coatings without pigments applied in a form other than the aqueous solution defined in group D21H19/12 comprising macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D21H19/32Coatings without pigments applied in a form other than the aqueous solution defined in group D21H19/12 comprising macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D21PAPER-MAKING; PRODUCTION OF CELLULOSE
    • D21HPULP COMPOSITIONS; PREPARATION THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES D21C OR D21D; IMPREGNATING OR COATING OF PAPER; TREATMENT OF FINISHED PAPER NOT COVERED BY CLASS B31 OR SUBCLASS D21G; PAPER NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D21H25/00After-treatment of paper not provided for in groups D21H17/00 - D21H23/00
    • D21H25/04Physical treatment, e.g. heating, irradiating
    • D21H25/06Physical treatment, e.g. heating, irradiating of impregnated or coated paper
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F2013/00089Wound bandages
    • A61F2013/00246Wound bandages in a special way pervious to air or vapours
    • A61F2013/00255Wound bandages in a special way pervious to air or vapours with pores
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F2013/00361Plasters
    • A61F2013/00727Plasters means for wound humidity control
    • A61F2013/00731Plasters means for wound humidity control with absorbing pads
    • A61F2013/0074Plasters means for wound humidity control with absorbing pads containing foams
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F2013/00361Plasters
    • A61F2013/00855Plasters pervious to air or vapours
    • A61F2013/00863Plasters pervious to air or vapours with pores
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F2013/00361Plasters
    • A61F2013/00902Plasters containing means
    • A61F2013/00927Plasters containing means with biological activity, e.g. enzymes for debriding wounds or others, collagen or growth factors
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05CAPPARATUS FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05C11/00Component parts, details or accessories not specifically provided for in groups B05C1/00 - B05C9/00
    • B05C11/02Apparatus for spreading or distributing liquids or other fluent materials already applied to a surface ; Controlling means therefor; Control of the thickness of a coating by spreading or distributing liquids or other fluent materials already applied to the coated surface
    • B05C11/04Apparatus for spreading or distributing liquids or other fluent materials already applied to a surface ; Controlling means therefor; Control of the thickness of a coating by spreading or distributing liquids or other fluent materials already applied to the coated surface with blades
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2205/00Foams characterised by their properties
    • C08J2205/04Foams characterised by their properties characterised by the foam pores
    • C08J2205/05Open cells, i.e. more than 50% of the pores are open
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2427/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a halogen; Derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2433/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2475/00Characterised by the use of polyureas or polyurethanes; Derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2483/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen, or carbon only; Derivatives of such polymers
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M2101/00Chemical constitution of the fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, to be treated
    • D06M2101/02Natural fibres, other than mineral fibres
    • D06M2101/04Vegetal fibres
    • D06M2101/06Vegetal fibres cellulosic
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M2101/00Chemical constitution of the fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, to be treated
    • D06M2101/02Natural fibres, other than mineral fibres
    • D06M2101/10Animal fibres
    • D06M2101/12Keratin fibres or silk
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M2101/00Chemical constitution of the fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, to be treated
    • D06M2101/16Synthetic fibres, other than mineral fibres
    • D06M2101/18Synthetic fibres consisting of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06M2101/26Polymers or copolymers of unsaturated carboxylic acids or derivatives thereof
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M2101/00Chemical constitution of the fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, to be treated
    • D06M2101/16Synthetic fibres, other than mineral fibres
    • D06M2101/30Synthetic polymers consisting of macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06M2101/32Polyesters
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M2101/00Chemical constitution of the fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, to be treated
    • D06M2101/16Synthetic fibres, other than mineral fibres
    • D06M2101/30Synthetic polymers consisting of macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06M2101/34Polyamides
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06MTREATMENT, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE IN CLASS D06, OF FIBRES, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR FIBROUS GOODS MADE FROM SUCH MATERIALS
    • D06M2200/00Functionality of the treatment composition and/or properties imparted to the textile material
    • D06M2200/10Repellency against liquids
    • D06M2200/12Hydrophobic properties
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10S428/907Resistant against plant or animal attack
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10S428/92Fire or heat protection feature
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10STECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S977/00Nanotechnology
    • Y10S977/70Nanostructure
    • Y10S977/788Of specified organic or carbon-based composition
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/249921Web or sheet containing structurally defined element or component
    • Y10T428/249953Composite having voids in a component [e.g., porous, cellular, etc.]
    • Y10T428/249954With chemically effective material or specified gas other than air, N, or carbon dioxide in void-containing component
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/249921Web or sheet containing structurally defined element or component
    • Y10T428/249953Composite having voids in a component [e.g., porous, cellular, etc.]
    • Y10T428/249955Void-containing component partially impregnated with adjacent component
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/249921Web or sheet containing structurally defined element or component
    • Y10T428/249953Composite having voids in a component [e.g., porous, cellular, etc.]
    • Y10T428/249955Void-containing component partially impregnated with adjacent component
    • Y10T428/249958Void-containing component is synthetic resin or natural rubbers
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/249921Web or sheet containing structurally defined element or component
    • Y10T428/249953Composite having voids in a component [e.g., porous, cellular, etc.]
    • Y10T428/249962Void-containing component has a continuous matrix of fibers only [e.g., porous paper, etc.]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/249921Web or sheet containing structurally defined element or component
    • Y10T428/249953Composite having voids in a component [e.g., porous, cellular, etc.]
    • Y10T428/249962Void-containing component has a continuous matrix of fibers only [e.g., porous paper, etc.]
    • Y10T428/249964Fibers of defined composition
    • Y10T428/249965Cellulosic
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/249921Web or sheet containing structurally defined element or component
    • Y10T428/249953Composite having voids in a component [e.g., porous, cellular, etc.]
    • Y10T428/249978Voids specified as micro
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/249921Web or sheet containing structurally defined element or component
    • Y10T428/249953Composite having voids in a component [e.g., porous, cellular, etc.]
    • Y10T428/249986Void-containing component contains also a solid fiber or solid particle

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel treatments of porous webs.
  • the treatments impart specific functional properties to the porous web, yet provide for the retention of such desirable properties as porosity, breathability, and tactile feel.
  • the present invention more particularly relates to methods to controllably and selectively place one or more modifiers and a curable, shear thinning, polymer composition into a web, and to localize or concentrate the modifier or modifiers at the selected place.
  • the controlled placement of modifiers is accomplished by the introduction of sufficient energy to controllably and selectively place said modifier (s) and curable, shear minning, polymer composition into said web.
  • Controlled placement is preferably performed through the manipulation of chemical and physical properties inherent in the modifiers, and the energy controlled viscosity and rheology modified placement of the polymer composition.
  • Selective placement of modifiers is typically accomplished by 1) optionally pre-treating a web with one or more modifiers through saturation methods known in the art; 2) optionally mixing one or more modifiers with a polymer composition; 3) applying the optionally mixed polymer composition onto a surface of the web; 4) shear thii broadlyng the composition and placing it into the web; 5) optionally applying one or more modifiers to the surface of the treated web and forcing the modifier(s) into the web and polymer composition; and 6) curing the polymer composition.
  • This method produces a web having modifiers oriented on and within: (a) a thin film of a polymer composition encapsulating the structural elements (i.e., the fibers or filaments) making up the web, leaving at least some of the interstitial spaces open; (b) an internal layer of a polymer composition between the upper and lower surfaces of the web; or (c) some combination of the foregoing.
  • U.S. Patent Nos. 3,436,366; 3,639,155; 4,472,470; 4,500,584; and 4,666,765 disclose silicone coated fabrics. Silicone coatings are known to exhibit relative inertness to extreme temperatures of both heat and cold and to be relatively resistant to ozone and ultraviolet light. Also, a silicone coating can selectively exhibit strength enhancement, flame retardancy and/or resistance to soiling. Fluorochemical treatment of webs is known to impart properties, such as water repellency, soil resistance, grease resistance, and the like. Prior art fluorochemical and silicone fabric treatment evidently can protect only that side of the fabric upon which they are disposed. Such treatments significandy alter the hand, or tactile feel, of the treated side. Prior silicone fabric coatings typically degrade the tactile finish, or hand, of the fabric and give the coated fabric side a rubberized finish which is not appealing for many fabric uses, particularly garments.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,454, 191 describes a waterproof and moisture-conducting fabric coated with a hydrophilic polymer.
  • the polymer is a compressed foam of an acrylic resin modified with polyvinyl chloride or polyurethane and serves as a sort of "sponge", soaking up excess moisture vapor.
  • Other microporous polymeric coatings have been used in prior art attempts to make a garment breathable, yet waterproof.
  • Porous webs have been further shown to be surface coated in, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,478,895; 4,112,179; 4,297,265; 2,893,962; 4,504,549; 3,360,394; 4,293,611; 4,472,470; and 4,666,765.
  • These surface coatings impart various characteristics to the surface of a web, but do not substantially impregnate the web fibers. Such coatings remain on the surface and do not provide a film over the individual internal fibers and/or yarn bundles of the web. In addition, such coatings on the web surface tend to wash away quickly.
  • Prior art treatments of webs by saturation or impregnation also suffer from limitations. Saturation, such as accomplished by padbath immersion, or the like, is capable of producing variable concentrations of a given saturant chemical.
  • Saturation such as accomplished by padbath immersion, or the like
  • a polymer material such as a silicone resin
  • the prior art has suggested immersion of the flexible web, or fabric, in a padbath, or the like, using a low viscosity liquid silicone resin so that the low viscosity liquid can flow readily into, and be adsorbed or absorbed therewithin.
  • the silicone resin treated product is typically a rubberized web, or fabric, that is very heavily impregnated with silicone. Such a treated web is substantially devoid of its original tactile and visual properties, and instead has the characteristic rubbery properties of a cured silicone polymer.
  • U.S. Patent No. 2,673,823 teaches impregnating a polymer into the interstices of a fabric and thus fully filling the interstices. This patent provides no control of the saturation of the fabric. It teaches full saturation of the interstices of the fabric.
  • liquid or paste compositions to textiles for purposes of saturation and/or impregnation is typically accomplished by an immersion process.
  • an immersion application of a liquid or paste composition to the web is achieved, for example, by the so-called padding process wherein a fabric material is passed first through a bath and subsequently through squeeze rollers in the process sometimes called single-dip, single-nip padding.
  • the fabric can be passed between squeeze rollers, the bottom one of which carries the liquid or paste composition in a process sometimes called double-dip or double-nip padding.
  • U.S. Patent No. 3,594,213 describes a process for impregnating or coating fabrics with liquified compositions to create a breathable fabric. This patent imparts no energy into the composition to liquify it while forcing it into the spaces of the web. The composition is substantially liquified before placement onto and into the web.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,588,614 teaches a method for incorporating an active agent into a porous substrate. This patent utilizes a solvent to aid in the incorporation of the active agent into the web. The active agent is a non- curable agent since the addition of heat aids in the reduction of viscosity.
  • One prior art silicone resin composition is taught by U.S. Patent Nos. 4,472,470 and 4,500,584, and includes a vinyl terminated polysiloxane, typically one having a viscosity of up to about 2,000,000 centipoises at 25°C, and a resinous organosiloxane polymer.
  • the composition further includes a platinum catalyst, and an organohydrogenpolysiloxane crosslinking agent, and is typically liquid.
  • Such composition is curable at temperatures ranging from room temperature to 100° C or higher depending upon such variables as the amount of platinum catalyst present in the composition, and the time and the temperature allowed for curing.
  • Such compositions may additionally include fillers, including finely divided inorganic fillers.
  • Fillers including finely divided inorganic fillers.
  • Silicone resin compositions that are free of any fillers are generally transparent or translucent, whereas silicone resin compositions containing fillers are translucent or opaque depending upon the particular filler employed.
  • Cured silicone resin compositions are variously more resinous, or hard, dependent upon such variables as the ratio of resinous copolymer to vinyl terminated polysiloxane, the viscosity of the polysiloxane, and the like.
  • Curing can encompass the same reactions. However, in the fabric finishing arts, such terms can be used to identify different phenomena. Thus, controllable and controlled curing, which is taught by the prior art, may not be the same as control of crosslinking.
  • curing is a process by which resins or plastics are set in or on textile materials, usually by heating.
  • Controlled crosslinking may be considered to be a separate chemical reaction from curing in the fabric finishing arts.
  • Controlled crosslinking can occur between substances that are already cured. Controlled crosslinking can stabilize fibers, such as cellulosic fibers through chemical reaction with certain compounds applied thereto. Controlled crosslinking can improve mechanical factors such as wrinkle performance and can significantly improve and control the hand and drape of the web.
  • Polymerization can refer to polymer formation or polymer growth.
  • Prior art fabrics that exhibit functional properties such as antimicrobial activity, blood repellency, electrical conductivity, fire resistance, and the like, rely on surface coatings or layers of materials to achieve the desired result.
  • Prior art references describe articles having improved performance and functional properties at the expense of comfort and breathability. Greater comfort sacrifices maximum functionality and greater functionality sacrifices comfort.
  • U.S. Patent Nos.4,872,220; 5,024,594; 5,180,585; 5,335,372; and 5,391,423; describe articles that use layers of fabrics and/or polymers to protect against blood, microbes, and viruses from penetrating through the fabrics.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,991,232 describes a medical garment comprising a plurality of plies to prevent blood from penetrating through the garment.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,110,683 comprises a semimetallic zone and an electrically insulating zone superimposed on one another.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,085,939 describes a thin film-coated polymer web comprising a thin film electronic device on the surface of the thin film.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,961,985 describes a coating with specific functional properties attached to the coating.
  • the present invention includes methods for the treatment of porous webs to controllably cause additives and/or modifiers to orient on and within: (a) a thin film of a polymer composition encapsulating the structural elements (i.e., the fibers or filaments) making up the web, leaving at least some of the interstitial spaces open; (b) an internal layer of a polymer composition between the upper and lower surfaces of the web; (c) one or both surfaces of the web; or (d) some combination of the foregoing.
  • the methods of the present invention provide for the controlled placement of modifiers through the manipulation of chemical and physical properties inherent in the modifiers, and the energy controlled viscosity and rheology modified placement of the polymer composition. This is accomplished by 1) optionally pre- treating a web with one or more modifiers through saturation methods known in the art, 2) optionally mixing one or more modifiers with a polymer composition, 3) applying the optionally mixed polymer composition onto a surface of the web, 4) shear ti ⁇ uding the composition and placing it into the web, 5) optionally applying one or more modifiers to the surface of the treated web and forcing the modifier(s) into the web and polymer composition, and 6) curing the polymer composition.
  • Additives and/or modifiers can be mixed into the polymer composition before, during, and after application of the composition to a porous web.
  • the additives are sprayed on prior to curing. The application of pressure causes impregnation of the additives into the top or bottom surfaces of the web and into the polymer composition within the web.
  • the polymer composition which optionally contains one or more additives or modifiers is applied to the surface of the web.
  • the polymer composition is preferably immediately shear thinned to controllably and significantly reduce its viscosity and place it into selected places within the web.
  • the web is preferably distorted, typically by stretching at the location of the shear thinning. This distortion facilitates the entrance of the polymer composition into the web by creating a double or dual shear ⁇ inning.
  • the main energy sources used for orienting the additives are chemical, mechanical, and radiation sources.
  • Chemical sources for orienting additives include, but are not limited to, intermolecular forces such as ionic forces, van der Waals forces, hydrogen bonding forces, polar attraction forces, electrostatic forces, and the like.
  • Mechanical sources refers to the shear thinning that occurs at one or more blades and the pressured application of modifiers at the exit nip rolls. When the polymers reach extremely low viscosities through passing under one or more blades, the shear energy causes the additives or modifiers, comprising either particles or dissimilar molecular weight material, to separate and migrate to the surface of the polymer.
  • Radiation sources include methods for curing the polymer composition. Preferably an oven is used for curing the polymer composition.
  • Controlled placement of the polymer composition and one or more modifiers within a web may be performed by a basic embodiment of a machine in accordance with the present invention, that is as simple as an applicator to apply viscous polymer to the surface of the web, a pair of facilities for applying tension to a section of the web and a blade forced against the web in the section under tension.
  • the web is pulled under tension past the blade, or, alternatively, the blade is moved relative to the web, and the forces generated by the blade cause the polymer composition to flow into the three-dimensional matrix of the web, and controllably be extracted out of the web leaving one or more modifiers oriented on and within a thin film of polymer encapsulating selected fibers, or on or within an internal layer of polymer, or on one or both surfaces of the web, or some combination thereof.
  • Tension on the web is preferably released thereafter, and the web is cured.
  • the present invention includes novel methods for manufacturing webs, fibers and fabrics that have certain desirable physical and functional qualities by combining the use of encapsulated fibers and filaments and a breathable or controlled pore size internal coating with one or more modifiers described by this invention and a controlled surface chemistry modification.
  • Such webs, fibers and fabrics can be used to prepare a wide variety of products including, but not limited to, carpets, specialized clothing, career apparel, bioengineered surfaces for diagnostic applications, incontinence products, medical products, medical garments and upholstery.
  • webs, fibers and fabrics can be manufactured with a wide variety of desired physical and functional characteristics.
  • the webs or fabrics can comprise fibers in the form of monofilaments, yarns, staples, or the like.
  • the webs or fabrics can also be comprised of a matrix having open cells or pores therein.
  • the webs or fabrics may be a fabric which is woven or non-woven with fibers that can be of any desired composition.
  • the webs or fabrics will generally be tensionable, but not too weak or elastomeric to be processed in accordance with the teachings of the present invention.
  • Webs treated by the methods of the present invention contain one or more modifiers and a curable or semi- curable polymer or copolymer that may contain monomers that are present as a film, coating, or layer within a web that envelopes or encapsulates at least a portion of the fibers or cell or pore walls of the web.
  • the internal layer is a region generally spaced from the outer surfaces of the web which is substantially continuously filled by the combination of the polymers controllably placed therein and the fibers and filaments of the web in this region.
  • the interstices or open cells in the region of the internal layer are also substantially filled.
  • the outer surfaces of the web are substantially free of any polymer deposits other than the thin film encapsulation of the surface fibers and filaments.
  • the web remains breathable, water resistant or waterproof, and exhibits the functionality of the modifier incorporated into the web and/or polymer composition.
  • a web incorporating a synthetic silk-like-protein as the modifier exhibits the functionality of a "silky feel."
  • the thickness of the internal layer is generally in the range of 0.01 to 50 microns.
  • a web treated in accordance with the present invention for example, a fabric
  • a fabric can be regarded as being a complex structure, but generally the internal layer is discernable under microscopic examination as shown in the accompanying scanning electron microscope photographs that will be discussed hereinafter.
  • a web produced in accordance with the present invention can characteristically and preferably exhibit a soft hand and flexibility that is comparable to the hand and flexibility of the untreated web.
  • the difference between the hand and the feel of the treated and untreated webs may not be perceptible, but may be engineered to be altered through the controlled crosslmking of the polymer. This is particularly surprising in view of the substantial amount of polymer being added to the web.
  • a treated web has a breathability which, by a present preference, can approach a high percentage of the untreated web notwithstanding the relatively large amount of polymer present.
  • a polymer composition having a starting viscosity in the range of greater than 1,000 centipoise but less than 2,000,000 centipoise is preferably used to produce the treated webs.
  • additives and or modifiers can be admixed with such a composition to adjust and improve properties of such composition or web, such as viscosity and/or rheology, combustibility, reflectivity, flexibility, conductivity, light fastness, mildew resistance, rot resistance, stain resistance, grease resistance, and the like.
  • a web treated in accordance with this invention exhibits enhanced durability.
  • additives are generally controlled by the engineered shear minning polymer composition and the method and apparatus of this invention to be oriented and surface exposed on the surface of the thin film on the encapsulated fibers, or on one or both surfaces of the internal layer, or on one or both surfaces of the web, or some combination of the above.
  • a web made by the method of the present invention can preserve much, or even substantially all, of its original untreated hand, even after an extended period of use, while demonstrating excellent abrasion resistance.
  • an untreated web typically loses its original hand and displays reduced abrasion resistance after an extended period of use. This is achieved by the formation of an internal layer that prevents new fiber surfaces from being exposed, thereby minimizing the amount of untreated surfaces, which degrade much faster than the treated fibers.
  • a web treated by the method of the invention can undergo a large number of machine washings with detergent without experiencing appreciable or significant change or deterioration.
  • the polymer matrix composition prolongs the use and service life of a web, usually by at least an order of magnitude, depending on such factors as web type, extent and type of treatment by the teachings of this invention, and the like.
  • agents or additives carried by the polymer composition into a web can be stably fixed and selectively placed in the web with the cured polymer.
  • agents such as ultraviolet light absorbers, dulling agents, reflectivity enhancers, antimicrobial agents, proteins, antibodies, pharmaceutical drugs, cell growth promotion materials, flame resistant agents, heat absorbent, anti-static agents, micro spheres containing chemical agents that are time released, and the like, are desirably located substantially upon the surfaces of the web's fibers.
  • these agents are incorporated into the enveloping polymer film, it appears that they are retained where they are deposited.
  • a present preference for ultraviolet resistant webs in the practice of this invention is to employ a silicone polymer composition that contains a benzophenone.
  • Figure 1 is a graph plotting the rheological behavior of polymers used in the practice of this invention.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic vector diagram illustrating surface tension forces.
  • Figure 3 is a graph relating contact angle over a smooth, solid surface.
  • Figure 4 illustrates diagrammatically one embodiment of a blade suitable for use in an apparatus used in the practice of the present invention.
  • Figure 5 illustrates diagrammatically a presently preferred embodiment of an apparatus suitable for use in the practice of the present invention.
  • Figures 6a through 6g are scanning electron microscopy (SEM) photomicrographs and elemental analyses which depict various results in fabrics, fibers and filaments from back scatter evaluation tests.
  • porous articles comprising a porous web having a curable, thixotropic material and one or more modifiers therein.
  • the curable, thixotropic material and modifiers form an internal, continuous layer located between the upper and lower surfaces of the porous web.
  • the curable, thixotropic material and modifiers substantially encapsulate the fibers of the fabric web.
  • the modifier is selectively positioned within the web. In each case the modifier(s) may be concentrated at the selected position.
  • the modifier is selectively positioned substantially on or within the encapsulating material, or substantially on or within the internal continuous layer, or substantially on or within one or more surfaces of the web.
  • a method of controllably applying a combination of treating materials to a porous web comprising: applying a curable, thixotropic material and one or more modifiers to a porous web; and subjecting said thixotropic material and modifier(s) to sufficient energy to cause the thixotropic material and modifier(s) to flow into the porous web without substantially blocking the interstitial spaces thereof.
  • sufficient energy is applied to selectively position the modifier substantially on or within the thin film encapsulating the fibers of the web or substantially on or within the internal, continuous layer, or some combination of the foregoing.
  • novel compositions containing one or more compounds that impart specific functional properties into articles manufactured from the treated webs The present invention relates to methods and apparatus for manufacturing a treated web with one or more modifiers incorporated therein.
  • the subject methods and apparatus involve the control of numerous process variables, including, without limitation, web tension (both overall web tension as well as the web tension immediately before and after each individual blade), angle of entry of web in contact with each blade, blade angle in relation to horizonal reference point, blade pressure against moving web, angle of exit of web from contact with each blade, web speed, number of blades, the pressure of the exit nip rolls, thickness of each blade, oven cure temperature, oven cure dwell time, blade surfaces and edge conditions, blade finish, and the like.
  • variables that affect the finished product include, without limitation, the polymer blend, the starting viscosity of the polymer composition, accelerators added to the polymer composition, additives added to the polymer composition, the type of web used, ambient temperature, humidity, airborne contaminants, lint on web, pre-treatment of web, sub-web surface temperature, web moisture content, and the like.
  • the blade frontal and trailing edges and the finish of the surfaces that meet to make these edges are important.
  • a hard, smooth surface of both blade face and edges is desirable to shear thin the polymer and keep it flowing and to maximize friction or selectively create shear forces between the web, the polymer, and blade(s).
  • the blades should preferably remain rigid in all dimensions and have minimal resonance in order to achieve uniform web treatment.
  • the apparatus used for orienting one or more modifiers on and within a web has facilities for rotating the angle of each blade ⁇ 90° from the vertical.
  • adjustment facilities are provided for moving the blade vertically up and down and moving the blade forward and backward horizontally. All three axes are important for creating the desired control which causes additives and/or modifiers to orient on and within (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments (b) the controlled placement of the internal coating, (c) one or more surfaces of the web, or (d) some combination of the foregoing.
  • each blade controls the micro tension and elastic vibration of the web between the preceding roll and the blade, thereby controlling the web after the immediate exit of the web from the blade and controlling the Coanda Effect, as described in U.S. Patent 4,539,930, so that controlled placement of the internal layer takes place.
  • Changing the tension of the web results in changes internally in the web, such as the position of the internal layer of the web, as well as how much or how little fiber encapsulation occurs, and the thickness of the film encapsulating the individual fibers or filaments.
  • Tension causes the web to distort. This distortion facilitates the entrance of the polymer composition into the web by creating a double or dual shear minning. In the case of the web, this is produced by the combination of the edge condition of the blade, the engineered shear thinnable polymer, the speed of the web, and the subsequent repositioning of the fibers and filaments after their immediate passage under the edge of the blade.
  • the web is stretched longitudinally and the polymer is simultaneously and dynamically shear thinned, placed into the web, and partially extracted from the web, thereby leaving encapsulated fibers and filaments and/or an internal layer.
  • the elastic recovery forces of the web combined with the relaxation or elastic recovery of the fibers and filaments causes fiber encapsulation and the surface chemistry modification (or bloom). It is believed that this occurs by the popping apart of the individual fibers and filaments.
  • the fibers and filaments either pull the polymer from the interstitial spaces or the rheology of the polymer attracts it to the fibers and filaments or some combination of the two.
  • the polymer in the interstitial spaces moves to the fibers and filaments as they move or snap apart, thereby creating encapsulated fibers and filaments.
  • Additives and/or modifiers optionally mixed into the polymer composition are physically positioned within the web and within the polymer at the leading edge of the blade. At the bottom surface of the blade, the thickness, depth, and controlled placement of the internal layer is determined. A wider blade results in a thicker internal layer of polymer. Further, the dynamics of stretch and relaxation of the fibers provides for an even distribution of energy necessary for the thin film encapsulation of the polymer composition over the fibers.
  • one or more modifiers can be topically applied to the web, thereby forcing the modifier(s) onto and into one or more surfaces of the web.
  • the modifier can adhere to the web and/or the polymer composition in the web.
  • the modifier(s) adheres to the polymer composition (which encapsulates the individual fibers or filaments, that forms an internal layer, that fills the interstitial spaces of the web, or that produces some combination of the foregoing).
  • the hardness of and the material of the exit nip rolls affects the finished web.
  • the exit nip rolls could be either two rubber rolls or two steel rolls, or one steel roll and one rubber roll, and the rubber rolls could be of different durometers. Further, the variation of the hardness of one or both nip rolls changes the contact area or footprint between the nip rolls and the web as the web passes therebetween. With a softer roll there is a larger contact area and the web is capable of retaining the controlled placement of additives and/or modifiers to orient on and within the: (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) the controlled placement of the internal coating, (c) one or both surfaces of the web, or (d) some combination of the foregoing. With a harder roll there is a smaller contact area which is appropriate for heavier webs.
  • Additional controllable variables include the various controls of each blade, the nip rolls durometer, the nip release effect, the nip surface characteristics, the guidance, and the pre-treatment of the substrate.
  • Some of the controllable variables are: 1) web tension, 2) angle of entry of fabric into the blade, 3) blade angle in reference to horizontal position, 4) blade pressure against fabric (blade height), 5) angle of exit of fabric from blade, 6) web speed, 7) number of blades, 8) initial rheology and viscosity of polymers, 9) nip pressure, 10) entry nip pressure 11) additional nip stands that divide the tension zone into multiple tension areas with blades in one or more of the tension areas, , 12) blade thickness and shape, 13) polymers and polymer blends, 14) accelerators and inhibitors added to polymers, 15) additives and/or modifiers in polymers, 16) oven cure temperature, 17) oven cure dwell time, 18) substrate type, 19) ambient polymer temperature, 20) humidity, and the
  • Controlling the above variables affects orientation and concentration of additives and/or modifiers on and within the (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) internal layer, (c) surfaces of the web, or (d) some combination of the foregoing.
  • Web tension causes less polymer to be applied to the web, and also, more of what is applied to be extracted from the web.
  • Web tension occurs between the entrance pull stand and the exit pull stand (see Figure 5).
  • the primary tension is a result of the differential rate between the driven entrance pull stand and the driven exit pull stand whereby the exit pull stand is driven at a rate faster than the entrance pull stand.
  • Other factors which effect tension are (1) the blade roll diameter, (2) the vertical depth of the blade(s), (3) the durometer of the entrance pull stand roll and rubber roll of the exit pull stand, and (4) the friction as the web passes under the blade(s). The larger the blade roll diameter or the higher the blade roll is positioned, the higher the tension of the web.
  • the angle of entry of web in contact with the blade(s) can be varied by blade roll height, blade roll diameter, blade angle, distance between prior blade roll(s) and blade(s), and height of the blades.
  • Increasing the blade roll height and blade roll diameter increases the angle of exit of web from contact with the blade.
  • Rotating the blade angle clockwise from the perpendicular, with the web running left to right increases the angle of entry of web in contact with the blade(s).
  • rotating the blade angle counter-clockwise from the perpendicular, with the web ninning left to right decreases the entry angle. Decreasing the distance between the roll before the blade and the blade decreases the contact angle.
  • Increasing the downward depth of the blade(s) into the web decreases the contact angle with the blade(s).
  • the angle of the blade(s) is completely changeable and fully rotational to 360°.
  • the fully rotational axis provides an opportunity for more than one blade per rotational axis. Therefore, a second blade having a different thickness, bevel, shape, resonance, texture, or material can be mounted.
  • apparatus employed in the practice of the present invention contains two or three blades per blade mount.
  • the blade height or blade pressure applied against a web can be obtained through the vertical positioning of the blade(s) in the blade mount. The greater the downward depth of the blade(s), the greater the pressure. Blade pressure against the web is also accomplished through the tension applied to the web, as described above.
  • Web speed is proportional to the variable speed of the motor which drives the entrance and exit nip stands. Web speed can effect the physics of the polymers as the web passes under the blades.
  • the number of blades can vary. Generally, more than one blade is required.
  • the polymer is first applied onto die web prior to the first blade but can also be applied prior to additional blade positions.
  • a rolling bead of polymer can exist at the interface of the blade and the web (entry angle) Basically, a high viscosity polymer is applied and through the process of shear minning, the viscosity is greatly decreased, allowing the polymer to enter into the interstitial spaces of the web.
  • Any blade(s) after the first blade serves to further control the polymer rheology and viscosity and continue the controlled placement of the polymer into the web.
  • the initial process dynamics for the rheology and viscosity of the polymer are designed and engineered with the required attributes to achieve orientation of additives and/or modifiers on and within the (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) the controlled placement of the internal layer, and (c) some combination of (a) and (b). If the polymer viscosity is high, the polymer may need to be pre-thinned.
  • the entrance pull stand is a driven roll proportionally driven at a predetermined rate slower than the exit pull stand (see Figure 5).
  • the entrance and exit pull stands are adjustable from about 100 pounds of force to 5 or more tons of force.
  • the bottom rolls of both the entrance and exit pull stands have micro-positioning capability to provide for gap adjustment and alignment.
  • the composition of the top roll of the entrance and exit pull stands is chosen based on the durometer of the urethane or rubber.
  • the top roll of the exit pull stand preferably utilizes a Teflon sleeve which will not react with the polymers used in the process.
  • the bottom roll of the exit pull stand is preferably chrome plated or highly polished steel to reduce the impression into the preplaced polymer in the web.
  • An additional nip stand can be added between the blades to divide the tension zone into multiple tension areas with blades in one or more of the tension areas. This enables the operator to adjust the tension at any one blade and to therefore control the placement of the additives into and onto the web by controlling the placement of the polymer composition.
  • Blade thickness and shape have substantial effects on the movement of the structural elements of the web during processing and more importantly, the viscoelastic flow characteristics of the polymer in controlling the orientation of the additives and/or modifiers on and within the (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) the controlled placement of the internal layer, (c) one or both surfaces of the web, or (d) some combination thereof.
  • the blade bevel can effect the entry angle of the web and effect the sharpness of the leading edge of the blade.
  • a sharper leading edge has a greater ability to push the weave or structural elements of the web longitudinally and transversely, increasing the size of the interstitial spaces. As the web passes the leading edge of the blade, the interstitial spaces snap back or contract to their original size.
  • the polymer viscosity is reduced and the polymer is placed into the web at the leading edge of the blade.
  • Blade thickness and shape effects the polymers and their selected additives and the placement thereof.
  • the combination of the leading edge condition and the two surfaces (the front and the bottom) that meet at the leading edge are RMS 8 or better in grind and/or polish. This creates a precise leading edge; the more precise the leading edge, the more the shear inning control.
  • Blending polymers is one way to achieve ideal flow and placement characteristics.
  • An example of a blended polymer is where one polymer, selected for its physical properties, is mixed with another polymer that is selected for its viscosity altering properties. Many tests using different polymer blends have been done. Polymer blends vary by both chemical and physical adhesion, durability, cure dwell time required, cure temperature required, flexibility, percentage add-on required, performance requirements, and aesthetics.
  • Accelerators and inhibitors which are added to polymers generally produce three effects.
  • An illustrative accelerator or inhibitor is a platinum catalyst, which is a cure or crosslinking enhancer.
  • the first effect it produces is to control the time and temperature of the web as it cures.
  • a cure or controlled crosslinking enhancer can significantly assist in controlling the drape and hand feel of the web.
  • the second effect is to alter the cure to allow the web to reach partial cure and continue curing after leaving an initial heat zone. This second effect also assists in retaining the drape and hand feel of the web.
  • the third effect of inhibitors is to achieve a semi-cure for later staging of the cure.
  • Additives which are added to the polymers significantly control surface chemistry. Surface chemistry characteristics are controlled by including additives that have both reactive and bio-interactive capabilities.
  • the method and apparatus of this invention can control the placement and localization of the additives on the surface of the thin film encapsulating the fibers, on either or both surfaces of the internal layer, on either or both surfaces of the web, or any combination of the foregoing.
  • the oven cure temperature and the source and type of cure energy are controlled for a number of reasons.
  • the oven cure temperature is controlled to achieve the desired crosslinked state; either partial or full.
  • the source and type of energy can also affect the placement of the polymer and additives. For example, by using a high degree of specific infrared and some convection heat energy for cure, some additives can be staged to migrate and/or bloom to the polymer surfaces.
  • Oven cure temperature is thermostatically controlled to a predetermined temperature for the web and polymers used. Machine runs of new webs are first tested with hand pulls to determine adhesion, cure temperature, potentials of performance values, drapability, aesthetics, etc. The effect on the web depends on the oven temperature, dwell time and curing rate of the polymer. Webs may expand slightly from the heat.
  • Oven cure dwell time is the duration of the web in the oven. Oven cure dwell time is determined by the speed of the oven's conveyor and physical length of the oven. If the dwell time and temperature for a particular web is at maximum, then the oven conveyor speed would dictate the speed of the entire process line or the length of the oven would have to be extended in order to increase the dwell time to assure proper final curing of the web.
  • the physical construction and chemistry of the web is critical. The amount of control over the rheology of the polymer and the tension on the web are dependent on the physical construction and chemistry of the web and chemistry of the composition(s) applied to the web.
  • the web selected for use in the practice of the present invention must have physical characteristics that are compatible with the flow characteristics of the polymer to achieve the desired results.
  • the ambient polymer temperature refers to the starting or first staging point to controlling the viscosity and rheology.
  • the process head can control the ambient polymer temperature through temperature controlled polymer delivery and controlled blade temperatures.
  • Humidity can sometimes inhibit or accelerate curing of the polymer. Therefore, humidity should be monitored and, in some conditions, controlled.
  • the polymer composition may begin to set or partially cure, it may be desirable to overshear so that by the time the web reaches the curing oven, it will be at the point where it is desired that the cure occur.
  • This over shear effect is a matter of controlling certain variables, including the force of the blades against the moving web, as well as the tension and speed of the web.
  • a multiple shear minning effect is created, which changes the final construct of the polymer and the (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) controlled placement of the internal coating, and (c) controlled placement of the additives in (a) and (b).
  • the first shear thinning causes viscoelastic deformation of the polymer composition which, due to its memory, tends to return to a certain level. With each multiple shear thinning, the level to which the polymer starts at that shear point and returns is changed (see Figure 1). This is called thixotropic looping or plateauing.
  • adheresiveness refers to the capacity to bind other solids by both chemical and physical means
  • antistatic character refers to the capacity to reduce the generation of charge, increase the rate of charge dissipation, inhibit the production of charge, or some combination of the foregoing.
  • biocidal activity refers to the capacity of a compound to kill pathogenic and/or non-pathogenic microorganisms, and prevent or inhibit the action or growth of microorganisms including viruses and bacteria. Biocidal activity can be measured by applying Test Methods 100-1993, 147-1993, and 174-1993 of the Technical Manual of the American Association of Textile Chemist and Colorist (AATCC), Dow Corning Corporate Test Method 0923, and the Kirby-Bauer Standard Antimicrobial Susceptibility Test as described in the Manual of Clinical Microbiology, Fourth Edition, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. As employed herein, the term “biocide” refers to any physical or chemical agent capable of combating pathogenic and non-pathogenic microorganisms, including bacteria and viruses.
  • biological activity refers to the functionality, reactivity, and specificity of compounds that are derived from biological systems or those compounds that are reactive to them, or other compounds that mimic the functionality, reactivity, and specificity of these compounds.
  • suitable biologically active compounds include enzymes, antibodies, antigens and proteins.
  • breathability refers to gas permeability such as the moisture vapor transmission of a material as measured by ASTM E96 and the specifically developed modified "Bellow's Test" described in subsequent sections.
  • coating refers to a generally continuous film or layer formed by a material over or on a surface.
  • color fastness refers to the capacity of a fabric to resist fading during a period of normal wear and multiple washings and dry cleaning. Color fastness is determined under conditions of accelerated weathering.
  • controlled placement refers to the penetration of such polymer compositions into a porous web, to the distribution of such composition in a controlled manner through such web, and to the resultant, at least partial envelopment of at least a portion of the fibers of such web by such composition in accordance with the present invention, or to the formation of an internal layer, or both.
  • curing refers to a change in state, condition, and/or structure in a material, such as a curable polymer composition that is usually, but not necessarily, induced by at least one applied variable, such as time, temperature, radiation, presence and quantity in such material of a curing catalyst or curing accelerator, or the like.
  • curing or “cured” covers partial as well as complete curing.
  • the components of such a composition may experience occurrence of one or more of complete or partial (a) polymerization, (b) cross-linking, or (c) other reaction, depending upon the nature of the composition being cured, application variables, and presumably other factors.
  • the present invention includes polymers that are not cured after application or are only partially cured after application.
  • durability refers to the capacity of a fabric to retain its physical integrity and appearance during a period of normal wear and multiple washings and dry cleaning.
  • elastomeric refers to the ability of a cured polymer treated web to stretch and return to its original state.
  • electrical conductivity refers to the capacity to conduct electrical current.
  • electromagnetic radiation absorptivity refers to the absorption of radiation of wavelengths from within the electromagnetic spectrum.
  • electromagnetic shielding capacity refers to the capacity to reflect, absorb, or block electromagnetic radiation.
  • envelope refers to the partial or complete surrounding, encasement, or enclosing by a discrete layer, film, coating, or the like, of exposed surface portions of at least some individual fiber or lining of a cell or pore wall of a porous web. Such a layer can sometimes be contiguous or integral with other portions of the same enveloping material which becomes deposited on internal areas of a web which are adjacent to such enveloping layer, enveloped fiber, lined cell or pore wall, or the like.
  • the thickness of the enveloping layer is generally in the range of 0.01 to 50 microns, and preferably in the range of about 0.1 to 20 microns.
  • fiber refers to a long, pliable, cohesive, natural or man-made (synthetic) threadlike object, such as a monofilament, staple, filament, or the like.
  • a fiber usable in this invention preferably has a length at least 100 times its diameter or width.
  • Fibers can be regarded as being in the form of units which can be formed by known techniques into yarns or the like. Fibers can be formed by known techniques into woven or non-woven webs (especially fabrics) including weaving, knitting, braiding, felting, twisting, matting, needling, pressing, and the like.
  • fibers, such as those used for spinning, as into a yarn, or the like have a length of at least about 5 millimeters. Fibers such as those derived from cellulosics of the type produced in paper manufacture can be used in combination with longer fibers as above indicated, as those skilled in the art will readily appreciate.
  • filament refers to a fiber of indefinite length.
  • filled as used herein in relation to interstices, or interstitial spaces, or open cells, and to the amount of polymer composition therein in a given web, substrate, or the fibers in such web or substrate, designates the presence of such composition therein.
  • filled also refers to an interstitial space having a film or layer of polymer composition over or through it so that it is closed even though the entire thickness of the interstitial space is not completely filled or plugged.
  • Measurements of die degree of envelopment, interstitial fillage, plugging, or the like in an internal coating are conveniently made by microscopy, or preferably by conventional scanning electron microscopy (SEM) techniques. Because of the nature of such measuring by SEM for purposes of the present invention, "a completely filled" interstitial space or open cell can be regarded as a "plugged" interstitial space or open cell.
  • flattening agent refers to a compound that dulls the finish on glossy fabrics.
  • flow means the altering of the rheology of a material by the application of energy to a suitable material so as to allow the flowing of the material to form: (a) a thin film of a polymer composition encapsulating the structural elements (i.e., the fibers or filaments) making up the web leaving at least some of the interstitial spaces open; (b) an internal layer of a polymer composition between the upper and lower surfaces of the web; or (c) some combination of the foregoing.
  • structural elements i.e., the fibers or filaments
  • Fluid resistance refers to the ability of a material to resist the penetration of fluids. Fluid resistance is measured by the Rain test, Suter test, and hydrostatic resistance measurements, discussed in the "Examples" section and incorporated herein by reference. Fluid resistance, for purposes of the present invention, is the result of two conditions. First, the surface of the web has the potential for increased fluid resistance due to the choice of the polymer and also the choice of additives and/or modifiers to control surface energies. Second, the external fluid resistant or fluid proof properties can be altered by controlling the effective pore size of the web. Additives and/or modifiers can serve to increase or decrease the effective pore size by controlling the viscosity and rheology achieved through the processing of polymer in e machine. In addition, the bimodal distributions of pore sizes found in a woven fabric are controlled by the processing. The larger pore sizes are supplied by the spaces between yarns while smaller pores reflect the yarn structure and the polymer composition pore size.
  • the term "functional” refers to a particular performance attribute such as biocidal activity, therapeutic activity, ion-exchange capacity, biological activity, biological interactive capacity to bind compounds, surface chemistry activity, electromagnetic radiation absorptivity, adhesiveness, hand, durability, color fastedness, light reflectivity, fluid resistance, waterproofness, breathability, mildew resistivity, rot resistivity, stain resistivity, electrical conductivity, thermal conductivity, antistatic character, processability, Theological character, electromagnetic shielding capacity, and radio frequency shielding capacity.
  • the term "hand” refers to the tactile feel and drapability or quality of a fabric as perceived by the human hand.
  • the term "impregnation” refers to the penetration of such dispersions into a porous web, and to the distribution of such dispersions in a preferably, substantially uniform and controlled manner in such web, particularly as regards the surface portions of the individual web component structural elements and fibers.
  • internal coating or internal layer refers to a region generally spaced from the outer surfaces of the web which is substantially continuously filled by the combination of the polymer controllably placed therein and the fibers and filaments of the web in the specified region.
  • Such coating or layer envelopes, and/or surrounds, and/or encapsulates individual fibers, or lines cell or pore walls of the porous web or substrate, in the specified region.
  • the internal layer is not necessarily flat but may undulate or meander through the web, occasionally even touching one or both surfaces of the web. Generally, the internal layer is exposed on both sides of a web as part of the multi complex structure of a woven and non- woven web.
  • the thickness of the internal layer is generally in the range of 0.01 to 50 microns, and preferably in the range of about 0.1 to 20 microns.
  • ion-exchange capacity refers to the capacity to exchange mobile hydrated ions of a solid, equivalent for equivalent, for ions of like charge in solution.
  • light reflectivity refers to the capacity to reflect light from the visual region of the electromagnetic spectrum
  • Mildew resistance refers to the capacity to either kill or prevent or inhibit the growth of mildew. Mildew resistance can be quantified by Test Method 30-1993 of the Technical Manual of the American Association of Textile Chemist and Colorist (AATCC), incorporated herein by reference.
  • modifiers refers to materials and compounds that impart or alter specific physical or chemical characteristics with respect to the articles produced therefrom. These physical or chemical characteristics are typically functional properties.
  • the modifiers may also alter or impart functional properties to the thixotropic material.
  • modifiers suitable for use in the practice of the present invention include biocides, therapeutic agents, nutrients, adhesive agents, humidity-controlling agents, water repellents, ion-exchange agents, light-reflective agents, dyes and pigments, mildew-resistance agents, conductive agents, proteins, hand-altering agents, blood repellents, flexibility-inducing agents, light fastness-inducing agents, rot-resistant agents, stain-resistant agents, grease- resistant agents, ultraviolet-absorbing agents, fillers, flattening agents, electrical conductive agents, thermal conductive agents, flame retardants, antistatic agents, electromagnetic shielding agents, and radio frequency shielding agents.
  • suitable nutrients which can be employed in the practice of the present invention include cell growth nutrients.
  • polymer refers to monomers and oligomers as well as polymers and polymeric compositions, and mixtures thereof, to die extent that such compositions and mixtures are curable and shear thinnable.
  • processing agents refers to die nature of a material with respect to its response to various processing methods and process parameters.
  • Processing agents contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention could also include cross-link inhibitors that either delay the onset of cure or slow the cure rate of the curable, thixotropic material, and thixotropy inducing or rheological agents that, for example, alter the viscosity of the curable material, and the like.
  • radio frequency shielding capacity refers to the capacity to reflect, absorb, or block radio frequency waves.
  • rheological character refers to material attributes such as flow, viscosity, elasticity, and the like.
  • rot resistance refers to the capacity to prevent or inhibit the decay of naturally-derived materials.
  • shear minning in its broadest sense, means the lowering of the viscosity of a material by the application of energy thereto.
  • stain resistance refers to the ability of a material to resist coloring by a solution or a dispersion of colorant.
  • Waterborne stain resistance refers to me ability to resist coloring by a waterborne stain.
  • the quantity meant by the term “sufficient” will depend on the nature of the energy source, the porous substrate, the curable, diixotropic material, the additives and/or modifiers used, and the desired functional properties of the article produced therefrom. A description of the method and several examples are provided to provide enough guidance to one of skill in the art to determine the amount of energy required to practice this invention.
  • surface chemistry activity refers to the composition, reactivity, and positioning of chemical moities on the surfaces of the porous substrate.
  • modifiers that alter the surface chemistry of the resulting article include fluorochemical compounds, proteins, and any otiier modifier compound that can be selectively positioned at the various surfaces within the porous substrate.
  • therapeutic activity refers to the capacity to treat, cure, or prevent a disease or condition.
  • therapeutic agents refers to compound(s) that are effective at treating, curing, or preventing a disease or condition.
  • thermo conductivity refers to the capacity to conduct heat.
  • thixotropy refers herein to liquid flow behavior in which the viscosity of a liquid is reduced by shear agitation or stirring so as to allow the placement of the liquid flow to form: (a) a thin film of a polymer composition encapsulating me structural elements (i.e., the fibers or filaments) making up the web leaving at least some of the interstitial spaces open; (b) an internal layer of a polymer composition between die upper and lower surfaces of the web; or (c) some combination of the foregoing. It is theorized to be caused by the breakdown of some loosely knit structure in the starting liquid that is built up during a period of rest (storage) and mat is broken down during a period of suitable applied stress.
  • waterproofness refers to the wetting characteristic of a material witii respect to water. Waterproofness is measured using die Mullen Test, Federal Standard 191, method 5 512, incorporated herein by reference.
  • the term "web” as used herein is intended to include fabrics and refers to a sheet-like structure (woven or non-woven) comprised of fibers or structural elements. Included with the fibers can be non-fibrous elements, such as particulate fillers, binders, dyes, sizes and the like in amounts mat do not substantially affect the porosity or flexibility of the web. While preferably, at least 50 weight percent of a web treated in accordance with the present invention is fibers, more preferred webs have at least about 85 weight percent of eir structure as fiber. It is presently preferred diat webs be untreated with any sizing agent, coating, or the like, except as taught herein.
  • the web may comprise a laminated film or fabric and a woven or non-woven porous substrate.
  • the web may also be a composite film or a film laminated to a porous substrate or a double layer.
  • webs includes flexible and non-flexible porous webs. Webs usable in me practice of this invention can be classified into two general types: (A) Fibrous webs; and
  • a porous, flexible fibrous web is comprised of a plurality of associated or interengaged fibers or structural elements having interstices or interstitial spaces defined dierebetween.
  • Preferred fibrous webs can include woven or non-woven fabrics.
  • Other substrates include, but arc not limited to, a matrix having open cells or pores therein such as foams or synd etic leathers.
  • Yarn refers to a continuous strand comprised of a multiplicity of fibers, filaments, or the like in a bundled form, such as may be suitable for knitting, weaving or otherwise used to form a fabric. Yarn can be made from a number of fibers that are twisted together (spun yarn) or a number of filaments mat are laid together without twist (a zero-twist yarn).
  • a flexible porous web used as a starting material in the present invention is generally and typically, essentially planar or flat and has generally opposed, parallel facing surfaces.
  • Such a web is a three-dimensional structure comprised of a plurality of fibers with interstices dierebetween or a matrix having open cells or pores therein.
  • the matrix can be comprised of polymeric solids including fibrous and non-fibrous elements.
  • substrates having open pores or cells may be utilized in the present invention: leathers (including natural leathers, and man-made or syndietic leathers), foamed plastic sheets (or films) having open cells, and filtration membranes.
  • Foamed plastic sheet or film substrates are produced eitiier by compounding a foaming agent additive witii resin or by injecting air or a volatile fluid into die still liquid polymer while it is being processed into a sheet or film.
  • a foamed substrate has an internal structure characterized by a network of gas spaces, or cells, that make such foamed substrate less dense than the solid polymer.
  • the foamed sheets or film substrates used as starting materials in the practice of is invention are flexible, open-celled structures.
  • Natural leathers suitable for use in this invention are typically split hides. Synthetic leathers have wide variations in composition (or structure) and properties, but they look like leather in the goods in which tiiey arc used. For purposes of technological description, synthetic leathers can be divided into two general categories: coated fabrics and poromerics.
  • Synthetic leathers which are poromerics are manufactured so as to resemble leather closely in breathability and moisture vapor permeability, as well as in workability, machinability, and odier properties.
  • the barrier and permeability properties normally are obtained by manufacturing a controlled microporous (open celled) structure.
  • Synthetic leathers which are coated fabrics, like poromerics, have a balance of physical properties and economic considerations.
  • the coating is either vinyl or urethane.
  • Vinyl coatings can be either solid or expanded vinyl which has internal air bubbles which are usually a closed-cell type of foam. Because such structures usually have a non-porous exterior or front surface or face, such structures display poor breathability and moisture vapor transmission. However, since the interior or back surface or face is porous, such materials can be used in the practice of this invention by applying the curable, thixotropic material and one or more modifier to the back face thereof.
  • Filtration membranes contemplated for use in die practice of the present invention include microporous membranes, ultrafiltration membranes, asymmetric membranes, and the like. Suitable membrane materials include polysulfone, polyamide, polyimide, nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate, nylon and derivatives tiiereof.
  • porous webs suitable for use in the practice of the present invention include fibers, woven and non- woven fabrics derived from natural or synthetic fibers, papers, and the like. Examples of papers are cellulose- based and glass fiber papers.
  • the fibers utilized in a porous flexible web treated by the methods and apparatus of the present invention can be of natural or synthetic origin. Mixtures of natural fibers and synthetic fibers can also be used. Examples of natural fibers include cotton, wool, silk, jute, linen, and d e like. Examples of syndietic fibers include acetate, polyesters (including polyethyleneterephthalate), polyamides (including nylon), acrylics, olefins, aramids, azlons, glasses, modacrylics, novoloids, nytrils, rayons, sarans, spandex, vinal, vinyon, regenerated cellulose, cellulose acetates, and the like. Blends of natural and synthetic fibers can also be used.
  • a porous web or fabric is preferably untreated or scoured before being treated in accordance with the present invention.
  • a web can be preliminarily treated, preferably saturated, for example, by padding, to substantially uniformly impregnate the web with a fluorochemical.
  • the treating composition comprises a dispersion of fluorochemical in a liquid carrier.
  • the liquid carrier is preferably aqueous and can be driven off with heat after application.
  • the treating composition has a low viscosity, typically comparable to the viscosity of water or less. After such a treatment, it is presently preferred that die resulting treated web exhibits a contact angle with water measured on an outer surface of the treated web that is greater than about 90 degrees.
  • the treated web preferably contains fluorochemical substantially uniformly distributed therethrough.
  • the fluorochemical is believed to be located primarily on and in the individual fibers, cells or pores with the web interstices or open cells being substantially free of fluorochemical.
  • a presently preferred concentration of fluorochemical in a treatment composition is typically in the range of about 1 to about 10% fluorochemical by weight of the total treating composition weight, and more preferably is about 2.5% of an aqueous treating dispersion.
  • Web weight add-ons of the fluorochemical can vary depending upon such factors as the particular web treated, die polymer composition to be utilized in die next step of the treatment process of this invention, the ultimate intended use and properties of the treated web of this invention, and the like.
  • the fluorochemical weight add-on is typically in the range of about 0.01 to about 5% of the weight of the untreated web.
  • the web is preferably squeezed to remove excess fluorochemical composition after which the web is heated or otherwise dried to evaporate carrier liquid and thereby also accomplish fluorochemical insolubilization or sintering, if permitted or possible with the particular composition used.
  • the fluorochemical treated web diereafter has a predetermined amount of a curable polymer composition controllably placed within the web by the methods and apparatus of this invention, to form a web whose fibers, cells or pores are at least partially enveloped or lined with the curable polymer composition, whose web outer surfaces are substantially free of the curable polymer, whose web interstices or open cells are not completely filled witii the curable polymer and which may also contain an internal layer of polymer.
  • the curable polymer composition utilized preferably exhibits a starting viscosity greater than 1,000 centipoise and less than 2,000,000 centipoise at rest at 25°C at a shear rate of 10 reciprocal seconds.
  • the fluorochemical residue that remains after web treatment may not be exactly evenly distributed throughout the web, but may be present in the web in certain discontinuities. For example, these discontinuities may be randomly distributed in small areas upon an individual fiber's surface. However, d e quantity and distribution of fluorochemical through a web is believed to be largely controllable. Some portions of the fluorochemical may become dislodged from the web and migrate through the polymer due to die forces incurred by die shear thinning and controlled placement of the polymer.
  • the curable polymer composition is believed to be typically polymeric, (usually a mixture of co-curable polymers and oligomers), and to include a catalyst to promote the cure.
  • the polymers that can be used in the present invention may be monomers or partially polymerized polymers commonly known as oligomers, or completely polymerized polymers.
  • the polymer may be curable, partially curable or not curable depending upon the desired physical characteristics of the final product.
  • the polymer composition can include conventional additives.
  • silicone is a preferred composition
  • other polymer compositions include polyurethanes, fluorosilicones, silicone-modified polyuretiianes, acrylics, polytetrafluoroethylene-containing materials, and the like, either alone or in combination with silicones. It is to be understood that the depth of polymer placement into a web can be controlled by the methods herein described to provide selective placement of die polymer within the web. Any additives and/or modifiers mixed into the polymer blend will likewise be selectively placed along with die polymer composition. The web is thereafter optionally cured to convert the curable composition into a solid elastomeric polymer.
  • the polymer composition is theorized to be caused to How and distribute itself over fibers, cells or pores in a web under the influence of the processing conditions and apparatus provided by this invention.
  • This flow and distribution is further theorized to be facilitated and promoted by the presence of a fluorochemical which has been preliminarily impregnated into a web, as taught herein.
  • the amount of fluorochemical or fluorochemical residue in a web is believed to influence the amount, and the locations, where the polymer will collect and deposit, and produce encapsulated fibers and/or an internal layer in the web.
  • Some portion of the residue of fluorochemical resulting from a preliminary web saturating operation is theorized to be present upon a treated fiber's surfaces after envelopment of fibers, cells or pores by the polymer has been achieved during the formation of the encapsulating fiber and/or the internal layer by the practice of this invention. This is believed to be demonstrated by the fact that a web treated by this invention still exhibits an enhanced water and oil repellency, such as is typical of fluorochemicals in porous webs.
  • the polymer film is contiguous, or substantially so, relative to fluorochemical molecules on a fiber surface, and tiiat the layer of polymer on a fiber surface is so thin tiiat any dislodgement of the fluorochemical may release the fluorochemical into the polymer film thereby allowing die fluorine to orient or project through the film with the required cure temperature of the polymer, reactivating the water surface contact angle so that the water repellent properties of the fluorochemical affect the finished product.
  • the combination of polymer film and fluorochemical results in a fiber envelopment or cell or pore wall lining and the formation of encapsulated fibers and/or an mternal layer of polymer in a web when this invention is practiced. After curing, the polymer is permanently fixed material.
  • a curable polymer optionally mixed witii one or more additives and/or modifiers is applied onto and into a tensioned web using compressive and shear forces.
  • the extent of orienting additives and/or modifiers on and within the fiber envelopment and the cell or pore wall lining is believed to be regulatable. Regulating such orientation is accomplished by controlling the factors discussed previously, the selection and amount of fluorochemical, the type of polymer and additives (and/or modifiers) used, and the amount of compressive and shear forces employed at a given temperature.
  • Such control ensures that fiber envelopment is achieved while the interstices and/or open cells of the web are not completely filled witii such polymer in the region of the internal layer and that the outer opposed surfaces of the web are substantially completely free of polymer coating or residue.
  • the curable polymer is cured.
  • the curable polymer is optionally mixed witii one or more additives and/or modifiers and then applied onto the surface of the web. Then the web, while tensioned, is passed over and against shearing means or through a compression zone, such as between rollers or against a shear knife. Thus, transversely applied shear force and compressive pressure is applied to the web.
  • the combination of tension, shearing forces, and web speed is sufficient to cause the polymer composition to move into the web and out from the interstices or open cells around the web fibers, cells, or pores being enveloped.
  • the result is that at least some of the interstices and/or open cells are unfilled in regions of the web outside of the region occupied by the internal coating or internal layer, and are preferably substantially free of polymer. Excess polymer is removed by the surface wiping action of the shearing means.
  • the curable polymer enveloping the fibers is thereafter cured.
  • the desired penetration of, and distribution and placement of polymer and additives and/or modifier(s) in a web is believed to be achieved by localized pressuring forces exerted on a web surface which are sufficiently high to cause the viscosity of a polymer composition to be locally reduced, tiiereby permitting such polymer to flow under such pressuring and to be controllably placed within the web and to envelope its fibers or line the cell or pore walls tiiereof.
  • the web is preferably at least slightly distorted by tensioning or stretching, while being somewhat transversely compressed at die location of the controlled placement. This distortion is believed to facilitate the entrance of the polymer composition into the web and the orientation of one or more additives and/or modifiers onto and into the web.
  • the polymer composition When the compression and tension are released, the polymer composition is believed to be squeezed or compressed within and through the interstitial spaces, or open cell spaces, of the treated web. If, for example, too much polymer is present in the finished product, then either or both the tension and shear force can be increased, and vice versa for too little polymer. If flow is not adequate upon the fibers, producing incomplete fiber envelopment, then the viscosity of the polymer composition can be reduced by increasing the pressures and/or temperatures employed for the controlled placement thereof. Alternatively, if the viscosity is too low, then the pressure and/or temperature can be decreased.
  • die polymer composition is resistant to being positioned or placed in a desired location in a desired amount in a given web at various viscosities and/or pressures, then the level of fluorochemical pretreatment of the web can be increased, or decreased, as the case may be.
  • the above factors also influence the placement of additives and/or modifiers when the additives and/or modifiers are mixed into die polymer composition.
  • additives and/or modifiers due to their physical and chemical properties, cannot be incorporated on and within a web by pre-treating the web or by mixing the additives and/or modifiers into the polymer composition.
  • Such additives and/or modifiers can be topically applied to the web after the pressured, shear thinning stage described above, but before curing. Once topically applied, the additives and/or modifiers are forced into the web by passing through the exit nip rolls.
  • the additives and/or modifiers will adhere to die polymer composition that forms encapsulated fibers, an internal layer, or some combination of the above. Some additives and/or modifiers may even adhere to the structural elements of the web.
  • die activity transpiring at a final step in the practice of this invention is generically referred to as curing.
  • Conventional curing conditions known in the prior art for curing polymer compositions are generally suitable for use in the practice of this invention.
  • temperatures in the range of about 250°F to about 350 °F are used and times in the range of about 30 seconds to about 1 minute can be used, although longer and shorter curing times and temperatures may be used, if desired, when thermal curing is practiced.
  • Radiation curing as with an electron beam or ultraviolet light, can also be used.
  • platinum catalysts to accelerate the cure while using lower temperatures and shorter cure times is preferable.
  • the webs are characteristically air permeable or breathable.
  • Sample webs or fabrics that are beneficially treated, fiber enveloped and internally coated in accordance with the invention include nylon, cotton, rayon and acrylic fabrics, as well as fabrics that are blends of fiber types.
  • Sample nylon fabrics include lime ice, hot coral, raspberry pulp, and diva blue Tactel ® (registered trademark of ICI Americas, Inc.) fabrics available from agent Arthur Kahn, Inc.
  • Sample cotton fabrics include Intrepid ® cotton cornsilk, sagebrush cotton, and light blue cotton fabrics available also from Arthur Kahn, Inc.
  • Non-woven, monofilamentous, fabrics such as TYVEK ® (registered trademark of E.I. duPont de Nemours Co., Inc.) and the like are also employable.
  • a web is preferably pretreated and impregnated with a fluorochemical prior to being treated with a polymer composition as taught herein.
  • the fluorochemical impregnation is preferably accomplished by first saturating a web with a liquid composition which incorporates the fluorochemical, and then, thereafter, removing the excess liquid composition and residual carrier fluid by draining, compression, drying, or some combination thereof from the treated web.
  • any fluorochemical known in the art for use in a web, particularly fabric treatment in order to achieve water repellency, soil repellency, grease repellency, or the like, can be used for purposes of practicing the present invention.
  • a typical fluorochemical of the type used for web treatment can be characterized as a compound having one or more highly fluorinated portions, each portion being a fluoroaliphatic radical or the like, that is (or are) functionally associated with at least one generally non-fluorinated organic portion.
  • Such organic portion can be part of a polymer, part of a reactive monomer, a moiety with a readable site adapted to react with a binder, or the like.
  • Such a compound is typically applied to a fabric or other web as a suspension or solution in either aqueous or non-aqueous media.
  • Such application may be conventionally carried out in combination with a non-fluorine or fluorine containing resin or binder material for the purpose of providing improved durability as regards such factors as laundering, dry cleaning, and the like.
  • Fluorochemicals are sometimes known in the art as durable water repellent (DWR) chemicals, although such materials are typically believed to be not particularly durable and to have a tendency to wash out from a fabric treated therewith.
  • fiber enveloped webs of this invention which have been pretreated with a fluorochemical display excellent durability and washability characteristics.
  • the combination of fluorochemical pretreatment and silicone polymer fiber envelopment such as provided by the present invention appears to provide synergistic property enhancement because the effects or properties obtained appear to be better than can be obtained by using either the fluorochemical or the silicone polymer alone for web treatment.
  • Exemplary water repellent fluorochemical compositions include the compositions sold under me name Milease ® by ICI Americas Inc. with the type designations F-14N, F-34, F-3 IX, F-53. Those compositions with the "F" prefix indicate that they contain a fluorochemical as the principal active ingredient. More particularly, Milease ® F-14 fluorochemical, for example, is said to contain approximately 18 percent perfluoroacrylate copolymer, 10 percent ethylene glycol (CAS 107-21-1) and 7 percent acetone (CAS 67-64-1) dispersed and dissolved in 65 percent water. Milease ® F-31X is said to be a dispersion of a combination of fluorinated resin, acetone, and water.
  • Still another suitable class of water repellent chemicals is the Phobotex ® chemicals of Ciba/Geigy identified as Phototex ® FC104, FC461, FC731, FC208 and FC232 which are each believed to be suitable for use, typically in approximately a 5 percent ⁇ concentration, in saturating a web for use in the invention.
  • These and many other water repellent fluorochemicals are believed to be capable of creating a surface contact angle with water of greater than about 90 degrees when saturated into a web and to be suitable for use in the practice of this invention.
  • TEFLON ® -based soil and stain repellents of E.I. duPont de Nemours & Co. Inc., 1007 Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19898.
  • Suitable TEFLON ® types for use in the practice of this invention include TEFLON ® G. NPA, SKF, UP, UPH, PPR, N. and MLV.
  • the active water repellent chemical of each composition is believed to be a fluorochemical in polymeric form that is suitable for dispersion in water, particularly in combination with a cationic surfactant as a dispersant. These dispersions are dilutable in all proportions with water at room temperature.
  • One preferred class of fluorochemical treating compositions useful in the practice of this invention comprises about 1 to about 10 weight percent, more preferably about 5 weight percent of one of the above indicated TEFLON ® -type water repellent fluorochemicals in water.
  • ZEPEL ® rain and stain repellent chemicals of E.I. duPont de Nemours & Co. Inc., such as ZEPEL ® water repellent chemicals types B. D, K, RN, RC, OR, HT, 6700 and 7040.
  • ZEPEL ® water repellent chemicals types B. D, K, RN, RC, OR, HT, 6700 and 7040 Each is believed to be a fluorochemical in polymeric form that is dispersible in all proportions at room temperature.
  • the dispersants ZEPEL ® B. D, K, and RN are believed to be cationic, while the dispersant ZEPEL ® RC is believed to be nonionic.
  • ZEPEL ® 6700 is said to be comprised of 15 to 20 percent perfluoroalklyl acrylic copolymer, 1 to 2 percent alkoxylated carboxylic acid, and 3 to 5 percent ethylene glycol.
  • Exemplary characteristics of the composition include a boiling point of 100°C at 760 mm Hg and a specific gravity of 1.08. The volatiles are approximately 80 percent by weight.
  • the pH is 2 to 5. The odor is mild; the concentrate form is that of a semi-opaque liquid; and the concentrate color is straw white.
  • the composition and characteristics of ZEPEL ® 7040 repellent chemical are believed to be substantially identical to those of ZEPEL ® 6700 except that the former composition additionally contains 7 to 8 percent acetone.
  • Another major group of water repellent fluorochemicals comprises the Scotchgard ® water repellent chemicals of 3M Co. , St. Paul, Minnesota.
  • the Scotchgard ® fluorochemicals are believed to be aqueously dispersed fluorochemicals in polymeric form.
  • the compositions of two suitable Scotchgard ® water repellent fluorochemicals are believed to be disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,393,186 and 3,356,628, which patents are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the Scotchgard ® fluorochemical of U.S. Patent No. 3,356,628 consists of copolymers of perfluoroacrylates and hydroxyalkyl acrylates.
  • copolymers are suitable for use as an oil and water repellent coating on a fibrous or porous surface. They have a carbon to carbon main chain and contain recurring monovalent perfluorocarbon groups having from 4 to 18 carbon atoms each and also having recurring hydroxyl radicals. From 20 to 70 percent of the weight of such copolymer is contributed by fluorine atoms in the perfluorocarbon groups and from 0.05 to 2 percent of the weight of the copolymer is contributed by the hydroxyl radicals. Such copolymer is said to have improved surface adherability properties as compared to the homopolymer of a corresponding fluorocarbon monomer.
  • the Scotchgard ® fluorochemical of U.S. Patent No. 3,393, 186 consists of perfluoroalkenylacrylates and polymers thereof.
  • An exemplary fluorinated monomer has the formula:
  • R f is a fluorocarbon group having from 3 to 18 carbon atoms
  • R is hydrogen or methyl
  • n is 0-16.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,426,476 discloses a fluorochemical textile treating composition containing a water-insoluble fluoroaliphatic radical, an aliphatic chlorine-containing ester and a water insoluble, fluoroaliphatic radical containing polymer.
  • U.S. Patent No. 3,896,251 discloses a fluorochemical textile treating composition containing a fluoroaliphatic radical containing linear vinyl polymer having 10 to 60 weight percent fluorine and a solvent soluble carbodiimide preferably comprising fluoroaliphatic groups.
  • a table in this patent lists a plurality of prior art fluoroaliphatic radical containing polymers useful for the treatment of fabrics and the prior art patents where such polymers are taught.
  • U.S. Patent No. 3,328,661 discloses textile treating solutions of a copolymer of an ethylenically unsaturated fluorocarbon monomer and a ethylenically unsaturated epoxy group containing monomer.
  • U.S. Patent No. 3,398,182 discloses fluorocarbon compounds useful for fabric treatment that contain a highly fluorinated oleophobic and hydrophobic terminal portion and a different nonfluorinated oleophilic portion linked together by a urethane radical.
  • Water repellent fluorochemical compositions are preferably utilized to saturate a starting untreated porous web substrate so tiiat such composition and its constituents wet substantially completely and substantially uniformly all portions of the web. Such a saturation can be accomplished by various well known techniques, such as dipping the web into a ba of the composition, or padding the composition onto and into the web, or the like. Padding is the presently preferred method of fluorochemical application.
  • the water (or liquid barrier) and other volatile components of the composition are removed by conventional techniques to provide a treated web that contains the impregnated fluorochemical throughout the web substrate.
  • a web is substantially completely saturated with an aqueous dispersion of a fluorochemical. Thereafter, the resulting impregnated web is compressed to remove excess portions of said dispersion. Finally, the web is heated to evaporate the carrier liquid. If the fluorochemical is curable, then the heating also accomplishes curing. After the fluorochemical treatment, the fluorochemical is found only on or in the web structural elements or fibers and is substantially completely absent from the web interstices.
  • the fluorochemical concentration in the treating composition is such as to permit a treated fluorochemical containing web, after volatiles of the treating composition are removed, to exhibit a contact angle with water applied to an outer web surface which is greater than about 90°. More preferably, the contact angle provided is greater than about 130°.
  • the web weight add-on provided by the fluorochemical after removal of volatiles is usually relatively minor.
  • the weight add on can vary with such factors as the nature of web treated, the type of polymer composition utilized in the next step of the process, the temperature at which the composition is applied, the ultimate use contemplated for a web, and the like.
  • Typical weight add-ons of fluorochemical are in the range of about 1 to about 10 percent of the original weight of the web. More preferably, such weight add-ons are about 2 to about 4 weight percent of the weight of the starting fabric.
  • Durability of a web that has been treated witii a fluorochemical and durability of a web that is subsequently treated with a polymer can sometimes be improved by the conventional process of "sintering".
  • the exact physical and chemical processes that occur during sintering are unknown.
  • the so-called sintering temperature utilized is a function of the fluorochemical composition utilized and such temperature is frequently recommended by fluorochemical manufacturers. Typically, sintering is carried out at a temperature of about 130 to about 160°C for a period of time of about 2 to about 5 minutes. Acid catalysts can be added to give improved durability to laundering and dry cleaning solvents.
  • the fluorochemical is believed to provide more than water or other repellent properties to the resulting treated web, particularly since the curable polymer is often itself a water repellent. Rather, and without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the fluorochemical in a treated web provides relative lubricity for the treated fibers during the pressure application of the curable polymer.
  • the polymer is applied under pressures which can be relatively high, and the polymer is itself relatively viscous, as is discussed herein.
  • die fibers of the web may move over and against each other to a limited extent, thereby to permit entry of the polymer into and around the fibers. It is thought that the fluorochemical deposits may facilitate such fiber motion and facilitate envelopment during the pressure application and subsequent shearing processing.
  • the fluorochemical may inhibit deposition of the polymer at the positions of the fluorochemical deposits which somehow ultimately tends to cause thin enveloping layers of polymer to form on fibers.
  • a piece of fabric for example the Red Kap Milliken poplin polyester cotton blend fabric, is cut into swatches.
  • One swatch is treated with an adjuvant, for example a three percent solution of the durable water-repellent chemical Milease ® F-31X.
  • the treated swatch and an untreated swatch are each positioned at a 45° angle to plumb.
  • a graphical plot of the flow of the silicone composition respectively upon the untreated and treated swatches is shown in Figure 1.
  • the viscous composition has typically traveled a distance of about 8.8 centimeters upon the treated swatch, or a rate of about 0.29 centimeters per minute.
  • the viscous composition has typically traveled a lesser distance of about 7.1 centimeters upon the untreated swatch, or a rate of about 0.24 centimeters per minute.
  • Qualitatively commensurate results are obtainable with other DWR fluorochemical adjuvants tiiat facilitate the viscous flow of polymer compositions in accordance with the invention.
  • the fluorochemical pre-treated web generally increases the surface contact angle of the polymer while reducing the amount of saturation of the polymer into the fibers themselves.
  • the fluorochemical treated web is thereafter treated under pressure with a predetermined amount of a curable polymer composition and one or more additives and/or modifiers optionally mixed into the polymer composition, to form a web whose fibers are preferably substantially completely enveloped with such curable polymer and whose outer surfaces and interstices are preferably substantially completely free of the curable polymer.
  • the polymer is thereafter cured by heat, radiation, or the like. Even room temperature curing can be used.
  • a polymer impregnated, fluorochemical pre-treated web can be interveningly stored before being subjected to curing conditions depending upon d e storage or shelf life of the treating silicone polymer composition.
  • a curable polymer composition utilized in the practice of this invention preferably has a viscosity that is sufficient to achieve an internal coating of the web.
  • the starting viscosity is greater than about 1000 centipoise and less than about 2,000,000 centipoise at a shear rate of 10 reciprocal seconds. It is presently most preferred tiiat such composition have a starting viscosity in the range of about 5,000 to about 1,000,000 centipoise at 25°C. Such a composition is believed to contain less than about 1 % by weight of volatile material.
  • the polymer is believed to be typically polymeric and to be commonly a mixture of co-curable polymers, oligomers, and/or monomers.
  • a catalyst is usually also present, and, for the presently preferred silicone polymer compositions discussed hereinafter, is platinum or a platinum compound, such as a platinum salt.
  • a preferred class of liquid curable silicone polymer compositions comprises a curable mixture of the following components:
  • Typical silicone hydrides are polymetiiylhydrosiloxanes which are dimethyl siloxane copolymers.
  • Typical vinyl terminated siloxanes are vinyldimethyl terminated or vinyl substituted polydimethylsiloxanes.
  • Typical catalyst systems include solutions or complexes of chloroplatinic acid in alcohols, ethers, divinylsiloxanes, and cyclic vinyl siloxanes.
  • the polymetiiylhydrosiloxanes (component A) are used in the form of dieir dimethyl copolymers because their reactivity is more controllable than that of the homopolyrners and because they result in tougher polymers with a lower cross-link density.
  • component B the reaction with vinyl functional silicones
  • the minimum ratio of hydride (component A) to vinyl (component B) in commercial products is reportedly about 2: 1 and may be as high as 6: 1.
  • Paniculate fillers are known to be useful additives for incorporation into liquid silicone polymer compositions. Such fillers apparently not only can extend and reinforce the cured compositions produced therefrom, but also can favorably influence thixotropic behavior in such compositions. Thixotropic behavior is presently preferred in compositions used in the practice of this invention.
  • a terminal silanol (Si-OH) group makes such silanol siloxanes susceptible to reaction in curing, as is believed desirable.
  • component B can be replaced witii a so called silanol vinyl terminated polysiloxane while using an organotin compound as a suitable curing catalyst as is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4, 162,356.
  • an organotin compound as a suitable curing catalyst as is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4, 162,356.
  • vinyl substituted polysiloxanes it is presently preferred to use vinyl substituted polysiloxanes in component B.
  • a polymer composition useful in this invention can contain curable silicone resin, curable polyurethane, curable fluorosilicone, curable modified polyurethane silicones, curable modified silicone polyurethanes, curable acrylics, polytetrafluoroethylene, and the like, either alone or in combination with one or more compositions.
  • Such a composition comprises in combination: (i) a liquid vinyl chain-terminated polysiloxane having the formula:
  • R and R 1 are monovalent hydrocarbon radicals free of aliphatic unsaturation with at least 50 mole percent of the R 1 groups being methyl, and where n has a value sufficient to provide a viscosity of about 500 centipoise to about 2,000,000 centipoise at 25°C;
  • a resinous organopolysiloxane copolymer comprising: (a) (R 2 ) 3 SiO 0 5 units and Si0 2 units, or
  • R 2 and R 3 are selected from the group consisting of vinyl radicals and monovalent hydrocarbon radicals free of aliphatic unsaturation, where from about 1.5 to about 10 mole percent of the silicon atoms contain silicon-bonded vinyl groups, where the ratio of monofunctional units to tetrafunctional units is from about 0.5:1 to about 1:1, and d e ratios of difunctional units to tetrafunctional units ranges up to about 0.1: 1 :
  • R a is a monovalent hydrocarbon radical free of aliphatic unsaturation, and has a value of from .about 1.0 to about 2.1
  • b has a value of from about 0.1 to about 1.0
  • die sum of a and b is from about 2.0 to about 2.7, there being at least two silicon- bonded hydrogen atoms per molecule.
  • such a composition can contain a finely divided inorganic filler (identified herein for convenience as component (v)).
  • such a composition can optionally contain one or more additives and/or modifiers (identified herein as component (vi)).
  • such a composition can comprise on a parts by weight basis:
  • Embodiments of such starting composition are believed to be available commercially from various manufacturers under various trademarks and trade names, with the exception of the addition of various additives and/or modifiers discussed in this invention.
  • one package can comprise components (i) and (ii) which can be formulated together with at least some of component (ii) being dissolved in the component (i), along witii component (iii) and some or all of component
  • component (v) (if employed), while the second package can comprise component (iv) and optionally a portion of component (v) (if employed).
  • the quantity of catalyst component (iii) required to produce a desired curable composition is achieved.
  • component (iii) and the component (iv) are not included together in the same package.
  • the distribution of the components between the two packages is preferably such that from about 0.1 to 1 part by weight of the second package is employed per part of die first package.
  • the two packages are merely mixed together in suitable fashion at the point of use.
  • Component (vi) is optionally mixed into the polymer composition just prior to applying to a porous web.
  • Other suitable silicone polymer compositions, without additives, are disclosed in the following U.S. patents:
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,032,502 provide compositions containing a linear polydiorganosiloxane having two siloxane bonded vinyl groups per molecule, organosiloxane that is soluble in such linear polydiorganosiloxane and comprised of a mixture of a polyorganosiloxane and a polydiorganosiloxane, platmum-containing catalyst, ⁇ platinum catalyst inhibitor, and a reinforcing silica filler whose surface has been treated with an organosilicone compound.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,108,825 discloses a composition comprising a triorganosiloxy end-blocked polydiorganosiloxane, an organohydrogensiloxane having an average of at least 2.1 silicon-bonded hydrogen atoms per molecule, a reinforcing silica filler having a surface treated widi an organosilicone compound, a platinum catalyst, and ceric hydrate.
  • Such silicone polymer composition is desirable when a web is being prepared which has flame retardant properties.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4, 162,243 discloses a silicone composition of 100 parts by weight triorganosiloxy end-blocked polydimethylsiloxane, reinforcing amorphous silica that is surface treated with organosiloxane groups, organohydrogensiloxane, and platinum catalyst.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,250,075 discloses a liquid silicone polymer composition that comprises vinyldiorganosiloxy end-blocked polydiorganosiloxane, polyorganohydrogensiloxane, platinum catalyst, platinum catalyst inhibitor, and carbonaceous particles. Such a silicone polymer composition is useful when a web of this invention is being prepared that has electrically conductive properties.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,427,801 discloses a curable organopolysiloxane of liquid triorganosiloxy end- blocked polydiorganosiloxane wherein the triorganosiloxy groups are vinyl dimediylsiloxy or vinylmethylphenylsiloxy, finely divided amorphous silica particles treated with mixed trimethylsiloxy groups and vinyl-containing siloxy groups, organopolysiloxane resin containing vinyl groups, organohydrogensiloxane, and a platinum containing catalyst.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,500,659 discloses a silicone composition of liquid triorganosiloxy end-blocked polydimethylsiloxane wherein the triorganosiloxy units are dimethylvinylsiloxy or methylphenylvinylsiloxy, a reinforcing filler whose surface has been treated with a liquid hydroxyl end-blocked polyorganosiloxane which is fluorine-substituted, a liquid mcthylhydrogcnsiloxane, and a platinum-containing catalyst.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,585,830 discloses an organosiloxane composition of a triorganosiloxy end-blocked polydiorganosiloxane containing at least two vinyl radicals per molecule, an organohydrogensiloxane containing at least two silicone-bonded hydrogen atoms per molecule, a platinum-containing hydrosilation catalyst, optionally a catalyst inhibitor, a finely divided silica filler, and a silica treating agent which is at least partially immiscible with said polydiorganosiloxane.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,753,978 discloses an organosiloxane composition of a first diorganovinylsiloxy terminated polydiorganosiloxane exhibiting a specified viscosity and having no ethylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon radicals bonded to non-terminal silicon atoms, a second diorganovinylsiloxy terminated polydiorganosiloxane that is miscible with the first polydiorganosiloxane and contains a vinyl radical, an organohydrogensiloxane, a platinum hydrosilation catalyst, and a treated reinforcing silica filler.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,785,047 discloses silicone elastomers having a mixture of a liquid polydiorganosiloxane containing at least two vinyl or other ethylenically unsaturated radicals per molecule and a finely divided silica filler treated with a hexaorganodisilazane which mixture is then compounded with additional hexaorganodisiloxane.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,329,274 discloses viscous liquid silicone polymer compositions mat are believed to be suitable and which are comprised of vinyl containing diorganopolysiloxane (corresponding to component B), silicon hydride siloxane (corresponding to component A) and an effective amount of a catalyst which is a halogenated tetrameric platinum complex.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,442,060 discloses a mixture of 100 parts by weight of a viscous diorganopolysiloxane oil, 10 to 75 parts by weight of finely divided reinforcing silica, 1 to 20 parts by weight of a structuring inhibitor, and 0.1 to 4 parts by weight of 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide controlled cross-linking agent.
  • Silicone resin compositions shown in Table I below have all been used in the practice of this invention. Such compositions of Table I are believed to involve formulations that are of the type hereinabove characterized.
  • Ultra-violet-absorbing agents contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention include uvA absorbers such as benzophenone-8-methyl anthranilate; benzophenone-4; benzophenone-3; 2, 4-dihydroxy- benzophenone; uvB absorbers such as p-aminobenzoic acid (PABA); pentyl dimethyl PABA; cinoxate; DEA p-methoxycinnamate; digalloyl trioleate; ethyl dihydroxypropyl PABA; octocrylene, octyl methoxycinnamate, otcyl salicylate, glyceryl PABA; homosalate; lawsone plus dihydroxyacetone; octyl dimethyl PABA; 2- phenylbenzimidazole-5-sulfonic acid; TEA salicylate; sulfomethyl benzylidene bornanone; urocanic acid and its esters, and physical
  • a silicone polymer composition which incorporates a benzophenone, one preferably admixes die benzophenone with the silicone polymer composition at the time of use.
  • the benzophenone component can be regarded as, or identified herein for convenience as the modifier component (vi).
  • a composition of this invention contains from about 0.1 to about 15 parts of component (vi), although the preferred amount is from about 0.3 to about 10 parts of component (vi) and smaller amounts can be used, if desired, without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, and hydrogen, and n and m are each an integer of 1 or 2.
  • substituted benzophenones of the above formula include the substances shown below.
  • R 3 is a lower alkyl radical
  • the term "lower” refers to a radical containing less than about 8 carbon atoms.
  • the contact angle exhibited by a silicone composition used in this invention varies with the particular web which is to be saturated therewith. However, the contact angle of water is generally lower for the non-treated side than the treated side. A combination of the processed web, the silicone polymer and die fluorochemical generally produces higher water contact angles than webs treated only widi fluorochemicals.
  • the performance of a polymer composition may be determined by the nature of a previously applied saturant such as a fluorochemical.
  • Suitable starting compositions include 100% liquid curable silicone rubber compositions, such as SLE5600 A/B from General Electric, Mobay LSR 2580A/B, Dow Corning Silastic ® 595 LSR and Silastic ® 590 which when formulated with substituted benzophenone as taught herein will form a contact angle of much greater than 70 degrees, and typically of 90+ degrees, with typical porous webs (such as fabrics) that have a residue of fluorochemical upon (and within) the web from a prior saturation.
  • 100% liquid curable silicone rubber compositions such as SLE5600 A/B from General Electric, Mobay LSR 2580A/B, Dow Corning Silastic ® 595 LSR and Silastic ® 590 which when formulated with substituted benzophenone as taught herein will form a contact angle of much greater than 70 degrees, and typically of 90+ degrees, with typical porous webs (such as fabrics) that have a residue of fluorochemical upon (and within) the web from a prior saturation.
  • the polymer composition used in the practice of this invention can also carry additives into the three- dimensional structure of the web during the pressured application. Further, it is preferable, that any additives and/or modifiers be bound into the cured composition permanently as located in the three-dimensional structure of the web. Particularly in the case of fabrics, this desirably positions the additives and/or modifiers mainly on surface portions of the encapsulated yarns and fibers in positions where they typically are beneficially located and maintained, or on the surfaces of the internal layer, or on the surfaces of the web, or some combination tiiereof.
  • the polymer composition, the fabric used, and die particular additive and/or modifier compounds can be altered to create specific functional properties such as adhesiveness, antimicrobial activity, blood repellency, conductivity, fire resistance, flexibility, good hand, stain resistance, ultraviolet absorption capabilities, and other functions described by this invention.
  • Silicone polymers when compounded with additives and/or modifiers, produce desirable properties.
  • a fine particle silica is added to silicone polymer as a filler or reinforcing agent to increase the hardness and reduce the stickiness.
  • Carbon black is added when electrical conductivity is required. Red iron oxide improves heat resistance.
  • Zinc oxide is used for heat conductivity.
  • Aluminum hydrate is added for extra electrical track resistance.
  • Various pigments are used for coloring.
  • Such solid additives and/or modifiers can be added by mixing with silicone polymer at a certain ratio. Mixing of the silicone polymer is usually performed by a mixer, or the like.
  • Liquid additives and/or modifiers can be added by directly mixing with silicone polymer or finely dispersing in the silicone polymer. Additives and/or modifiers can also be added in a homogeneous form such as dissolving in suitable organic solvents or water, or in a heterogeneous form such as latex. For example, hydrophobic polyurethanes or fluorocarbon polymers can be dispersed in water by addition of emulsifiers or surfactants in a emulsion form or latex.
  • a wide variety of additives, agents, or modifiers, herein used interchangeably, can be used in accordance with the practice of this invention to produce porous webs that retain the functional properties of the agents incorporated within the web. It is impossible to list in certainty all of the agents and modifiers that can be used in accordance with the practice of the present invention.
  • Many of the additives used in the plastics industry are described in handbooks and can be used in accordance with the practice of this invention. Two such handbooks are Plastics Additives: An Industrial Guide, by Ernest W. Flick (Noyes Publications 1986), and Chemical Additives For The Plastics Industry: Properties, Applications, Toxicologies, by the Radian Corporation (Noyes Data Corp. 1987), herein incorporated by reference.
  • Polyacetal resin with one or more members selected from the group consisting of isocyanate and isothiocyanate compounds.
  • 1 ,2-epoxides such as 1 ,2-e ⁇ oxyhexane, 1 ,2-epoxyoctane, 1,2-epoxynonane, 1,2-epoxydecane, 1,2- epoxydodecane, 7,8-epoxyoctadecane, 9,10-epoxyoctadecane, 5,6-epoxydodecane, 7,8- epoxyoctadecane, 2,3-epoxydodecane, 5,6-epoxydodecane, 7,8-epoxyoctadecane, 9, 10- epoxyoctadecane , 10, 11 -epoxyeicosane .
  • Example catalysts are BF etherate, sulfuric acid, sodium methylate, and lithium methylate.
  • Preferable ethylene or propylene glycols are mono-, di, tri and tetra.
  • Halogens and halogen based compounds such as iodine, chloroazodin, chlorinated cyanuric acid derivatives, and chloramine derivatives.
  • Anti-virals such as zidovudine
  • Phenols and phenolic compounds such as o-phenylphenol, o-benzyl-p-chlorophenol, p-tert-amylphenol, bisphenols such as hexachlorophcne, clichlorophcne, mcthylcne-bis(4-chlorophcnoI), fcntichlor, and trichlosan.
  • Quarternary ammonium salts such as cetrimide, benzalkonium chloride, cetylpyridinium chloride, laurolinium acetate, dequalinium chloride, hedaquinium chloride, polyquaternium 1.
  • Phenyl mercuric acetate Skin disinfectants such as alcohols, mercurials, silver compounds, neomycin
  • Water disinfectants such as chlorine and sodium hypochlorite
  • Air disinfectants such as propylene glycol, lactic acid, glycolic acid, and levulinic acid
  • Gaseous disinfectants such as ethylene oxide, ⁇ -propiolactone, and formaldehyde
  • Monoaldehyde lodophors such as povidone-iodine, polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP) or povidone USP, butyl cellosolve albumin-povidone-iodine complex
  • Non-flame durable fibers with flame durable fibers of metal such as stainless steel, copper, nickel
  • Retardant powder fillers such as alumina trihydrate
  • Metal carboxylic acid salts containing at least 6 carbon atoms.
  • Carboxylic acid salts calcium stearate, barium stearate and strontium stearate, stearates, isostearates, oleates, palmitates, myristates, laurates, undecylenates, 2-ethylhexanoates, hexanoates
  • Salts of the following acids may be suitable: suifinic, sulfonic, aromatic sulfenic, sulfamic, phosphinic and phosphoric acids
  • Polyolefins such as low density polyethylene and high density polyethylene
  • Copolym ers such as polystyrene, polycarbonates
  • Polyesters Polyamides, polycaprolactams
  • Polyphenylene oxide, polyphenylene oxide-polystyrene blends or copolymers with optinal organic halides such as decabromodiphenyl oxide, dechlorane plus a chlorinated alicyclic hydrocarbon, and aluminum trihydrate Flexibility Inducing Agents
  • Amorphous Silica 1-2% by total resin weight such as OK 412, produced by DeGussa, Inc. (Frankfurt, Germany), available through its pigment division in Teterboro, NJ.
  • Carboxymethylcellulose methylcellulose, methylethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose
  • Hydrolized silk such as "Crosilk,” a commercially hydrolized silk protein (Croda, Inc. New York, NY). Crosilk is a 10,000 molecular weight protein made by hydrolizing silk, and is comprised of 17 different amino acid segments, ranging in percent by weight of 0.1% to 20.3%. Polyolefin fiber or fabric
  • Solid copper salts preferably organic copper salts such as copper formate, copper acetate, copper oxalate and others.
  • Photoresistive films made of polya ide or SOG Spin On Glass
  • Analgesics such as aspirin
  • Spermacides such as ricinleic acid, p-diisobutylphenoxypolyethoxyethanol, boric acid, and nonoxynol-9.
  • Aluminum particles such as aluminum nitride and alumina
  • additives and/or modifiers may or may not be combined with the thixotropic material prior to application to the porous substrate. These materials are applied to the surface of the porous substrate by depositing or metering, or by other like means.
  • additives and/or modifiers suitable for use in the practice of the present invention include compounds that contain reactive sites, compounds that facilitate the controlled release of agents into the surrounding environment, catalysts, compounds that promote adhesion between the treating materials and the substrate, and compounds that alter the surface chemistry of articles produced from the treated substrates.
  • Reactive sites contemplated in the practice of the present invention include such functional groups as hydroxyl, carboxyl, carboxylic acid, amine groups, and the like, that promote physical and/or chemical interaction with other materials and compounds.
  • the modifier may be an enzyme or metal that catalyzes a specific reaction.
  • the modifier may bind an agent.
  • the phrase "capacity to bind," as used herein, refers to binding by both covalent and non-covalent means.
  • Polyurethane is an example of a modifier with reactive sites that specifically bind iodine, the agent.
  • a protein is an example of a modifier with reactive sites that specifically bind an antibody, the agent.
  • the resulting articles are useful, for example, where iodine release is desirable (e.g., as a disinfectant), due to the tendency of iodine to sublime under ambient conditions.
  • the modifier or agent may also be a biologically active or "bioactive compound" such as an enzyme, antibody, antigen, or protein.
  • the modifier may be an antibody and the agent, a target protein, and the like.
  • the modifier may be a protein, and the agent, a target antibody.
  • Such embodiments are particularly useful to the field of medical diagnostics.
  • the modifier may be capable of binding any proteinaceous material regardless of its bioactivity, such as polypeptides, enzymes or their active sites, as well as antibodies or antibody fragments.
  • bioactivity such as polypeptides, enzymes or their active sites, as well as antibodies or antibody fragments.
  • modifiers containing reactive sites can be used.
  • modifiers can be employed that bind agents that are airborne organic contaminants.
  • the particular compound employed as the modifier will depend on the chemical functionality of the target agent and could readily be deduced by one of skill in the art.
  • modifiers that are capable of promoting the release of an agent from the treated web.
  • the modifier may be a hygroscopic compound such as a salt that promotes the uptake of water.
  • the thixotropic material degrades by hydrolysis, thus releasing the agent.
  • the modifier may promote the release of an agent from the treated web by creating pores once the resulting article is placed in a particular environment.
  • a water-soluble hygroscopic salt can be used to induce pore formation in thixotropic materials when placed in a humid or aqueous environment.
  • dissolution of the salt promotes the release of the agent from the treated substrate.
  • Agents suitable for use in these embodiments include therapeutic agents, biologically active agents, pesticides, biocides, iodine, and the like.
  • hydrogels are polymeric materials that are capable of absorbing relatively large quantities of water.
  • hydrogel forming compounds include polyacrylic acids, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidine, gelatin, carrageenan and other polysaccharides, hydroxyethylenemethacrylic acid (HEMA), as well as derivatives thereof, and the like.
  • Control of the pressurized application step can be provided at a number of areas since the shear process is sensitive to the viscosity of the polymer composition both at atmospheric pressure and at superatmospheric pressure.
  • the ambient temperature affecting the polymer as it is applied, and the pressure-induced temperature changes occurring during controlled placement of the polymer also play roles in viscosity and therefore the shear process.
  • the chemical make-up of the polymer composition also plays a role in the shear process and assists in the formation of an internal layer and/or internal encapsulation of the fibers or structural elements of the web.
  • Web weight add-ons can be as little as about 1 to 5 weight percent up to about 200 weight percent of the untreated web.
  • weight add-ons are preferably in the range of about 10 to about 100 weight percent of the weight of the untreated web.
  • the fluorochemical saturant composition may also contain a bonding agent.
  • the bonding agent can facilitate the bonding of the water repellent chemical and/or the impregnate to the three-dimensional structure of the web within which it is saturated.
  • Mobay SiloprenTM bonding agent type LSR Z 3042 and Norsil 815 primer are representative compositions that can be used to facilitate bonding of the water repellent chemicals and/or impregnant to and within the web.
  • Use of the bonding agents is not essential to the practice of this invention, but may improve bonding of the fluorochemical and/or the polymer composition to fibers.
  • the fluorochemical particularly, and also the bonding agents when used, are preferably affixed to the three-dimensional structure of the web prior to the controlled placement of polymer within the web. Complete affixing is not necessary for the fluorochemical.
  • the fluorochemical will apparently facilitate the pressured application of a polymer composition even if the fluorochemical is not preliminarily fixed within or located within the web being treated.
  • fixing especially by sintering, appears to cause the water repellent chemicals to flow and to become better attached to the three-dimensional structure of the web.
  • a lesser amount of fluorochemical will remain in place better, and will better facilitate the subsequent pressured application of the polymer, if the sintering or insolubilizing step is performed prior to such a pressured application.
  • a web may have a surface contact angle with the polymer of greater than about 70 degrees, and more typically greater than about 90 degrees.
  • Web pressures can involve transverse force or pressure in the range of tens to thousands of pounds per square inch of web surface.
  • the polymer introduced by the pressured application step can be defined by its functional qualifications.
  • the silicone polymer produces a contact angle with a fluorochemical treated web of greater than about 70 degrees.
  • the contact angle of a web with a fluorochemical will be within a range of about 90 degrees to about 180 degrees while the contact angle of a fluorochemically treated web with the silicone polymer will be within a range of about 70 degrees to about 180 degrees.
  • the contact angle exhibited by the silicone polymer can be, if desired, qualified against the particular web saturated with the particular fluorochemical saturant.
  • the selection of a suitable silicone polymer composition may be determined by the nature of the previously applied fluorochemical saturant.
  • the fluorochemical saturant and silicone polymer compositions are, however, not critical to the practice of this invention since wide respective compositional ranges may be involved.
  • a substantially undiluted liquid silicon rubber which is available from suppliers, such as GE, Dow Coming, and Mobay-Bayer, will characteristically form a contact angle of much greater than about 70 degrees, and typically greater than about 90 degrees, with typical porous webs (such as fabrics) that have a residue of fluorochemical upon (and within) the web resulting from a prior saturation.
  • the polymer composition can carry additives into the three-dimensional structure of the web in the pressured application steps of the method of the invention. Further, the polymer composition, when cured, is capable of adhering to structural elements, fibers, yams, and the like, and any additives dispersed therein. Thus, additives are positioned adjacent to or on surfaces of structural elements, yams, fibers and the like, in a position where they can be beneficial. The additives may also be concentrated or localized at selected positions on or within the web.
  • the energy can also be used to drive additives and/or modifiers to various selected positions within the porous web.
  • the viscosity of the thixotropic material becomes low enough and the application thickness thin enough such that additives and/or modifiers are able to move with either the sufficient mechanical energy or wave induced energy.
  • the additive and/or modifier will migrate to a particular region within the web.
  • This migration is referred to herein as "surface blooming.”
  • the extent and rate of migration can be controlled by controlling the viscosity and thickness of the impregnant and the mobility of the particular additive and/or modifier. Both characteristics depend on the amount of energy provided to the system. Due to the nature of the thixotropic material, the additives and/or modifiers can be fixed at any location along their migratory path. For example, the amount of energy directed at the impregnant and web is decreased as the additives and/or modifiers migrate into the target positions. As the viscosity of the thixotropic impregnant rises, the additives and/or modifiers become essentially locked in place.
  • This cycling of energy may be repeated in this stage, as well as in Stages 4 and 5, discussed below, until the additives and/or modifiers are finally moved and fixed into the preselected position.
  • moving the additives and/or modifiers into a preselected position it is meant that there is a concentration of additives at the prescribed position. The concentration may vary significantly.
  • Surface blooming is a term describing both the migration and exact orientation of the additive and/or modifier on or near the surface of the polymer. There seems to be either such a thin layer of the polymer (mono layer) or an actual breaking of the surface structure of the polymer so as to allow the exposure of the additive and/or modifier. It can also be applied to a time dependent effect whereby over time and exposure to movement and ambient conditions, the additive and/or modifier becomes exposed, as with time released agents.
  • Polydimethylsiloxane contains a very surface active group, -CH 3 , whose activity is presented to best effect by the unique flexibility of the backbone.
  • -CH 3 very surface active group
  • a more complete description of the surface characteristics of polydimethylsiloxanes is available in The Surface Activity of Silicones: A Short Review, Michael J. Owen, Ind. Eng. Chem. Prod. Res. Dev., v. 19, p97 (1980); and the Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering 2d Ed., Wiley, New York, v. 15, Silicones (1985-90); all herein incorporated by reference.
  • Energy sources contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention include subjecting the curable, thixotropic material and one or more modifiers to shearing conditions ("treating materials").
  • the shearing conditions may be provided by passing the treating material and web in contact with one or more blades at a fixed orientation with respect to the blades.
  • the blades may be either rigid or flexible to accommodate a greater variety of web materials. For example, a more rigid blade may be used if the web is soft and flexible. Similarly, a flexible blade may be used if the web is hard and rigid.
  • the energy may be provided by passing the treating materials and web through rollers at a controllable pressure.
  • Other sources of energy contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention include thermal energy, ultrasonic energy, electron beam, microwave, and electromagnetic radiation.
  • additives that are dispersible in effective amounts in a viscous polymer composition typically at a concentration of about 0.1 to 20 weight percent (based on total composition weight) include ultraviolet absorbers, flame retardants, aluminum hydroxide, filling agents, blood repellents, flattening agents, optical reflective agents, hand altering agents, biocompatible proteins, hydrolyzed silk, and the like.
  • Hydrolyzed silk is a texturing agent that imparts a substantially silky feel to a fabric treated in accordance with the method of the invention regardless of whether or not such treated web or fabric is itself silk.
  • polymer dispersible agents include those affecting thermal conductivity, radiation reflectivity, electrical conductivity, and other properties.
  • powdered metals may be dispersed therein.
  • the pressured application of the polymer is sensitive to the viscosity of the polymer composition. Temperature affects the polymer composition by reducing or altering its viscosity. Shear-induced temperature changes occurring during application or during subsequent shear processing of the polymer can affect viscosity.
  • the chemical composition of the polymer also plays a role in the treating process and effects in the treatment of web structural elements (including fibers) and the regulation of the filling of interstices and open cell voids.
  • the apparatus employed in the present invention functions first to apply and preferably concurrently to shear thin and place a polymer composition, with one or more additives and/or modifiers optionally mixed in the composition, into a web under pressure.
  • Such polymer composition is then reintroduced, distributed, and metered in a controlled manner in the web with the aid of transversely applied shearing force and compressive force such that the polymer composition becomes distributed in the web so that additives and/or modifiers are oriented on and within the (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) internal coating, (c) the surfaces of the web, or (d) some combination thereof.
  • the web is longitudinally tensioned and the pressurized application and the subsequent shearing and compressive actions are successively accomplished in localized zones preferably extending generally laterally across the web (that is, generally perpendicularly to the direction of such longitudinal web tensioning) using transversely applied force exerted locally against surface portions of the web during each controlled placement and shearing operation.
  • the web is conveniently and preferably, but not necessarily, moved longitudinally relative to such laterally extending web processing zones.
  • the blades may be moved relative to a stationary length of fabric.
  • the pressurized application, shearing and compressing steps are preferably carried out successively or sequentially.
  • Such zones are themselves preferably at stationary locations while the web is moved, but if desired, the web can be stationary while the zones are moved, or both.
  • the result is that the polymer composition flows into the web and is distributed internally generally uniformly to a predeterminable and controllable extent.
  • additives and/or modifiers due to their physical and chemical properties, cannot be incorporated on and/or within a web by pre-treating the web or by mixing the additives and/or modifiers into the polymer composition.
  • Such additives and/or modifiers can be topically applied to the web after the pressured, shear thinning stage described above, but before curing. Once topically applied, the additives and/or modifiers are forced into the web by passing through the exit nip rolls. The additives and/or modifiers will adhere to the polymer composition that forms encapsulated fibers, an internal layer, or some combination of the above.
  • Figure 5 depicts a schematic, side elevational view of a preferred apparatus for practicing the methods of the present invention.
  • a continuous web 302 is moved under tension along a web pathway from a supply roll 301 to a take-up roll 327.
  • the primary tension is a result of the differential rate between the driven entrance pull stand designated as 306 and the driven exit pull stand designated as 322, whereby the exit pull stand 322 is driven at a rate faster than the entrance pull stand 306.
  • Other controllable factors which effect tension are the diameters of blade rolls 309, 314, 316, 318; the vertical depth of blades 31 1, 315, 317; the durometer of the entrance pull stand rolls 304, 305 and rubber roll 321 of the exit pull stand, and the friction as the web passes under the blades.
  • Blade roll 316 can optionally be a nip roll, as shown with the top roll 329. This allows for the creation of multiple tension zones to help shear thin the polymer composition and place one or more additives and/or modifiers on or within the web.
  • Web 302 passes between the nip of the two rolls 304 and 305 of the entry pull stand 306.
  • the entry nip is adjustable to produce a force of from about 100 lbs. to about 5 tons on the web, passing between the two rolls.
  • the weight of top roll 305 provides an even distribution of force throughout the web width.
  • Web 302 is flattened at this point and the interstitial spaces are reduced laterally and longitudinally.
  • Bottom roll 304 has micro- positioning capability to provide for gap adjustment and alignment.
  • the top roll 305 composition is chosen based on the durometer of a urethane or rubber roll.
  • Blade 311 is illustratively shown in Figure 4.
  • dimensions A, B, C, D, and E are typically and exemplarily illustrated as, respectively, about 3-1/2 inches, about 1-1/2 inches, about 2 inches, about 1/2 inch, and about 5/ 16 inch.
  • the narrow edge is preferably milled to a tolerance of about 1/10,000 inch continuously along the edge surface of each blade which is typically and illustratively about 38 inches long.
  • Each of the co ers of the narrow edge is preferably and illustratively a hard (not beveled or ground) angular edge.
  • the combination of the leading edge condition and the two surfaces (the front and the bottom) that meet at the leading edge are RMS 8 or better in grind and/or polish.
  • the blade in Figure 4 has a leading edge 250 and a trailing edge 260.
  • Entry angle ⁇ can be varied by adjusting: (a) the height and diameter of blade rolls 309 and 314, (b) the horizontal position of blade rolls 309 and 314, , (c) the angle of blade 311, and (d) the height of blade 311.
  • the entry and exit angles of blades 315 and 317 can be varied by adjusting the same devices surrounding each blade.
  • blade roll 309 decreases entry angle ⁇ .
  • Decreasing the distance between blade roll 309 and blade 311 decreases entry angle ⁇ .
  • Increasing the downward depth of blade 311 into web 302 decreases entry angle ⁇ .
  • the angle of blades 311, 315, and 317 are completely changeable and fully rotational to 360°.
  • the fully rotational axis provides an opportunity for more than one blade per rotational axis. Therefore, a second blade having a different thickness, bevel, shape, resonance, texture, or material can be mounted.
  • the apparatus contains two or three blades per blade mount. The blade mounts are not shown.
  • the force or pressure of blade 311 applied against web 302 is determined by the vertical positioning of blade 31 1 in the blade mount. The greater the downward depth of blade 311 , the greater the force or pressure. Blade pressure against the web is also accomplished through the tension of the web as described above.
  • polymer applicator 310 can be a pump, a hose, or any available application device for applying polymer onto the surface of the web.
  • Polymer applicator 310 is located directly in front of blade 311. The polymer is immediately shear thinned, placed into, and extracted from web 302 by the leading edge of blade 31 1, thus controlling the amount of polymer remaining in web 302.
  • the bevel of blade 311 can effect entry angle ⁇ and the sharpness of the leading edge of blade 311.
  • a sharper leading edge has a greater ability to push the weave or structural elements of web 302 longitudinally and traversely, increasing the size of the interstitial spaces. As the web passes the leading edge of blade 311 , the interstitial spaces snap back or contract to their original size.
  • Additive applicator 328 can be a pump, or hose, or any application device for applying additives onto the surface of the web. Additive applicator 328 is located directly in front of the exit pull stand 322.
  • Web 302 then passes between driven exit pull stand 322 which consists of rolls 320 and 321.
  • Pull roll 320 is a driven roll proportionally driven at a predetermined rate slower than entry roll 304.
  • Pull roll 321 does not apply pressure so much as it achieves a high degree of surface area in which web 302 must come into contact with. The larger the surface area, the higher the degree of contact friction. Pull roll 321 can be adjusted to have sufficient downward force to eliminate any slippage between web 302 and pull roll 320.
  • Rolls 324, 325, and 326 provide a tension regulating means and also serve to provide a cooling pathway for web 302 as it emerges from oven 323 before passing onto take-up roll 327.
  • the cure temperature of oven 323 is thermostatically controlled to a predetermined temperature for web 302 and the polymers used. Machine runs of new webs are first tested with hand pulls to determine adhesion, cure temperature, potentials of performance values, drapability, aesthetics, etc.
  • the effect on web 302 depends on the temperature of oven 323, dwell time and curing rate of the polymer. Web 302 may expand slightly from the heat.
  • Oven 323 functions to cure the polymer composition that is controllably placed into web 302.
  • Oven 323 can be operated with gas or other energy sources.
  • oven 323 could utilize radiant heat, induction heat, convection, microwave energy or other suitable means for effecting a cure.
  • Oven 323 can extend from about 12 to 20 yards, with 15 yards long being convenient.
  • Curing temperatures from about 320°F to about 500°F, applied for times of from about two minutes to about thirty seconds (depending on the temperature and the polymer composition) are desirable. If a curing accelerator is present in the polymer, curing temperatures can be dropped down to temperatures of about 265 °F or even lower (with times remaining in the range indicated).
  • the cure temperature of oven 323 and the source and type of cure energy are controlled for a number of reasons.
  • the cure temperature of oven 323 is controlled to achieve the desired crosslinked state; either partial or full.
  • the source and type of energy can also affect the placement of the polymer and additives.
  • a source of radiation can be employed (electron beams, ultraviolet light, or the like) to accomplish curing, if desired.
  • some additives can be staged to migrate and/or bloom to the polymer surfaces.
  • Oven cure dwell time is the duration of time the web is in oven 323. Oven cure dwell time is determined by the speed of the oven's conveyor and physical length of the oven. If the dwell time and temperature for a particular web is at maximum, then the oven conveyor speed would dictate the speed of the entire process line or the length of the oven would have to be extended in order to increase the dwell time to assure proper final curing of the web.
  • Take-up roll 327 is operated at approximately the same speed as supply roll 301.
  • the rotational speeds of take-up roll 327 are not synchronized with rotational speeds of supply roll 301, the tension roll combination of rolls 324, 325, and 326 can be used to reduce web slack.
  • Web speed is proportional to the variable speed of the motor which drives entrance pull stand 306 and exit pull stand 322.
  • Web speed can effect the physics of the polymers as web 302 passes under blades 311, 315, and 317.
  • Web transport speeds can vary widely; for example, from about two yards per minute to about ninety yards per minute.
  • Figure 1 illustrates the phenomenon referred to herein as "thixotropic looping.” This figure represents the viscosity changes of a polymer composition applied to a web by the apparatus shown in figure 5.
  • each blade is the same size and shape and each blade is positioned the same so that the shear rate at each blade is identical.
  • the shear stress reduces the viscosity of the polymer composition.
  • the polymer begins to increase in viscosity, but never returns to its initial viscosity.
  • the second blade again the viscosity drops, but not as severe as with the first blade.
  • the viscosity increases, but not to its initial viscosity. This phenomenon occurs again at the next blade and would continue at subsequent blades until the polymer reached its minimum viscosity.
  • a general process for making a porous web of this invention comprises the steps of: optionally pre-treating a flexible, porous web with a modifier by saturation methods known in the art; tensioning a flexible, porous web as above characterized; optionally mixing one or more additives and/or modifiers with a curable shear thinnable polymer composition; applying the mixed curable shear thinnable polymer composition, described above, to at least one web surface; and then moving over and against one surface of the tensioned web a uniformly applied localized shear force to: shear thin the optionally mixed polymer composition, uniformly place the composition within the web, at least partially individually encapsulate or envelop surface portions of at least some of said fibers through the web matrix or position said composition in a desired web internal region or some combination of both.
  • Some additives and/or modifiers can then optionally be topically applied and pressed onto and into the web by the exit pull stand. Thereafter, the web is subjected to conditions sufficient to cure the composition in said web. Curing is accomplished by
  • a presently preferred process for making a fluorochemical and silicone resin treated web having breathability, water resistance, rewashability, and one or more additives and/or modifiers, which is adapted for continuous operation comprises the successive steps of: impregnating the web with a fluorochemical, longitudinally tensioning the fluorochemical impregnated web while sequentially first applying to one surface thereof a curable silicone polymer composition with one or more additives and/or modifiers therein and concurrently applying a transversely exerted localized compressive force against said surface, and moving over said surface of the web substantially rigid shearing means which exerts transversely an applied, localized shear force against said surface to shear thin the polymer and wipe away exposed portions of silicone polymer composition on said surface, thereby forming an internal layer of silicone polymer and/or enveloping at least some of the fibers or passageways through the matrix, or both; optionally topically applying one or more additives and/or modifiers; and curing the silicone polymer composition in the web.
  • the additives and/or modifiers may also be selectively positioned during the final stage of the treatment process.
  • the additives and/or modifiers may be moved by controlling the volatization of the diluent.
  • the diluent As the diluent is driven to the air/polymer surface by heat, it carries the additives and/or modifiers with it to the surface.
  • the polymer composition cures, its viscosity increases thus fixing the additives and/or modifiers in position.
  • diluents include water and low molecular weight silicones and solvents such as aromatic solvents (e.g., toluene), low molecular weight ketones (e.g., acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and the like. Positioning of the additive and/or modifier in this manner can be controlled by controlling among other variables, the amount of energy directed at the treating materials and substrate and the amount and type of diluent in the polymer composition. Positioning of additives and/or modifiers can also occur by the pressured application of additives and/or modifiers onto and into the web.
  • aromatic solvents e.g., toluene
  • ketones e.g., acetone, methyl ethyl ketone
  • one or more additives and/or modifiers can be topically applied to the web, thereby forcing the additive(s) and/or modifier(s) onto and into one or more surfaces of the web.
  • the additive and/or modifier can adhere to the web and/or the polymer composition in the web.
  • the additive(s) and/or modifier(s) adheres to the polymer composition that encapsulates the individual fibers or filaments, that forms an internal layer, that fills some of the interstitial spaces of the web, or that produces some combination of the foregoing.
  • the presently preferred polymer composition used in the treatment of webs by this invention is a non-Newtonian liquid exhibiting thixotropic, pseudoplastic behavior. Such a liquid is temporarily lowered in viscosity by high pressure shear forces.
  • One aspect of the invention is a recognition that when high forces or sufficient energy are applied to curable polymer compositions, the viscosities of these materials can be greatly reduced.
  • the result is one of thixotropically looping or massaging the viscosity rheology crosslink opportunities and overall orientation of one or more additives and/or modifiers on and/or within the (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) internal coating, (c) one or both surfaces of the web, or (d) some combination thereof.
  • Thixotropic looping is illustratively and qualitatively shown in Figure 1, for an apparatus containing three blades.
  • the same liquid composition sets to a solid form which can have a consistency comparable to that of a hard elastomeric rubber.
  • the internal and extemal rheological control of polymer materials achieved by the present invention is believed to be of an extreme level, even for thixotropies.
  • the polymer composition is shear thinned and can flow more readily, perhaps comparably, for illustrative purposes, to water.
  • the invention preferably employs a combination of: (i) mechanical pressure to shear thin and place a polymer composition into a porous web; (ii) an optional porous web pretreatment with a water repellent chemical, such as a fluorochemical, which is theorized to reduce the surface tension characteristics of the web and create a favorable surface contact angle between the polymer composition and the treated web which subsequently allows, under pressure and shear force exerted upon an applied polymer composition, the production and creation of an internal coating or layer which envelopes fibers or lines cell walls in a localized region within the web as a result of polymer flow in the web or which encapsulates the fibers within the web; and (iii) a polymer composition impregnant preferably having favorable rheological and viscosity properties which responds to such working pressures and forces, and is controllably placed into, and distributed in a web.
  • a water repellent chemical such as a fluorochemical
  • This combination produces a web having the capability for a high degree of performance.
  • This product is achieved through pressure controlled placement and applied shear forces brought to bear upon a web so as to cause controlled movement and flow of a polymer composition and one or more additives and/or modifiers into and through a web.
  • pressure controlled placement and applied shear forces brought to bear upon a web so as to cause controlled movement and flow of a polymer composition and one or more additives and/or modifiers into and through a web.
  • repeated compressive applications of pressure or successive applications of localized shear forces upon the polymer in the web are employed.
  • a relationship is established between the respective surface tensions of the polymer and the web, creating a specific contact angle.
  • the polymer responds to a water repellent fluorochemical pretreatment of the substrate so as to permit enhanced flow characteristics of the polymer into the web.
  • the boundary or edge of the polymer is moved, preferably repeatedly, in response to applied suitable forces into the interior region of a porous web so as to cause thin films of the polymer to develop on the fiber surfaces and to be placed where desired in the web.
  • Thixotropic behavior is preferably built into a polymer used in the invention by either polymer selection or design or additive/filler design. For example, it now appears that thixotropic behavior can be accentuated by introducing into a polymer composition certain additives that are believed to impart enhanced thixotropy to the resulting composition. A lower viscosity at high shear rates (during application to a web) is believed to facilitate polymer flow and application to a web, whereas a polymer with high viscosity, or applied at a low shear rate (before and/or after application) actually may retard or prevent structural element (including fiber) envelopment or encapsulation.
  • a silicone polymer composition impregnant is prepared. It can be purchased commercially and comes in typically two parts designated as A and B.
  • a and B For example, in a silicone polymer composition, as taught in U.S. Patent No. 4,472,470, a base vinyl terminated polysiloxane is the A part, while a liquid organohydrogensiloxane controlled crosslinking agent is the B part. Certain remaining components, such as a resinous organopolysiloxane copolymer and a platinum catalyst may (or can) apparently initially be in either part A or part B.
  • Stage 2 can be considered to involve the mixing of such a product's parts with or without additives.
  • Changes in viscosity can be obtained and measured based on applied shear rates and shear stresses. Such changes can be experienced by a polymer with or without additives. Up to a 99% reduction in viscosity of a liquid silicone polymer composition is believed to be obtainable by the shear forces involved in the shear thinning and forcing of a silicone polymer composition impregnant into a web and almost simultaneously extracting the correct amounts out. Thereafter, a very substantial increase in polymer viscosity is believed to be obtainable taking into account these same factors. Normally, the most significant factor is now believed to be the shear gradient that typically reduces the viscosity of the polymer below the starting or rest viscosity.
  • Stage 3 can be considered to be the pressure introduction stage. Up to a 99% reduction of the polymer viscosity is believed to be obtainable due to the applied shear forces, elapsed time, temperature, radiation and/or chemical changes. Thereafter, a signficant increase or even more in the resulting polymer viscosity is believed to be obtainable. In this stage, partial curing of the polymer may take place. Most commonly, polymer viscosity is substantially decreased during the pressure controlled placement Stage 3 by the application of shear forces.
  • Stage 4 can be considered to be the first stage internal matrix dispersing and reintroduction with metering, and also recovery and recycle of excess polymer.
  • the shear forces cause a substantial but temporary lowering of polymer viscosity, causing it to flow upon and into the three-dimensional structure of the web.
  • the initial viscoelastic character of the polymer is typically theorized to be recovered almost immediately after shear forces are removed.
  • Stage 5 can be considered to be a second stage internal matrix dispersing and reintroduction with metering and also recovery and recycling of excess polymer.
  • the variations in the viscosity of the polymer are equivalent to Stage 4.
  • the viscosity of the polymer is again lowered causing it to flow within the web. Because of the application of repeated shear force induced reductions in viscosity, the thixotropic behavior of a polymer may not undergo complete recovery, following each application of shear force and the viscosity of the polymer may not revert to its original placement values.
  • the polymer composition is believed to have the capacity to form enveloping internal coating in a predetermined region wherein the interstices or open cells are substantially completely filled within the three-dimensional matrix constituting a web during the time intervals that the is caused to flow under pressure in and about matrix components. In between these times, the polymer may recover substantially all of its initial high viscosity, although perhaps slightly less so with each repeated application of shearing pressure or force.
  • Stage 6 can be considered the optional application of additives and/or modifiers.
  • Some additives and/or modifiers due to their physical and chemical properties, cannot be incorporated on and within a web by pre-treating the web or by mixing the additives and/or modifiers into the polymer composition.
  • Such additives and/or modifiers can be topically applied to the web after the pressured, shear thinning stage described above, but before curing. Once topically applied, the additives and/or modifiers are forced into the web by passing through the exit nip rolls.
  • the additives and/or modifier can adhere to the polymer composition or to the individual fibers of the web.
  • the additives and/or modifiers will adhere to the polymer composition that fills the warp filled interstitial spaces, forms encapsulated fibers, an internal layer, or some combination of the above.
  • Stage 7 can be considered to be occurring just as curing is begun, and just as heat or other radiation is introduced.
  • Stage 8 can be considered to be occurring with regard to the exertion of control of curing.
  • at least a partial curing is obtained by relatively low temperatures applied for relatively short times. For example, when light cotton, nylon, or similar fabrics are being treated, temperatures under about 350°, applied for under about 10 seconds, result in partial curing.
  • the curable, thixotropic material plus additives and/or modifiers form a porous film having an average pore size in the range of 0 to 10 microns (although not zero microns).
  • Porous films are produced by the addition of pore-forming agents to the thixotropic material. Examples of pore-forming agents include low molecular weight polymers and oligomers that can be subsequently washed from the treated substrate using appropriate solvents and co-solvents that are known by those skilled in the art.
  • sufficient energy is used to selectively position the additives and/or modifiers at specific locations within the porous web.
  • selectively positioned refers to the localization or concentration of additive and/or modifier materials at desired regions within the porous web. "Selective positioning” is achieved by controlling a phenomenon unique to thin films known as “migratory surface bloom.” Migratory surface bloom refers to the ability of an additive and/or modifier to migrate to the surface and assume its multi-dimensional conformation.
  • Polydimethylsiloxane contains a very surface active group, -CH 3 , whose activity is presented to best effect by the unique flexibility of the backbone.
  • -CH 3 very surface active group
  • a more complete description of the surface characteristics of polydimethylsiloxanes is available in The Surface Activity of Silicones: A Short Review, Michael J. Owen, Ind. Eng. Chem. Prod. Res. Dev., v. 19, p97 (1980); and the Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering, v. 15, Silicones, (Wiley 1987); all incorporated herein by reference.
  • the extent of surface bloom is controlled by controlling the amount of energy directed at the treating materials and web.
  • the additive and/or modifier is selectively positioned substantially on the application surface of the porous web . In another embodiment of the present invention, the additive and/or modifier is selectively positioned substantially on the surface opposing the application surface of the porous web. Alternatively, where the porous web is derived from discrete elements such as fibers that are encapsulated, the additive and/or modifier can be selectively positioned substantially within the encapsulated material.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic vector diagram illustrating the surface tension forces acting at the vertex boundary line of a liquid contact angle on a planar solid surface. It illustrates how surface tension forces might be measured between a silicone polymer composition and a fiber of a web (or a fabric) as treated by the invention.
  • surface tension can be considered to have reference to a single factor consisting of such variables as intermolecular, or secondary, bonding forces, such as permanent dipole forces, induced forces, dispersion or nonpolar van der Waals forces, and hydrogen bonding forces.
  • bonding forces such as permanent dipole forces, induced forces, dispersion or nonpolar van der Waals forces, and hydrogen bonding forces.
  • the strong primary bonding forces at an interface due to a chemical reaction are theorized to be excluded from surface tension effects; however, it is noted that even a small degree of chemical reactivity can have a tremendous influence on wetting effects and behavior affected by surface tension.
  • poly-dimethylsiloxanes The unique feature of poly-dimethylsiloxanes is their high surface activity. Pure poly-dimethylsiloxanes typically exhibit surface tension values of 21 dynes/cm, which is higher than only fluorocarbons. The prevailing explanation for this phenomenon is the dense packing of methyl groups at the surface of the poly- dimethylysiloxanes. The low surface tension of poly-dimethylsiloxanes gives them surface-active properties both in aqueous and organic solutions. This phenomenon is further described in David T. Floyd's article: Organo-Modified Silicone Copolymers for Cosmetic Use, Cosmetic and Pharmaceutical Applications of Polymers, p. 49-72, Plenum Press (New York 1991 ), herein incorporated by reference.
  • adhesion is theorized to be a wetting effect.
  • Spontaneous adhesion always occurs for contact angles less than about 90°. However, for a combination of a rough surface and a contact angle over 90°, adhesion may or may not occur. In fact, roughness becomes antagonistic to adhesion, and adhesion becomes less probable as roughness increases.
  • penetration is theorized to be a w tting effect. Spontaneous penetration occurs for contact angles less than about 90°, and does not occur for contact angles over about 90°. The roughness of a solid surface accentuates either the penetration or the repellency action, but has no influence on which type of wetting takes place.
  • spreading is theorized to be a wetting effect. Retraction occurs for contact angles over 90° or over planar surfaces for any contact angle. However, spontaneous spreading for contact angles less than 90°, especially for small contact angles, may be induced by surface roughness.
  • Figure 3 is a graph relating the contact angle over a smooth solid surface as a function of ⁇ and i that apply respectively, to adhesion (I cos ⁇ + 1), penetration (i cos ⁇ ), and spreading (i cos ⁇ - 1).
  • Figure 3 illustrates what is theorized to be the relationship of a silicone polymer composition to silicone polymer composition solids in a treated web as regards such factors as adhesion, penetration, spreading, and retraction.
  • the term "wetting" is used to designate such processes as adhesion, penetration, spreading, and cohesion. If wetting transpires as a spontaneous process, then adhesion and penetration are assured when the solid surface tension exceeds the liquid surface tension. Surface roughness promotes these spontaneous wetting actions. On the other hand, no such generalizations can be made when the solid surface tension is less than the liquid surface tension.
  • the wetting behavior of the liquid polymer composition can be measured.
  • Example 1 The procedure of Example 1 was repeated with various other commercially available curable viscous liquid silicone polymer compositions. To this product system a substituted benzophenone and other additives are optionally added, the results of which are shown in Table III . These examples illustrate that more than one additive can be combined in the practice of this invention. All parts are by weight.
  • Ratio listed is that recommended by the manufacturer.
  • Syl-off® (registered trademark of Dow Co ing) is a crosslinker.
  • Sylox® 2 (registered trademark of W.R. Grace Co.) is a synthetic amorphous silica.
  • Hydral® 710 (registered trademark of Alcoa) is hydrated aluminum oxide.
  • Silopren® LSR Z/3042 (registered trademark of Mobay) is a silicone primer (bonding agent) mixture.
  • Flattening Agent OK412® (registered Trademark of Degussa Corp.) is a wax coated silicon dioxide.
  • Nalco® 1SJ-612 Colloidal Silica (registered trademark of Nalco Chemical Company) is an aqueous solution of silica and alumina.
  • Nalco® 1SJ-614 Colloidal Alumina (registered trademark of Nalco Chemical Company) is an aqueous colloidal alumina dispersion.
  • Zepel® 7040 (registered trademark of duPont) is a nonionic fluoropolymer.
  • Zonyl® UR (registered trademark of duPont) is an anionic fluorosurfactant.
  • Zonyl® FSN-100 (registered trademark of duPont) is a nonionic fluorosurfactant.
  • TE-3608® (registered trademark of duPont) is a polytetrafluoroethylene micropowder.
  • the selected base fabric was TACTEL® (gold color) #612071 available from ICI Americas, Inc. This fabric was 100%) woven nylon. If desired, this and other fabrics may be calendered to modify surface texture, geometry and porosity.
  • the fabric was weighed and measured. Its initial weight is 3.1 ounces per square yard. Its thickness equals 9 mils.
  • the fabric was next washed with detergent, rinsed thoroughly, and hung to air dry. The fabric was soaked in water, wrung dry, and weighed. The water retained was equal to 0.8 g water/g fabric.
  • the fabric was then treated with a water repellent fluorochemical, a 2% solution by weight of Zepel® 7040. In order to do so the fabric must be soaked in a 2.5% solution of Zepel® water-repellent chemical in distilled water. This was because:
  • the treated fabric was then run through a wringer and air dried. Next, the fabric was heated in an oven for 1 minute at 350°. This heating sinters the water repellent fluorochemical.
  • the fabric with its fluorochemical residue is then run as in the Figure 7 embodiment.
  • the silicone polymer composition is applied at 1.0 oz./sq. yd.
  • the polymer composition is GE 6108 A/B in a 1 : 1 ratio and can be considered to be a viscoelastic liquid that flows only under the shear forces resulting from the pressured controlled placement.
  • the polymer composition is believed to return very substantially to its original viscous condition almost immediately upon release of the pressure.
  • the polymer composition was believed to flow a short distance within the matrix of the fabric during the short time that it was, because of pressure shearing forces, of lowered viscosity. Therefore, a number of "flows" may be usefully generated with multiple blades in order to properly distribute the polymer composition in its preferred position substantially encapsulating the surfaces of the fabric's fibers.
  • the treated fabric was run through a line oven, of approximately 10 yards in length, at 4-6 yards per minute, and was cured at 325-350°F. It then passed through a series of idler rollers and is rolled up on a take-up roll, completing the tension zone.
  • the resultant fabric has a non-tacky thin film of silicone that was internally coated to form a fiber encapsulated, interstice-filled layer in the fabric.
  • Amount Impregnated 1.4 oz yd 2 ""Environmental chamber at 104°F and 74% humidity.
  • the spray test was conducted in accordance with AATCC 22-1974. It measures water repellency of a fabric sample on a scale of 0-100, with a reading of 100 designating a completely water repellent fabric.
  • the rain test was conducted in accordance with AATCC 35-1985. It measures resistance of a fabric sample to penetration of water under static pressure from a shower head of 3 feet/5 minutes. A fabric is stormproof when less than 1.0 gram of water is absorbed by a standardized blotter used in the test.
  • Abrasion resistance is measured by mounting a fabric sample on a Taber Abraser Model 174 and measuring the number of cycles before the fabric begins tearing apart.
  • Test measures a fabric samples' resistance to water under pressure using the Mullen's Burst Test methods and apparatus. Test results are expressed in pounds per square inch at which water beads penetrate the fabric.
  • the moisture vapor transmission (MVTR) test was conducted in accordance with ASTM E96-B. The test measures the amount of moisture vapor passing through a fabric sample in a controlled environment during a 24 hour period. The obtained MVTR figure is expressed in grams of water/square meter of surface/24 hour day. The environmental chamber was held at 104°F and 47% humidity.
  • EXAMPLE 22 Iodine As A Biocidal And Antimicrobial Agent with Polyurethane as a Reactive Site
  • This example demonstrates the preparation of a biocidal or self-sterilizing web.
  • Polyurethane, Sancor ® 898 in a latex form was mixed with silicone polymer, Dow Coming 2962 (Parts A & B 50:50) in the ratios of 0%, 5%, 10%, 15% and 100%, by weight respectively.
  • Various fabric webs such as Burlington 4040, 4045 and Versatec, were treated with 15-20% weight add-on of the above polymer mixtures in accordance with the practice of this invention. The fabrics were cured at 350°F (176°C) for 26 seconds.
  • the treated fabrics were dipped in an iodine solution bath containing 2% iodine in a 2.4%) KI solution or 2% iodine in an ethanol solution for 10-30 seconds at room temperature and rinsed in a freshly-distilled water bath until no free iodine came off.
  • the iodine/silicone/urethane-treated fabrics were then air dried and observed to be yellowish on the silicone/urethane treated side, indicating the presence of iodine.
  • a culture of XL Blue E. Coli was prepared in a refrigerated LB Agar and grown for 9 hours. Two drops of cultured XL Blue E. Coli were added to four streaked LB Agar plates and spread with a bent sterile 1 mL pipette. The iodine/silicone/urethane-treated fabric web samples were placed (treated side down) on the LB Agar plates and grown in an incubator at 37°C. After 24 hours, an area of growth inhibition was observed for all samples, which is indicative of the active killing sites for each piece of treated fabric. The treated fabric was then washed, charged with free iodine and then re-tested for antimicrobial activity. The growth of bacteria was inhibited both under and around the treated fabric samples.
  • a latex web instead of a fabric web, when treated with silicone/polyurethane, also shows the ability to bind free iodine.
  • the iodine/silicone/urethane-treated latex web samples were placed on LB Agar plates. Again, bacteria growth inhibition was observed both under and around the samples.
  • the proteins used in the practice of this invention were "Silk-Like-Protein 3 (SLP-3)," produced by Protein Polymers, Inc. (San Diego, CA) and "Crosilk,” produced by Croda, Inc. (New York, NY).
  • Crosilk is a 10,000 molecular weight protein made by hydrolyzing silk, and is comprised of 17 different amino acid segments, ranging in percent weight of 0.1%) to 20.3%.
  • the silicones used herein are Mobay Silopren ® LSP 2530 and Dow Coming Silastic ® LSR 2303.
  • the webs used herein are Eggplant Supplex, Black Cordura, and a 48% Nylon/52%) Cotton blend.
  • the dimensions of the protein particles need to be adjusted to a suitable particle size such as 0-2 microns in length and 0-2 microns in diameter.
  • This can be accomplished by grinding the protein particles with a small amount of silicone polymer, in a ball mill in a solvent such as xylene.
  • the solvent is used to lower the viscosity of the silicone polymer composition in the ball mill.
  • the mixture in the ball mill is composed of about 5% SLP-3, 50% silicone polymer composition and about 45% of xylene.
  • the grinding of protein can also be done without a solvent. After grinding, additional silicone polymer composition was added to the protein/silicone mixture to produce a mixture containing about 2.5%) by weight protein.
  • the xylene solvent evaporates during this process.
  • the final protein/silicone mixture was then applied to the webs in accordance with the practice of this invention.
  • the treated web was cured at 320°F for 2 minutes. Any xylene residue remaining evaporates during the final curing stage.
  • the resulting webs showed improved hand feel (tactility), moisture vapor permeability, and surface exposure as shown by further binding tests with antibodies.
  • the permeability test results are summarized in the following table.
  • DWR - Durable Water Repellent such as a fluorochemical composition.
  • Each row shows both the control sample (without polymer and without SLP-3 protein) and a treated web sample with the polymer and the SLP-3 protein additive.
  • the moisture vapor transport rate increased with the SLP-3 protein. This shows that the protein assists in the transport of moisture vapor.
  • Samples of webs treated with the SLP-3 protein additive were exposed to the SLP-3 antibody, washed, then exposed to radioactively labelled "protein A,” washed, and then analyzed for the radioactively labeled "protein A.”
  • Protein A is a bacterial protein which has specificity for antibodies.
  • the tested samples contained 1% and 5% by weight SLP-3 protein and then antibodies were attached.
  • the control samples contained the same amount of SLP-3 protein but no antibodies. The result was that the samples containing more SLP-3 protein showed larger amounts of antibodies. This result shows that the SLP-3 protein was surface exposed and created a binding site for antibodies.
  • Crosilk was used as an additive in Mobay LSP 1530 silicone polymer. This mixture was applied to webs such as Arthur Kahn Blue Cotton, Arthur Kahn White Tactal and Patagonia Red Supplex. All webs were cured two minutes in an oven at 320°F. The presence of the hydrolyzed silk did not inhibit the cure of the silicone polymer. The treated webs showed a slightiy improved feel and no real appreciable difference in the MVTR results of the fabric. This result shows that although various proteins can be utilized, the same functionality does not appear. Some proteins can be used specifically for binding antibodies, some for altering the "feel" of the fabric, some for modifying the surface characteristics of the polymer and/or web, and some for altering the moisture vapor transport rate.
  • This example illustrates the addition of pigments, dyes, and proteins to polymers and the application of the polymer compositions onto fibers.
  • the following is a preferred procedure for processing fibers, particularly for use in carpets.
  • Tension a single bundle of fibers across a lab encapsulator. This set-up presents a knife-over-air process condition on the carpet fiber. 2. Comb the fibers using a very fine comb to individually isolate the filaments to prevent them from sticking or spot welding together.
  • the above process was used to apply a red pigment onto Nylon 6 CF carpet fibers.
  • the polymer composition used was a 50/50 DG2303 mixed with A-50 red pigment. Twenty lbs. of tension was applied across the fibers. The flex knife was pulled across the fibers ten times to shear thin the polymer composition. The treated fibers were cured for five minutes at 320°F. The red pigment appeared uniformly around the fibers when examined under a microscope.
  • the above process was also used to apply a polymer composition and a red pigment onto BASF 70/32 Bright Tri-Lobal Nylon 6 yam. Seven 14 inch strands were tensioned at about 10 lbs.
  • the polymer composition was SLC 5106 A&B in a 10:1 ratio mixed with 30% weight add-on of silicone red (8010.94 40% pyrazalone - VT).
  • the composition was shear thinned and then cured at 320°F for five minutes.
  • the red pigment appeared uniformly around the fibers when examined under a microscope. This shows the encapsulating aspect of the polymer composition and the ability to introduce red dyes and pigments around individual fibers.
  • the above process was also used to apply the SLP-3 Beta silk protein to individual fibers.
  • the polymer composition used was DC-2303 A&B in a 1 :1 ratio mixed with 10% by weight of SLP-3 Beta silk protein.
  • the protein was ground up in a mill grinder before addition to the polymer composition. Ten lbs. of tension was applied.
  • the fibers were washed with warm water and then dried. Six shears were applied with the shearing means on the top and bottom of the fibers. Between shears, the excess was wiped off.
  • the composition was cured at 320°F for five minutes. The presence of the SLP-3 protein was seen uniformly around the fibers under a microscope.
  • the look of the treat web was flattened by adding an amorphous silica compound labeled OK 412, produced by Degussa, Inc. (Frankfurt, Germany), available through its pigment division in Teterboro, NJ, to the silicone polymer prior to application to the web.
  • the introduction of this material into the silicone polymer reduced the glossy look of the final cured silicone composition, allowing the web to maintain its cotton-like look and hand.
  • the silicone polymer used herein is Mobay Silopren ® LSR 2530.
  • the flattening agent OK 412 was mixed in the ratio of 80% by weight LSR 2530 A/B, 17% by weight OK 412, and 3% by weight White mineral spirits. The mixture was then applied in accordance with the practice of this invention, to Milliken Poplin (65% polyester/35% > cotton) and Arthur Kahn Dune (100% cotton), respectively.
  • the webs were pre-treated with a
  • Milliken Poplin (65% polyester/35% cotton) 0 saturated 75 cycles LSR 2530 W/OK412 + DWR 90 0 g 125 cycles
  • DWR - Durable Water Repellent such as a fluorochemical composition.
  • Each row shows both the control sample (without polymer and without additives) and a treated web sample with the polymer and the OK 412 additive.
  • the look of the treat web was flattened by topically applying an amorphous silica compound labeled OK 412, produced by Degussa, Inc. (Frankfurt, Germany), available through its pigment division in Teterboro, NJ, to the silicone polymer treated web prior to curing.
  • OK 412 produced by Degussa, Inc. (Frankfurt, Germany)
  • Teterboro, NJ available through its pigment division in Teterboro, NJ
  • the fabric was a Navy Blue 3-ply Supplex (100% Nylon). The fabric was stretched to a tension of 15 Newtons. The polymer was applied and shear thinned into the fabric using a shearing knife. The polymer weight add-on was approximately 29%. The samples were then sprinkled with OK412. This was done with a fine screen that dispersed the powder upon shaking. The sample was then passed under a nip to force the additive into the fabric and into the polymer composition. The sample was cured for 30 seconds at 350°F. A sutter test was run on the sample and the sample was rinsed with water and dried.
  • This example demonstrates the preparation of a web containing sub micron copper particles.
  • Sub micron copper particles were mixed with silicone polymer, Dow Coming 2303 (Parts A&B 50:50) in the ratios of 0%, 5%, 10%, and 20% by weight respectively.
  • Various fabric webs such as Burlington 4040, 4045 and Versatec, were treated with 15-20% weight add-on of the above polymer mixtures in accordance with the practice of this invention.
  • the fabrics were cured at 350°F (176°C) for 26 seconds.
  • the samples were then examined with scattering electron microscopy (SEM). The results appear in Figure 6f and are discussed in the following examples explaining the SEM figures.
  • EXAMPLE 28 Description of Fabric Controlled Placement Through Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) Photomicrographs
  • Figure 6a depicts a cut end of a filament illustrating a thin film encapsulation in white.
  • a crack was created in the filament with a high temperature electron beam. This crack continues under the surface of the thin film.
  • the filament has been cut and the thin film has been stretched or elasticized by the cutting of the filament.
  • the two arrows in the upper right comer show the thickness or distance represented by the black box in the lower right comer as 126 nm.
  • Figure 6b depicts an isolated image on 330 Denier Cordura single filament fiber processed with the micro-finish fiber coating technology, magnified 5,720 times.
  • the Bioengineered ComfortTM polymer containing engineered protein and solid silicone was used in the process with a moderate degree of shear.
  • the image on top of the fiber is an undispensed protein polymer which clearly illustrates the presence of the protein after the micro-finish fiber coating process.
  • the surface mo ⁇ hology has very small protein polymer particles encapsulated in the solid silicone polymer and is homogeneously dispersed throughout the film system on the fiber.
  • Figure 6c is an image of a white nylon magnified 178 times.
  • the application side is shown at the bottom left hand comer of the image.
  • the upper portion of the image is the non-application side.
  • At the upper right comer is the intersection of the wa ⁇ and fill fiber bundles, where the polymer presence can clearly be seen on the fibers.
  • the internal layer of polymer that creates the liquid barrier or resistant property can be seen along the bottom right comer of the picture. This internal layer is a combination of polymer filling some interstitial spaces and polymer "glueing" together the fibers and filaments of the web.
  • Figure 6d depicts the surface of a circular fiber that has had a defracted broad electron beam of approximately 2000 degree centigrade defracted across the image area.
  • the imaging shows a destmctive bum pattem of a fluorochemical package on the surface of the siloxane film.
  • the image depicts the surface migration of the fluorochemical from the fiber through the thin film and oriented on the surface of the silicone.
  • Figure 6e is a Tunneling Electron Microscopy (TEM) image of a thin cross section of a filament encapsulated with polymer.
  • the lighter image on the lower side of the frame is a polyester filament.
  • the black spherical dots on the outer edge of the fiber are extremely dense processed material. In this imaging technique, the darker the image, the denser that specific material.
  • Figure 6f depicts a nylon fabric magnified 419 times with bright particle tracer images and a cross sectional image of a nylon fabric. These bright particles are submicron metal particles dispersed throughout the fabric in the processed film. The addition of bright copper submicron particles in the polymer allows secondary back scatter mode to illustrate the complete encapsulation ability of the controlled placement technology.
  • the left side of the image is the performance side of the fabric which is the non-application side of the polymer, but it is clear, with the presence of the glowing brightness of the copper submicron particles throughout the performance side of the fabric, that controlled placement technology successfully encapsulates completely around the fibers throughout the fabric structure.
  • the other clear unique feamre of the controlled placement technology is that each fiber is still independent.
  • Tactel fabric identified as Deva Blue.
  • the fabric is 100% nylon, available from Arthur Kahn and identical in composition, preparation, and enveloping specification to that of the Hot Coral presented in previous examples.
  • the enveloped fiber fabric samples were found to have significantly better weathering characteristics than the original untreated fabrics as determined by accelerated weathering tests. Even the reverse side (compared to the treated side) of an enveloped fiber nylon fabric of the Tactel® type was improved over the original fabric. In addition, the excellent "hand" of the enveloped fiber fabric was found to have been maintained after the accelerated weathering test.
  • test performed conforms to each of the following performance standards: ⁇ ASTM G-53 light/water exposure materials ⁇ ASTM D-4329 light/water exposure-plastics ⁇ General Motors Test spec TM-58-10
  • the procedure used for the accelerated weathering testing involved subjecting fabric samples to four hours of high-intensity ultraviolet light, alternating continuously with four hours of water condensation, wetting the fabric in the dark. This altemating exposure Cfour hours on, four hours off) to high-intensity ultraviolet light and water wetting, simulates outdoor environmental conditions in a vastly accelerated manner, quickly degrading unprotected dyes and fibers.
  • the methods and apparatus used for this test was a QUV Accelerated Weathering Tester from The Q-Panel Company, 26200 First Street, Cleveland, Ohio 44145.
  • results obtained on some sample fabrics are expressed in Table VII.
  • results are expressed in the form of "A/B" where A and B are numbers.
  • the number "A” is the color rating on a graduated scale from
  • the number 10 equals perfect (original) condition where 0 equals a white color and a completely faded fabric.
  • the number "B” is the number of hours of weathering transpiring when the number "A" rating was obtained.
  • TACTEL fabric significantly less Deva Blue weathered than original; 9-420-6-1 original nearly white; 10/0 3/159 8/159 enveloped fabric still light blue.
  • enveloped Hot Coral fabric is significantly less 9-420-6-2 weathered than original, as (AKA 18)
  • enveloped fiber fabrics of this invention have superior wear characteristics compared to the untreated original (starting) fabrics.
  • the enveloped fiber fabric samples underwent twice as many cycles as the untreated samples without evidencing tearing in the samples.
  • Such results can be explained by theorizing that the envelopment with silicone polymer of the yams and fibers comprising a fabric, provides such treated ya s and fibers with a lubricity agent so that abrasive action was minimized and the integrity of the fabric was preserved significantly longer.
  • the anti-abrasion characteristics also applied to the minimized effects of one fiber rubbing against another fiber, or of one yam against another yam.
  • This experiment compared the abrasion resistance of embodiments of the enveloped fiber fabrics of this invention with untreated fabrics.
  • the durability of each fabric test specimen was determined by the Taber Abraser. Each specimen is abraded for the number of cycles indicated. Comparisons were then made between the enveloped fiber fabrics of the invention and untreated fabrics. Specifically, this test method utilizes the Taber Abraser No. 174. An important feamre of this abrader was that its wheels traverse a complete circle on the test specimen surface. Thus, the surface was abraded at all possible angles relative to the weave or grain of the specimen. Comparisons of the enveloped fiber fabric to the untreated fabric were based upon a scale 0 through 10, where 0 was a completely torn specimen, and 10 was the new (or starting) sample.
  • test procedure used a single 7 inch diameter fiber enveloped fabric specimen, and a single 7 inch diameter original (untreated) fabric specimen.
  • the procedure used was as follows:
  • Deva Blue 4 7 sample Enveloped sample Tactel 1,000 eye. 1,000 eye. fibers were frayed.
  • EXAMPLE 31 Breathability Testing This test procedure followed the Modified ASTM E96-8 test. As shown by the results of this testing in the following Table, the fiber enveloped fabrics of this invention were found to have high breathability. This breathability was in excess of that needed to remove the average value of several thousand grams of perspiration generated daily by the human body. The results for the fiber enveloped fabrics of this invention were generally superior to the corresponding results measured under the same conditions for prior art treated fabrics, such as the Gore-Tex® brand fabric.
  • Breathability of a fabric sample was determined by accurately weighing the amount of water passing through such fabric sample under carefully controlled temperature and relative humidity conditions in an environmental chamber. The water weight loss from a cup whose mouth is sealed with a fabric sample was expressed as grams of water vapor per square meter of fabric per 24 hour day.
  • MVTR outward water vapor transport
  • ( 1 ) MVTR here references moisture vapor transport through a fabric sample as measured by the "Bellows” test with air delivered to the bubbler at 2 to 4 psi air pressure, in an Environmental Chamber at 100 to
  • MVTR is expressed as grams of water per square meter of surface per 24 hour day.
  • the MVTR data shown below is an example of a web where the fluorochemical is blooming from the fibers through the silicone thin film and re-orienting on the surface of the thin film. This data shows no significant reduction in moisture vapor transport rate with a fluorochemical additive on the surface of the silicone.
  • the silicone polymer composition used was GE 6108 A:B (1:1), with 19.51% weight add-on, and the durable water repellent (DWR) was a fluorochemical composition that was added to the web as a pre-treatment.
  • Water repellency spray testing is carried out according to AATCC Test Method 22-1974.
  • the results of such testing show that the fiber enveloped Tactel®-type fabrics of the invention show excellent initial spray ratings initially, as do the original untreated fabrics which have been treated with water repellent chemicals such as fluorochemicals.
  • water repellent chemicals such as fluorochemicals.
  • the treated side of a fiber enveloped fabric of the invention was found to remain highly water repellent, while, on the reverse side thereof, the original water repellency rating was found to have fallen significantly.
  • This test method is believed to be applicable to any textile fabric, whether or not it has been given a water resistant or water-repellent finish.
  • the pu ⁇ ose of the test is to measure the resistance of fabrics to wetting by measuring the water-repellent efficiency of finishes applied to fabrics, particularly to plain woven fabrics.
  • the portability and simplicity of the instrument, and the shortness and simplicity of the test procedure, make this method of test especially suitable for mill production control work.
  • This test method is not intended, however, for use in predicting the probable rain penetration resistance of fabrics, since it does not measure penetration of water through the fabric.
  • results obtained with this test method are believed to depend primarily on the resistance to wetting, or the water repellency, of the fibers and yams comprising a fabric, and not upon the construction of the fabric.
  • This test involves spraying water against the taut surface of a test fabric specimen under controlled conditions which produce a wetted pattem whose size depends on the relative water repellency of the fabric. Evaluation is accomplished by comparing the wetted pattem with pictures on a standard chart.
  • the methods and apparatus and materials employed for this test were an AATCC Spray Tester, a beaker, distilled water, and the specimen fabrics.
  • test specimen which had been conditioned as procedurally directed, was fastened securely in a 15.2 cm (6") metal hoop so that it presented a smooth wrinklefree surface.
  • the hoop was then placed on the stand of the tester so that the fabric was uppermost in such a position that the center of the spray pattem coincided with the center of the hoop.
  • the hoop was placed on the stand in such a way that the ribs were diagonal to the flow of water running off the fabric specimen.
  • the methods and apparatus employed for each such test was one 20 inch diameter aluminum pan, one 87 lbs. weight distributed evenly over 100 square inches of fabric, one paper blotter, 700 ml water, miscellaneous fabric scraps for cushioning and the test fabric sample pieces.
  • Paper blotter dry weight 4.7 gm
  • Total weight applied to fabric 87 lbs.
  • the fabric sample was placed with one side facing the water.
  • the 87 lb. weight was distributed evenly over the 100-square-inch area.
  • Tactel® spots visible water spots. Paper saturation
  • the rain test results obtained demonstrate the clear superiority of the fiber enveloped fabric of the present invention as compared to the original untreated fabric.
  • the data in the Table below shows that fiber enveloped fabrics pass this test by allowing virtuaUy no water to pass therethrough. This result is comparable to the results obtained with higher cost so-called breathable wate ⁇ roof fabrics currently commercially available in the market.
  • the original, untreated fabrics fail to pass this test because they demonstrate complete saturation.
  • the fiber enveloped fabric samples retain excellent "hand" after the test.
  • the pu ⁇ ose and scope of this ASTM test is to evaluate resistance of a fiber enveloped fabric to water under simulated storm conditions.
  • the test specifies that a test fabric is stormproof if less than one gram of water is absorbed by blotter paper with a shower head pressure of 3 feet exerted for 5 minutes.
  • This test method is applicable to any textile fabric, whether or not it has a water repellent finish. It measures the resistance of a fabric to the penetration of water by impact, and thus can be used to predict the probably rain penetration resistance of a fabric.
  • the results obtained with this method of test depend on the water repellency of the fibers and yams in the fabric tested, and on the construction of the fabric.
  • This test involves a test specimen backed by a pre-weighed standard blotter. The assembly is sprayed with water for 5 minutes under controlled conditions. The blotter then is separated and weighted to determine the amount of water, if any, which has leaked through the specimen fabric during the test and has been absorbed by the blotter.
  • the methods and apparams and materials employed in each test were a modified rain tester, blotter paper, water at 80°F ⁇ 2°F, a laboratory balance, 8" x 8" fabric specimens which had been pre-conditioned in an atmosphere of 65% ( ⁇ 2%>) relative humidity and 70°F ( ⁇ 2°F) for four hours before testing, and tape.
  • a 6" x 6" paper blotter was weighted to the nearest 0.1 gm and placed behind the test specimen.
  • test fabric with the paper blotter in registration therewith was taped on the specimen holder.
  • a tube in the rain tester was filled with water up to the 3 foot level. It was confirmed that water was flowing out of the overflow tube which maintains the 3 foot column of water.
  • Hot Coral Tactel ° 0 0 0 Deva Blue Tactel ° 0 0 0 0

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Textile Engineering (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Treatments For Attaching Organic Compounds To Fibrous Goods (AREA)
  • Chemical Or Physical Treatment Of Fibers (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Treatment Of Fiber Materials (AREA)
  • Nonwoven Fabrics (AREA)
  • Absorbent Articles And Supports Therefor (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Porous Articles, And Recovery And Treatment Of Waste Products (AREA)
  • Materials For Medical Uses (AREA)
  • Cleaning Implements For Floors, Carpets, Furniture, Walls, And The Like (AREA)
  • Application Of Or Painting With Fluid Materials (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to articles comprising a porous web that has been treated with a curable, shear thinnable, thixotropic material and with one or more modifiers. The modifiers are controllably and selectively positioned within the web leaving at least some of the porous web open. The modifiers are localized or concentrated at one or more selected positions within the web. A variety of modifiers, or combination of modifiers, can be used to alter the functional properties of the article. The invention also relates to methods for making the foregoing articles which include applying a curable, shear thinnable, thixotropic material to a porous web; applying one or more modifiers to the porous web; and subjecting the thixotropic material and modifiers to sufficient energy to cause the thioxotropic material and modifiers to flow into the porous web and selectively position the modifiers within the web, leaving at least some of the intersticial spaces of the web open.

Description

INTERNALLY-COATED POROUS WEBS WITH CONTROLLED POSITIONING OF
MODIFIERS THEREIN
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
1. Field of the Invention The present invention relates to novel treatments of porous webs. The treatments impart specific functional properties to the porous web, yet provide for the retention of such desirable properties as porosity, breathability, and tactile feel. The present invention more particularly relates to methods to controllably and selectively place one or more modifiers and a curable, shear thinning, polymer composition into a web, and to localize or concentrate the modifier or modifiers at the selected place. The controlled placement of modifiers is accomplished by the introduction of sufficient energy to controllably and selectively place said modifier (s) and curable, shear minning, polymer composition into said web. Controlled placement is preferably performed through the manipulation of chemical and physical properties inherent in the modifiers, and the energy controlled viscosity and rheology modified placement of the polymer composition. Selective placement of modifiers is typically accomplished by 1) optionally pre-treating a web with one or more modifiers through saturation methods known in the art; 2) optionally mixing one or more modifiers with a polymer composition; 3) applying the optionally mixed polymer composition onto a surface of the web; 4) shear thiiiriing the composition and placing it into the web; 5) optionally applying one or more modifiers to the surface of the treated web and forcing the modifier(s) into the web and polymer composition; and 6) curing the polymer composition. This method produces a web having modifiers oriented on and within: (a) a thin film of a polymer composition encapsulating the structural elements (i.e., the fibers or filaments) making up the web, leaving at least some of the interstitial spaces open; (b) an internal layer of a polymer composition between the upper and lower surfaces of the web; or (c) some combination of the foregoing.
2. Description of Related Art
In the prior art it has been proposed to treat porous webs, especially fabrics, with silicone resins and also with fluorochemicals. Conventional treatments of webs fall into the general categories of (i) surface coatings and (ii) saturations or impregnations.
For example, U.S. Patent Nos. 3,436,366; 3,639,155; 4,472,470; 4,500,584; and 4,666,765 disclose silicone coated fabrics. Silicone coatings are known to exhibit relative inertness to extreme temperatures of both heat and cold and to be relatively resistant to ozone and ultraviolet light. Also, a silicone coating can selectively exhibit strength enhancement, flame retardancy and/or resistance to soiling. Fluorochemical treatment of webs is known to impart properties, such as water repellency, soil resistance, grease resistance, and the like. Prior art fluorochemical and silicone fabric treatment evidently can protect only that side of the fabric upon which they are disposed. Such treatments significandy alter the hand, or tactile feel, of the treated side. Prior silicone fabric coatings typically degrade the tactile finish, or hand, of the fabric and give the coated fabric side a rubberized finish which is not appealing for many fabric uses, particularly garments.
U.S. Patent No. 4,454, 191 describes a waterproof and moisture-conducting fabric coated with a hydrophilic polymer. The polymer is a compressed foam of an acrylic resin modified with polyvinyl chloride or polyurethane and serves as a sort of "sponge", soaking up excess moisture vapor. Other microporous polymeric coatings have been used in prior art attempts to make a garment breathable, yet waterproof.
Various polyorganosiloxane compositions are taught in the prior art that can be used for making coatings that impart water-repellency to fabrics. Typical of such teachings is the process described in U.S. Patent No. 4,370,365 which describes a water repellent agent comprising, in addition to an organohydrogenpolysiloxane, either one or a combination of linear organopolysiloxanes containing alkene groups, and a resinous organopolysiloxane containing tetrafunctional and monofunctional siloxane units. The resultant mixture is catalyzed for curing and dispersed into an aqueous emulsion. The fabric is dipped in the emulsion and heated. The resultant product is said to have a good "hand" and to possess waterproofness.
This type of treatment for rendering fabrics water repellent without affecting their "feel" is common and well known in the art. However, it has not been shown that polyorganosiloxanes have been coated on fabrics in such a way that both high levels of resistance to water by the fibers/filaments and high levels of permeability to water vapor are achieved. As used herein, the term "high levels of permeability to water vapor" has reference to a value of at least about 500 gms/mVday, as measured by ASTM E96-80B. Also, as used herein, the term "high level of waterproofness" is defined by selective testing methodologies discussed later in this specification. These methodologies particularly deal with water resistance of fabrics and their component fibers.
Porous webs have been further shown to be surface coated in, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,478,895; 4,112,179; 4,297,265; 2,893,962; 4,504,549; 3,360,394; 4,293,611; 4,472,470; and 4,666,765. These surface coatings impart various characteristics to the surface of a web, but do not substantially impregnate the web fibers. Such coatings remain on the surface and do not provide a film over the individual internal fibers and/or yarn bundles of the web. In addition, such coatings on the web surface tend to wash away quickly.
Prior art treatments of webs by saturation or impregnation also suffer from limitations. Saturation, such as accomplished by padbath immersion, or the like, is capable of producing variable concentrations of a given saturant chemical. To treat a flexible web, by heavy saturation or impregnation with a polymer material, such as a silicone resin, the prior art has suggested immersion of the flexible web, or fabric, in a padbath, or the like, using a low viscosity liquid silicone resin so that the low viscosity liquid can flow readily into, and be adsorbed or absorbed therewithin. The silicone resin treated product is typically a rubberized web, or fabric, that is very heavily impregnated with silicone. Such a treated web is substantially devoid of its original tactile and visual properties, and instead has the characteristic rubbery properties of a cured silicone polymer.
U.S. Patent No. 2,673,823 teaches impregnating a polymer into the interstices of a fabric and thus fully filling the interstices. This patent provides no control of the saturation of the fabric. It teaches full saturation of the interstices of the fabric.
The prior art application of liquid or paste compositions to textiles for purposes of saturation and/or impregnation is typically accomplished by an immersion process. Particularly for flexible webs, including fabric, an immersion application of a liquid or paste composition to the web is achieved, for example, by the so-called padding process wherein a fabric material is passed first through a bath and subsequently through squeeze rollers in the process sometimes called single-dip, single-nip padding. Alternatively, for example, the fabric can be passed between squeeze rollers, the bottom one of which carries the liquid or paste composition in a process sometimes called double-dip or double-nip padding.
Prior art treatment of webs that force a composition into the spaces of the web while maintaining some breathability have relied on using low viscosity compositions or solvents to aid in the flow of the composition. U.S. Patent No. 3,594,213 describes a process for impregnating or coating fabrics with liquified compositions to create a breathable fabric. This patent imparts no energy into the composition to liquify it while forcing it into the spaces of the web. The composition is substantially liquified before placement onto and into the web. U.S. Patent No. 4,588,614 teaches a method for incorporating an active agent into a porous substrate. This patent utilizes a solvent to aid in the incorporation of the active agent into the web. The active agent is a non- curable agent since the addition of heat aids in the reduction of viscosity.
One prior art silicone resin composition is taught by U.S. Patent Nos. 4,472,470 and 4,500,584, and includes a vinyl terminated polysiloxane, typically one having a viscosity of up to about 2,000,000 centipoises at 25°C, and a resinous organosiloxane polymer. The composition further includes a platinum catalyst, and an organohydrogenpolysiloxane crosslinking agent, and is typically liquid. Such composition is curable at temperatures ranging from room temperature to 100° C or higher depending upon such variables as the amount of platinum catalyst present in the composition, and the time and the temperature allowed for curing.
Such compositions may additionally include fillers, including finely divided inorganic fillers. Silicone resin compositions that are free of any fillers are generally transparent or translucent, whereas silicone resin compositions containing fillers are translucent or opaque depending upon the particular filler employed. Cured silicone resin compositions are variously more resinous, or hard, dependent upon such variables as the ratio of resinous copolymer to vinyl terminated polysiloxane, the viscosity of the polysiloxane, and the like.
Curing (including polymerization and controlled crosslinking) can encompass the same reactions. However, in the fabric finishing arts, such terms can be used to identify different phenomena. Thus, controllable and controlled curing, which is taught by the prior art, may not be the same as control of crosslinking. In the fabric finishing arts, curing is a process by which resins or plastics are set in or on textile materials, usually by heating. Controlled crosslinking may be considered to be a separate chemical reaction from curing in the fabric finishing arts. Controlled crosslinking can occur between substances that are already cured. Controlled crosslinking can stabilize fibers, such as cellulosic fibers through chemical reaction with certain compounds applied thereto. Controlled crosslinking can improve mechanical factors such as wrinkle performance and can significantly improve and control the hand and drape of the web. Polymerization can refer to polymer formation or polymer growth.
Prior art fabrics that exhibit functional properties such as antimicrobial activity, blood repellency, electrical conductivity, fire resistance, and the like, rely on surface coatings or layers of materials to achieve the desired result. Prior art references describe articles having improved performance and functional properties at the expense of comfort and breathability. Greater comfort sacrifices maximum functionality and greater functionality sacrifices comfort.
U.S. Patent Nos.4,872,220; 5,024,594; 5,180,585; 5,335,372; and 5,391,423; describe articles that use layers of fabrics and/or polymers to protect against blood, microbes, and viruses from penetrating through the fabrics. U.S. Patent No. 4,991,232 describes a medical garment comprising a plurality of plies to prevent blood from penetrating through the garment.
Other prior art articles create "zones" upon a thin film surface to impart specific functional properties. For example, U.S. Patent No. 5,110,683 comprises a semimetallic zone and an electrically insulating zone superimposed on one another. U.S. Patent No. 5,085,939 describes a thin film-coated polymer web comprising a thin film electronic device on the surface of the thin film. U.S. Patent No. 4,961,985 describes a coating with specific functional properties attached to the coating.
Accordingly, what is needed in the art are porous articles having improved performance and functional properties, as well as methods for the preparation thereof, while mamtaining breathability and hand. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention includes methods for the treatment of porous webs to controllably cause additives and/or modifiers to orient on and within: (a) a thin film of a polymer composition encapsulating the structural elements (i.e., the fibers or filaments) making up the web, leaving at least some of the interstitial spaces open; (b) an internal layer of a polymer composition between the upper and lower surfaces of the web; (c) one or both surfaces of the web; or (d) some combination of the foregoing.
The methods of the present invention provide for the controlled placement of modifiers through the manipulation of chemical and physical properties inherent in the modifiers, and the energy controlled viscosity and rheology modified placement of the polymer composition. This is accomplished by 1) optionally pre- treating a web with one or more modifiers through saturation methods known in the art, 2) optionally mixing one or more modifiers with a polymer composition, 3) applying the optionally mixed polymer composition onto a surface of the web, 4) shear tiώiriing the composition and placing it into the web, 5) optionally applying one or more modifiers to the surface of the treated web and forcing the modifier(s) into the web and polymer composition, and 6) curing the polymer composition.
Additives and/or modifiers can be mixed into the polymer composition before, during, and after application of the composition to a porous web. To apply one or more additives after the polymer composition is applied, the additives are sprayed on prior to curing. The application of pressure causes impregnation of the additives into the top or bottom surfaces of the web and into the polymer composition within the web.
The polymer composition which optionally contains one or more additives or modifiers is applied to the surface of the web. After the polymer is applied to the surface of the web, the polymer composition is preferably immediately shear thinned to controllably and significantly reduce its viscosity and place it into selected places within the web. To aid in this process, the web is preferably distorted, typically by stretching at the location of the shear thinning. This distortion facilitates the entrance of the polymer composition into the web by creating a double or dual shear ώinning.
The main energy sources used for orienting the additives are chemical, mechanical, and radiation sources. Chemical sources for orienting additives include, but are not limited to, intermolecular forces such as ionic forces, van der Waals forces, hydrogen bonding forces, polar attraction forces, electrostatic forces, and the like. Mechanical sources refers to the shear thinning that occurs at one or more blades and the pressured application of modifiers at the exit nip rolls. When the polymers reach extremely low viscosities through passing under one or more blades, the shear energy causes the additives or modifiers, comprising either particles or dissimilar molecular weight material, to separate and migrate to the surface of the polymer. Radiation sources include methods for curing the polymer composition. Preferably an oven is used for curing the polymer composition.
Controlled placement of the polymer composition and one or more modifiers within a web may be performed by a basic embodiment of a machine in accordance with the present invention, that is as simple as an applicator to apply viscous polymer to the surface of the web, a pair of facilities for applying tension to a section of the web and a blade forced against the web in the section under tension. The web is pulled under tension past the blade, or, alternatively, the blade is moved relative to the web, and the forces generated by the blade cause the polymer composition to flow into the three-dimensional matrix of the web, and controllably be extracted out of the web leaving one or more modifiers oriented on and within a thin film of polymer encapsulating selected fibers, or on or within an internal layer of polymer, or on one or both surfaces of the web, or some combination thereof. Tension on the web is preferably released thereafter, and the web is cured.
The present invention includes novel methods for manufacturing webs, fibers and fabrics that have certain desirable physical and functional qualities by combining the use of encapsulated fibers and filaments and a breathable or controlled pore size internal coating with one or more modifiers described by this invention and a controlled surface chemistry modification. Such webs, fibers and fabrics can be used to prepare a wide variety of products including, but not limited to, carpets, specialized clothing, career apparel, bioengineered surfaces for diagnostic applications, incontinence products, medical products, medical garments and upholstery. By use of the present invention, webs, fibers and fabrics can be manufactured with a wide variety of desired physical and functional characteristics.
Surface chemistry is controlled by using sufficient web tension and frontal blade energy to dislodge the fluorochemical or other modifiers from the web which is then caused to surface orient and/or bloom. The webs or fabrics can comprise fibers in the form of monofilaments, yarns, staples, or the like. The webs or fabrics can also be comprised of a matrix having open cells or pores therein. The webs or fabrics may be a fabric which is woven or non-woven with fibers that can be of any desired composition. The webs or fabrics will generally be tensionable, but not too weak or elastomeric to be processed in accordance with the teachings of the present invention.
Webs treated by the methods of the present invention contain one or more modifiers and a curable or semi- curable polymer or copolymer that may contain monomers that are present as a film, coating, or layer within a web that envelopes or encapsulates at least a portion of the fibers or cell or pore walls of the web. The internal layer is a region generally spaced from the outer surfaces of the web which is substantially continuously filled by the combination of the polymers controllably placed therein and the fibers and filaments of the web in this region. The interstices or open cells in the region of the internal layer are also substantially filled. The outer surfaces of the web are substantially free of any polymer deposits other than the thin film encapsulation of the surface fibers and filaments. However, the web remains breathable, water resistant or waterproof, and exhibits the functionality of the modifier incorporated into the web and/or polymer composition. For example, a web incorporating a synthetic silk-like-protein as the modifier exhibits the functionality of a "silky feel." The thickness of the internal layer is generally in the range of 0.01 to 50 microns.
At a microscopic level, a web treated in accordance with the present invention, for example, a fabric, can be regarded as being a complex structure, but generally the internal layer is discernable under microscopic examination as shown in the accompanying scanning electron microscope photographs that will be discussed hereinafter.
Depending upon the conditions used to produce it, a web produced in accordance with the present invention can characteristically and preferably exhibit a soft hand and flexibility that is comparable to the hand and flexibility of the untreated web. In some cases, the difference between the hand and the feel of the treated and untreated webs may not be perceptible, but may be engineered to be altered through the controlled crosslmking of the polymer. This is particularly surprising in view of the substantial amount of polymer being added to the web. A treated web has a breathability which, by a present preference, can approach a high percentage of the untreated web notwithstanding the relatively large amount of polymer present.
A polymer composition having a starting viscosity in the range of greater than 1,000 centipoise but less than 2,000,000 centipoise is preferably used to produce the treated webs. If desired, additives and or modifiers can be admixed with such a composition to adjust and improve properties of such composition or web, such as viscosity and/or rheology, combustibility, reflectivity, flexibility, conductivity, light fastness, mildew resistance, rot resistance, stain resistance, grease resistance, and the like. In general, a web treated in accordance with this invention exhibits enhanced durability. These additives are generally controlled by the engineered shear minning polymer composition and the method and apparatus of this invention to be oriented and surface exposed on the surface of the thin film on the encapsulated fibers, or on one or both surfaces of the internal layer, or on one or both surfaces of the web, or some combination of the above.
A web made by the method of the present invention can preserve much, or even substantially all, of its original untreated hand, even after an extended period of use, while demonstrating excellent abrasion resistance. In contrast, an untreated web typically loses its original hand and displays reduced abrasion resistance after an extended period of use. This is achieved by the formation of an internal layer that prevents new fiber surfaces from being exposed, thereby minimizing the amount of untreated surfaces, which degrade much faster than the treated fibers. A web treated by the method of the invention can undergo a large number of machine washings with detergent without experiencing appreciable or significant change or deterioration. The polymer matrix composition prolongs the use and service life of a web, usually by at least an order of magnitude, depending on such factors as web type, extent and type of treatment by the teachings of this invention, and the like.
Optionally, and as indicated above, agents or additives carried by the polymer composition into a web can be stably fixed and selectively placed in the web with the cured polymer. For example, agents such as ultraviolet light absorbers, dulling agents, reflectivity enhancers, antimicrobial agents, proteins, antibodies, pharmaceutical drugs, cell growth promotion materials, flame resistant agents, heat absorbent, anti-static agents, micro spheres containing chemical agents that are time released, and the like, are desirably located substantially upon the surfaces of the web's fibers. When these agents are incorporated into the enveloping polymer film, it appears that they are retained where they are deposited. A present preference for ultraviolet resistant webs in the practice of this invention is to employ a silicone polymer composition that contains a benzophenone.
Various other and further features, embodiments, and the like which are associated with the present invention will become apparent and better understood to those skilled in the art from the present description considered in conjunction with the accompanying drawings wherein presently preferred embodiments of the invention are illustrated by way of example. It is to be expressly understood, however, that the drawings and the associated accompanying portions of this specification are provided for purposes of illustration and description only, and are not intended as limitations on the invention.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 is a graph plotting the rheological behavior of polymers used in the practice of this invention.
Figure 2 is a schematic vector diagram illustrating surface tension forces.
Figure 3 is a graph relating contact angle over a smooth, solid surface.
Figure 4 illustrates diagrammatically one embodiment of a blade suitable for use in an apparatus used in the practice of the present invention.
Figure 5 illustrates diagrammatically a presently preferred embodiment of an apparatus suitable for use in the practice of the present invention. Figures 6a through 6g are scanning electron microscopy (SEM) photomicrographs and elemental analyses which depict various results in fabrics, fibers and filaments from back scatter evaluation tests.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
The following description includes the best presently contemplated mode of carrying out the invention. This description is made for the purpose of illustrating the general principles of die inventions and should not be taken in a limiting sense.
In accordance with the present invention there are provided porous articles comprising a porous web having a curable, thixotropic material and one or more modifiers therein.
In a particular aspect of the present invention, the curable, thixotropic material and modifiers form an internal, continuous layer located between the upper and lower surfaces of the porous web. In another aspect of the present invention, the curable, thixotropic material and modifiers substantially encapsulate the fibers of the fabric web. In still another aspect of the invention, the modifier is selectively positioned within the web. In each case the modifier(s) may be concentrated at the selected position.
In a particular specific aspect of the invention, the modifier is selectively positioned substantially on or within the encapsulating material, or substantially on or within the internal continuous layer, or substantially on or within one or more surfaces of the web.
In accordance with another embodiment of the invention, there is provided a method of controllably applying a combination of treating materials to a porous web, said method comprising: applying a curable, thixotropic material and one or more modifiers to a porous web; and subjecting said thixotropic material and modifier(s) to sufficient energy to cause the thixotropic material and modifier(s) to flow into the porous web without substantially blocking the interstitial spaces thereof.
In a preferred aspect of this embodiment, sufficient energy is applied to selectively position the modifier substantially on or within the thin film encapsulating the fibers of the web or substantially on or within the internal, continuous layer, or some combination of the foregoing.
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, there are provided novel compositions containing one or more compounds that impart specific functional properties into articles manufactured from the treated webs The present invention relates to methods and apparatus for manufacturing a treated web with one or more modifiers incorporated therein. The subject methods and apparatus involve the control of numerous process variables, including, without limitation, web tension (both overall web tension as well as the web tension immediately before and after each individual blade), angle of entry of web in contact with each blade, blade angle in relation to horizonal reference point, blade pressure against moving web, angle of exit of web from contact with each blade, web speed, number of blades, the pressure of the exit nip rolls, thickness of each blade, oven cure temperature, oven cure dwell time, blade surfaces and edge conditions, blade finish, and the like.
Other variables that affect the finished product, but are not directly related to the methods and apparatus, include, without limitation, the polymer blend, the starting viscosity of the polymer composition, accelerators added to the polymer composition, additives added to the polymer composition, the type of web used, ambient temperature, humidity, airborne contaminants, lint on web, pre-treatment of web, sub-web surface temperature, web moisture content, and the like.
With respect to the blades, the blade frontal and trailing edges and the finish of the surfaces that meet to make these edges, are important. A hard, smooth surface of both blade face and edges is desirable to shear thin the polymer and keep it flowing and to maximize friction or selectively create shear forces between the web, the polymer, and blade(s). For some applications, the blades should preferably remain rigid in all dimensions and have minimal resonance in order to achieve uniform web treatment.
The apparatus used for orienting one or more modifiers on and within a web has facilities for rotating the angle of each blade ±90° from the vertical. In order to vary the shear and placement forces of the blade against the web, polymer and additives, adjustment facilities are provided for moving the blade vertically up and down and moving the blade forward and backward horizontally. All three axes are important for creating the desired control which causes additives and/or modifiers to orient on and within (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments (b) the controlled placement of the internal coating, (c) one or more surfaces of the web, or (d) some combination of the foregoing. The lateral placement of each blade relative to the other is also important and facilities are provided for allowing lateral movement of each blade toward and away from each other. The lateral placement of each blade controls the micro tension and elastic vibration of the web between the preceding roll and the blade, thereby controlling the web after the immediate exit of the web from the blade and controlling the Coanda Effect, as described in U.S. Patent 4,539,930, so that controlled placement of the internal layer takes place.
Changing the tension of the web results in changes internally in the web, such as the position of the internal layer of the web, as well as how much or how little fiber encapsulation occurs, and the thickness of the film encapsulating the individual fibers or filaments. Tension causes the web to distort. This distortion facilitates the entrance of the polymer composition into the web by creating a double or dual shear minning. In the case of the web, this is produced by the combination of the edge condition of the blade, the engineered shear thinnable polymer, the speed of the web, and the subsequent repositioning of the fibers and filaments after their immediate passage under the edge of the blade.
At the leading edge of the blade, the web is stretched longitudinally and the polymer is simultaneously and dynamically shear thinned, placed into the web, and partially extracted from the web, thereby leaving encapsulated fibers and filaments and/or an internal layer. As the web passes the leading edge of the blade, the elastic recovery forces of the web combined with the relaxation or elastic recovery of the fibers and filaments causes fiber encapsulation and the surface chemistry modification (or bloom). It is believed that this occurs by the popping apart of the individual fibers and filaments. The fibers and filaments either pull the polymer from the interstitial spaces or the rheology of the polymer attracts it to the fibers and filaments or some combination of the two. The end result is that the polymer in the interstitial spaces moves to the fibers and filaments as they move or snap apart, thereby creating encapsulated fibers and filaments. Additives and/or modifiers optionally mixed into the polymer composition are physically positioned within the web and within the polymer at the leading edge of the blade. At the bottom surface of the blade, the thickness, depth, and controlled placement of the internal layer is determined. A wider blade results in a thicker internal layer of polymer. Further, the dynamics of stretch and relaxation of the fibers provides for an even distribution of energy necessary for the thin film encapsulation of the polymer composition over the fibers.
Passing the treated web through the exit nip rolls pushes the fibers or structural elements of the web together. Just prior to passing the treated web through the exit nip rolls, one or more modifiers can be topically applied to the web, thereby forcing the modifier(s) onto and into one or more surfaces of the web. The modifier can adhere to the web and/or the polymer composition in the web. Preferably the modifier(s) adheres to the polymer composition (which encapsulates the individual fibers or filaments, that forms an internal layer, that fills the interstitial spaces of the web, or that produces some combination of the foregoing). The hardness of and the material of the exit nip rolls affects the finished web. The exit nip rolls could be either two rubber rolls or two steel rolls, or one steel roll and one rubber roll, and the rubber rolls could be of different durometers. Further, the variation of the hardness of one or both nip rolls changes the contact area or footprint between the nip rolls and the web as the web passes therebetween. With a softer roll there is a larger contact area and the web is capable of retaining the controlled placement of additives and/or modifiers to orient on and within the: (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) the controlled placement of the internal coating, (c) one or both surfaces of the web, or (d) some combination of the foregoing. With a harder roll there is a smaller contact area which is appropriate for heavier webs. Additional controllable variables include the various controls of each blade, the nip rolls durometer, the nip release effect, the nip surface characteristics, the guidance, and the pre-treatment of the substrate. Some of the controllable variables are: 1) web tension, 2) angle of entry of fabric into the blade, 3) blade angle in reference to horizontal position, 4) blade pressure against fabric (blade height), 5) angle of exit of fabric from blade, 6) web speed, 7) number of blades, 8) initial rheology and viscosity of polymers, 9) nip pressure, 10) entry nip pressure 11) additional nip stands that divide the tension zone into multiple tension areas with blades in one or more of the tension areas, , 12) blade thickness and shape, 13) polymers and polymer blends, 14) accelerators and inhibitors added to polymers, 15) additives and/or modifiers in polymers, 16) oven cure temperature, 17) oven cure dwell time, 18) substrate type, 19) ambient polymer temperature, 20) humidity, and the like. Controlling the above variables affects orientation and concentration of additives and/or modifiers on and within the (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) internal layer, (c) surfaces of the web, or (d) some combination of the foregoing.
An increase in web tension causes less polymer to be applied to the web, and also, more of what is applied to be extracted from the web. Web tension occurs between the entrance pull stand and the exit pull stand (see Figure 5). The primary tension is a result of the differential rate between the driven entrance pull stand and the driven exit pull stand whereby the exit pull stand is driven at a rate faster than the entrance pull stand. Other factors which effect tension are (1) the blade roll diameter, (2) the vertical depth of the blade(s), (3) the durometer of the entrance pull stand roll and rubber roll of the exit pull stand, and (4) the friction as the web passes under the blade(s). The larger the blade roll diameter or the higher the blade roll is positioned, the higher the tension of the web. If the drive rate of the web remains constant, then increasing the depth of the blade into the web creates a greater micro tension condition under the blade. Similarly, decreasing the depth into the web decreases the micro tension under the blade. The lower the durometer of the entrance pull stand roll and rubber roll of the exit pull stand, the larger the footprint or contact area between the rolls. A larger footprint produces more surface friction, thereby limiting web slippage and increasing the potential for web tension. Likewise, web slippage can be effected by changing the surface texture of the rolls, i.e., a smooth roll will allow greater slippage than a highly contrasting or rough surface texture. Increasing friction, as the fabric passes under the blade(s), also produces tension. Friction is a function of the surface area of the bottom of the blade(s). Increasing the surface area increases the friction which increases the tension.
The angle of entry of web in contact with the blade(s) can be varied by blade roll height, blade roll diameter, blade angle, distance between prior blade roll(s) and blade(s), and height of the blades. Increasing the blade roll height and blade roll diameter increases the angle of exit of web from contact with the blade. Rotating the blade angle clockwise from the perpendicular, with the web running left to right, increases the angle of entry of web in contact with the blade(s). Likewise, rotating the blade angle counter-clockwise from the perpendicular, with the web ninning left to right, decreases the entry angle. Decreasing the distance between the roll before the blade and the blade decreases the contact angle. Increasing the downward depth of the blade(s) into the web decreases the contact angle with the blade(s).
The angle of the blade(s) is completely changeable and fully rotational to 360°. The fully rotational axis provides an opportunity for more than one blade per rotational axis. Therefore, a second blade having a different thickness, bevel, shape, resonance, texture, or material can be mounted. Ideally, apparatus employed in the practice of the present invention contains two or three blades per blade mount.
The blade height or blade pressure applied against a web can be obtained through the vertical positioning of the blade(s) in the blade mount. The greater the downward depth of the blade(s), the greater the pressure. Blade pressure against the web is also accomplished through the tension applied to the web, as described above.
The same line components that affect the angle of entry of web in contact with the blade(s), also affect the angle of exit of web from contact with the blade(s). Any changes in blade roll(s) vertical height, diameter, or distance away from the blade, affects the exit angle of the web. If the angle of the blade is rotated clockwise as described above, the entry angle of the web increases, thus decreasing the exit angle.
Web speed is proportional to the variable speed of the motor which drives the entrance and exit nip stands. Web speed can effect the physics of the polymers as the web passes under the blades.
The number of blades can vary. Generally, more than one blade is required. The polymer is first applied onto die web prior to the first blade but can also be applied prior to additional blade positions. At each blade, a rolling bead of polymer can exist at the interface of the blade and the web (entry angle) Basically, a high viscosity polymer is applied and through the process of shear minning, the viscosity is greatly decreased, allowing the polymer to enter into the interstitial spaces of the web. Any blade(s) after the first blade, serves to further control the polymer rheology and viscosity and continue the controlled placement of the polymer into the web. This is accomplished by controllably removing excess polymer to obtain an even distribution of polymer to any area, or a combination of the three areas of a) the thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, b) the controlled placement of the internal layer, and c) the controlled placement of the additives in a) and b).
The initial process dynamics for the rheology and viscosity of the polymer are designed and engineered with the required attributes to achieve orientation of additives and/or modifiers on and within the (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) the controlled placement of the internal layer, and (c) some combination of (a) and (b). If the polymer viscosity is high, the polymer may need to be pre-thinned. The entrance pull stand is a driven roll proportionally driven at a predetermined rate slower than the exit pull stand (see Figure 5). The entrance and exit pull stands are adjustable from about 100 pounds of force to 5 or more tons of force. The bottom rolls of both the entrance and exit pull stands have micro-positioning capability to provide for gap adjustment and alignment. The composition of the top roll of the entrance and exit pull stands is chosen based on the durometer of the urethane or rubber. The top roll of the exit pull stand preferably utilizes a Teflon sleeve which will not react with the polymers used in the process. The bottom roll of the exit pull stand is preferably chrome plated or highly polished steel to reduce the impression into the preplaced polymer in the web.
An additional nip stand can be added between the blades to divide the tension zone into multiple tension areas with blades in one or more of the tension areas. This enables the operator to adjust the tension at any one blade and to therefore control the placement of the additives into and onto the web by controlling the placement of the polymer composition.
Blade thickness and shape have substantial effects on the movement of the structural elements of the web during processing and more importantly, the viscoelastic flow characteristics of the polymer in controlling the orientation of the additives and/or modifiers on and within the (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) the controlled placement of the internal layer, (c) one or both surfaces of the web, or (d) some combination thereof. The blade bevel can effect the entry angle of the web and effect the sharpness of the leading edge of the blade. A sharper leading edge has a greater ability to push the weave or structural elements of the web longitudinally and transversely, increasing the size of the interstitial spaces. As the web passes the leading edge of the blade, the interstitial spaces snap back or contract to their original size. The polymer viscosity is reduced and the polymer is placed into the web at the leading edge of the blade. Blade thickness and shape effects the polymers and their selected additives and the placement thereof. Preferably, the combination of the leading edge condition and the two surfaces (the front and the bottom) that meet at the leading edge are RMS 8 or better in grind and/or polish. This creates a precise leading edge; the more precise the leading edge, the more the shear inning control.
There are a number of pre-qualifiers or engineered attributes of polymers that enhance control of flow and orientation and concentration of additives and/or modifiers on and within the (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) the internal coating, (c) surfaces of the web, or (d) some combination thereof. Blending polymers is one way to achieve ideal flow and placement characteristics. An example of a blended polymer is where one polymer, selected for its physical properties, is mixed with another polymer that is selected for its viscosity altering properties. Many tests using different polymer blends have been done. Polymer blends vary by both chemical and physical adhesion, durability, cure dwell time required, cure temperature required, flexibility, percentage add-on required, performance requirements, and aesthetics. Accelerators and inhibitors which are added to polymers, generally produce three effects. An illustrative accelerator or inhibitor is a platinum catalyst, which is a cure or crosslinking enhancer. The first effect it produces is to control the time and temperature of the web as it cures. A cure or controlled crosslinking enhancer can significantly assist in controlling the drape and hand feel of the web. The second effect is to alter the cure to allow the web to reach partial cure and continue curing after leaving an initial heat zone. This second effect also assists in retaining the drape and hand feel of the web. The third effect of inhibitors is to achieve a semi-cure for later staging of the cure.
Additives which are added to the polymers significantly control surface chemistry. Surface chemistry characteristics are controlled by including additives that have both reactive and bio-interactive capabilities. The method and apparatus of this invention can control the placement and localization of the additives on the surface of the thin film encapsulating the fibers, on either or both surfaces of the internal layer, on either or both surfaces of the web, or any combination of the foregoing.
The oven cure temperature and the source and type of cure energy, are controlled for a number of reasons. The oven cure temperature is controlled to achieve the desired crosslinked state; either partial or full. The source and type of energy can also affect the placement of the polymer and additives. For example, by using a high degree of specific infrared and some convection heat energy for cure, some additives can be staged to migrate and/or bloom to the polymer surfaces.
Oven cure temperature is thermostatically controlled to a predetermined temperature for the web and polymers used. Machine runs of new webs are first tested with hand pulls to determine adhesion, cure temperature, potentials of performance values, drapability, aesthetics, etc. The effect on the web depends on the oven temperature, dwell time and curing rate of the polymer. Webs may expand slightly from the heat.
Oven cure dwell time is the duration of the web in the oven. Oven cure dwell time is determined by the speed of the oven's conveyor and physical length of the oven. If the dwell time and temperature for a particular web is at maximum, then the oven conveyor speed would dictate the speed of the entire process line or the length of the oven would have to be extended in order to increase the dwell time to assure proper final curing of the web.
The physical construction and chemistry of the web is critical. The amount of control over the rheology of the polymer and the tension on the web are dependent on the physical construction and chemistry of the web and chemistry of the composition(s) applied to the web. The web selected for use in the practice of the present invention must have physical characteristics that are compatible with the flow characteristics of the polymer to achieve the desired results. The ambient polymer temperature refers to the starting or first staging point to controlling the viscosity and rheology. The process head can control the ambient polymer temperature through temperature controlled polymer delivery and controlled blade temperatures.
Humidity can sometimes inhibit or accelerate curing of the polymer. Therefore, humidity should be monitored and, in some conditions, controlled.
In view of the fact that between the shear ±irining stations and the oven, the polymer composition may begin to set or partially cure, it may be desirable to overshear so that by the time the web reaches the curing oven, it will be at the point where it is desired that the cure occur. This over shear effect is a matter of controlling certain variables, including the force of the blades against the moving web, as well as the tension and speed of the web.
By having a number of shear minning blades, a multiple shear minning effect is created, which changes the final construct of the polymer and the (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) controlled placement of the internal coating, and (c) controlled placement of the additives in (a) and (b). It is understood that the first shear thinning causes viscoelastic deformation of the polymer composition which, due to its memory, tends to return to a certain level. With each multiple shear thinning, the level to which the polymer starts at that shear point and returns is changed (see Figure 1). This is called thixotropic looping or plateauing.
Definitions
As employed herein, the term "adhesiveness" refers to the capacity to bind other solids by both chemical and physical means
The phrase "antistatic character," as used herein refers to the capacity to reduce the generation of charge, increase the rate of charge dissipation, inhibit the production of charge, or some combination of the foregoing.
The phrase "biocidal activity, " as used herein, refers to the capacity of a compound to kill pathogenic and/or non-pathogenic microorganisms, and prevent or inhibit the action or growth of microorganisms including viruses and bacteria. Biocidal activity can be measured by applying Test Methods 100-1993, 147-1993, and 174-1993 of the Technical Manual of the American Association of Textile Chemist and Colorist (AATCC), Dow Corning Corporate Test Method 0923, and the Kirby-Bauer Standard Antimicrobial Susceptibility Test as described in the Manual of Clinical Microbiology, Fourth Edition, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. As employed herein, the term "biocide" refers to any physical or chemical agent capable of combating pathogenic and non-pathogenic microorganisms, including bacteria and viruses.
As employed herein, the phrase "biological activity" refers to the functionality, reactivity, and specificity of compounds that are derived from biological systems or those compounds that are reactive to them, or other compounds that mimic the functionality, reactivity, and specificity of these compounds. Examples of suitable biologically active compounds include enzymes, antibodies, antigens and proteins.
The term "breathability," as used herein, refers to gas permeability such as the moisture vapor transmission of a material as measured by ASTM E96 and the specifically developed modified "Bellow's Test" described in subsequent sections.
The term "coating" as used herein, refers to a generally continuous film or layer formed by a material over or on a surface.
As employed herein, the phrase "color fastness" refers to the capacity of a fabric to resist fading during a period of normal wear and multiple washings and dry cleaning. Color fastness is determined under conditions of accelerated weathering.
With respect to the polymer compositions used in this invention, the term "controlled placement" or "placement" refers to the penetration of such polymer compositions into a porous web, to the distribution of such composition in a controlled manner through such web, and to the resultant, at least partial envelopment of at least a portion of the fibers of such web by such composition in accordance with the present invention, or to the formation of an internal layer, or both.
The term "curing", or "cure", as used herein, refers to a change in state, condition, and/or structure in a material, such as a curable polymer composition that is usually, but not necessarily, induced by at least one applied variable, such as time, temperature, radiation, presence and quantity in such material of a curing catalyst or curing accelerator, or the like. The term "curing" or "cured" covers partial as well as complete curing. In the occurrence of curing in any case, such as the curing of such a polymer composition that has been selectively placed into a porous flexible substrate or web, the components of such a composition may experience occurrence of one or more of complete or partial (a) polymerization, (b) cross-linking, or (c) other reaction, depending upon the nature of the composition being cured, application variables, and presumably other factors. It is to be understood that the present invention includes polymers that are not cured after application or are only partially cured after application. As employed herein, me term "durability" refers to the capacity of a fabric to retain its physical integrity and appearance during a period of normal wear and multiple washings and dry cleaning.
The term "elastomeric" as used herein refers to the ability of a cured polymer treated web to stretch and return to its original state.
The phrase "electrical conductivity," as used herein refers to the capacity to conduct electrical current.
The phrase "electromagnetic radiation absorptivity," as used herein, refers to the absorption of radiation of wavelengths from within the electromagnetic spectrum.
The phrase "electromagnetic shielding capacity," as used herein, refers to the capacity to reflect, absorb, or block electromagnetic radiation.
The term "envelop" or "encapsulate" as used interchangeably herein, refers to the partial or complete surrounding, encasement, or enclosing by a discrete layer, film, coating, or the like, of exposed surface portions of at least some individual fiber or lining of a cell or pore wall of a porous web. Such a layer can sometimes be contiguous or integral with other portions of the same enveloping material which becomes deposited on internal areas of a web which are adjacent to such enveloping layer, enveloped fiber, lined cell or pore wall, or the like. The thickness of the enveloping layer is generally in the range of 0.01 to 50 microns, and preferably in the range of about 0.1 to 20 microns.
The term "fiber", as used herein, refers to a long, pliable, cohesive, natural or man-made (synthetic) threadlike object, such as a monofilament, staple, filament, or the like. A fiber usable in this invention preferably has a length at least 100 times its diameter or width. Fibers can be regarded as being in the form of units which can be formed by known techniques into yarns or the like. Fibers can be formed by known techniques into woven or non-woven webs (especially fabrics) including weaving, knitting, braiding, felting, twisting, matting, needling, pressing, and the like. Preferably, fibers, such as those used for spinning, as into a yarn, or the like, have a length of at least about 5 millimeters. Fibers such as those derived from cellulosics of the type produced in paper manufacture can be used in combination with longer fibers as above indicated, as those skilled in the art will readily appreciate.
The term "filament" as used herein refers to a fiber of indefinite length.
The term "filled" as used herein in relation to interstices, or interstitial spaces, or open cells, and to the amount of polymer composition therein in a given web, substrate, or the fibers in such web or substrate, designates the presence of such composition therein. When a given interstitial space or open cell is totally taken up by such composition, it is "completely filled" or "plugged". The term "filled" also refers to an interstitial space having a film or layer of polymer composition over or through it so that it is closed even though the entire thickness of the interstitial space is not completely filled or plugged.
Measurements of die degree of envelopment, interstitial fillage, plugging, or the like in an internal coating are conveniently made by microscopy, or preferably by conventional scanning electron microscopy (SEM) techniques. Because of the nature of such measuring by SEM for purposes of the present invention, "a completely filled" interstitial space or open cell can be regarded as a "plugged" interstitial space or open cell.
The term "flattening agent," as used herein, refers to a compound that dulls the finish on glossy fabrics.
The term "flow" or "flowability" as used herein means the altering of the rheology of a material by the application of energy to a suitable material so as to allow the flowing of the material to form: (a) a thin film of a polymer composition encapsulating the structural elements (i.e., the fibers or filaments) making up the web leaving at least some of the interstitial spaces open; (b) an internal layer of a polymer composition between the upper and lower surfaces of the web; or (c) some combination of the foregoing.
The phrase "fluid resistance," as used herein, refers to the ability of a material to resist the penetration of fluids. Fluid resistance is measured by the Rain test, Suter test, and hydrostatic resistance measurements, discussed in the "Examples" section and incorporated herein by reference. Fluid resistance, for purposes of the present invention, is the result of two conditions. First, the surface of the web has the potential for increased fluid resistance due to the choice of the polymer and also the choice of additives and/or modifiers to control surface energies. Second, the external fluid resistant or fluid proof properties can be altered by controlling the effective pore size of the web. Additives and/or modifiers can serve to increase or decrease the effective pore size by controlling the viscosity and rheology achieved through the processing of polymer in e machine. In addition, the bimodal distributions of pore sizes found in a woven fabric are controlled by the processing. The larger pore sizes are supplied by the spaces between yarns while smaller pores reflect the yarn structure and the polymer composition pore size.
As employed herein, the term "functional" refers to a particular performance attribute such as biocidal activity, therapeutic activity, ion-exchange capacity, biological activity, biological interactive capacity to bind compounds, surface chemistry activity, electromagnetic radiation absorptivity, adhesiveness, hand, durability, color fastedness, light reflectivity, fluid resistance, waterproofness, breathability, mildew resistivity, rot resistivity, stain resistivity, electrical conductivity, thermal conductivity, antistatic character, processability, Theological character, electromagnetic shielding capacity, and radio frequency shielding capacity. The term "hand" refers to the tactile feel and drapability or quality of a fabric as perceived by the human hand.
With respect to the fluorochemical liquid dispersions (or solutions) which can optionally be used for web pretreatment, the term "impregnation" refers to the penetration of such dispersions into a porous web, and to the distribution of such dispersions in a preferably, substantially uniform and controlled manner in such web, particularly as regards the surface portions of the individual web component structural elements and fibers.
The term "internal coating or internal layer" as used herein, refers to a region generally spaced from the outer surfaces of the web which is substantially continuously filled by the combination of the polymer controllably placed therein and the fibers and filaments of the web in the specified region. Such coating or layer envelopes, and/or surrounds, and/or encapsulates individual fibers, or lines cell or pore walls of the porous web or substrate, in the specified region. The internal layer is not necessarily flat but may undulate or meander through the web, occasionally even touching one or both surfaces of the web. Generally, the internal layer is exposed on both sides of a web as part of the multi complex structure of a woven and non- woven web. The thickness of the internal layer is generally in the range of 0.01 to 50 microns, and preferably in the range of about 0.1 to 20 microns.
As used herein, me phrase "ion-exchange capacity" refers to the capacity to exchange mobile hydrated ions of a solid, equivalent for equivalent, for ions of like charge in solution.
The phrase "light reflectivity," as used herein, refers to the capacity to reflect light from the visual region of the electromagnetic spectrum
The phrase "mildew resistance, " as used herein, refers to the capacity to either kill or prevent or inhibit the growth of mildew. Mildew resistance can be quantified by Test Method 30-1993 of the Technical Manual of the American Association of Textile Chemist and Colorist (AATCC), incorporated herein by reference.
The term "modifiers, " "agents, " or "additives, " used interchangeably herein, refers to materials and compounds that impart or alter specific physical or chemical characteristics with respect to the articles produced therefrom. These physical or chemical characteristics are typically functional properties. The modifiers may also alter or impart functional properties to the thixotropic material. Examples of modifiers suitable for use in the practice of the present invention include biocides, therapeutic agents, nutrients, adhesive agents, humidity-controlling agents, water repellents, ion-exchange agents, light-reflective agents, dyes and pigments, mildew-resistance agents, conductive agents, proteins, hand-altering agents, blood repellents, flexibility-inducing agents, light fastness-inducing agents, rot-resistant agents, stain-resistant agents, grease- resistant agents, ultraviolet-absorbing agents, fillers, flattening agents, electrical conductive agents, thermal conductive agents, flame retardants, antistatic agents, electromagnetic shielding agents, and radio frequency shielding agents. Examples of suitable nutrients which can be employed in the practice of the present invention include cell growth nutrients.
The term "polymer", or "polymeric" as used herein, refers to monomers and oligomers as well as polymers and polymeric compositions, and mixtures thereof, to die extent that such compositions and mixtures are curable and shear thinnable.
As employed herein, the term "processability" refers to die nature of a material with respect to its response to various processing methods and process parameters. Processing agents contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention could also include cross-link inhibitors that either delay the onset of cure or slow the cure rate of the curable, thixotropic material, and thixotropy inducing or rheological agents that, for example, alter the viscosity of the curable material, and the like.
The phrase "radio frequency shielding capacity," as used herein, refers to the capacity to reflect, absorb, or block radio frequency waves.
As employed herein, the phrase "rheological character" refers to material attributes such as flow, viscosity, elasticity, and the like.
As employed herein, the phrase "rot resistance" refers to the capacity to prevent or inhibit the decay of naturally-derived materials.
The term "shear minning," in its broadest sense, means the lowering of the viscosity of a material by the application of energy thereto.
The phrase "stain resistance," as used herein, refers to the ability of a material to resist coloring by a solution or a dispersion of colorant. Waterborne stain resistance refers to me ability to resist coloring by a waterborne stain.
As employed herein, the quantity meant by the term "sufficient" will depend on the nature of the energy source, the porous substrate, the curable, diixotropic material, the additives and/or modifiers used, and the desired functional properties of the article produced therefrom. A description of the method and several examples are provided to provide enough guidance to one of skill in the art to determine the amount of energy required to practice this invention. As employed herein, the phrase, "surface chemistry activity" refers to the composition, reactivity, and positioning of chemical moities on the surfaces of the porous substrate. As contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention, modifiers that alter the surface chemistry of the resulting article include fluorochemical compounds, proteins, and any otiier modifier compound that can be selectively positioned at the various surfaces within the porous substrate.
The phrase "merapeutic activity," as employed herein, refers to the capacity to treat, cure, or prevent a disease or condition. As employed herein, the term "therapeutic agents" refers to compound(s) that are effective at treating, curing, or preventing a disease or condition.
The phrase "thermal conductivity, " as used herein refers to the capacity to conduct heat.
The word "thixotropy" refers herein to liquid flow behavior in which the viscosity of a liquid is reduced by shear agitation or stirring so as to allow the placement of the liquid flow to form: (a) a thin film of a polymer composition encapsulating me structural elements (i.e., the fibers or filaments) making up the web leaving at least some of the interstitial spaces open; (b) an internal layer of a polymer composition between die upper and lower surfaces of the web; or (c) some combination of the foregoing. It is theorized to be caused by the breakdown of some loosely knit structure in the starting liquid that is built up during a period of rest (storage) and mat is broken down during a period of suitable applied stress.
As employed herein, die phrase "waterproofness" refers to the wetting characteristic of a material witii respect to water. Waterproofness is measured using die Mullen Test, Federal Standard 191, method 5 512, incorporated herein by reference.
The term "web" as used herein is intended to include fabrics and refers to a sheet-like structure (woven or non-woven) comprised of fibers or structural elements. Included with the fibers can be non-fibrous elements, such as particulate fillers, binders, dyes, sizes and the like in amounts mat do not substantially affect the porosity or flexibility of the web. While preferably, at least 50 weight percent of a web treated in accordance with the present invention is fibers, more preferred webs have at least about 85 weight percent of eir structure as fiber. It is presently preferred diat webs be untreated with any sizing agent, coating, or the like, except as taught herein. The web may comprise a laminated film or fabric and a woven or non-woven porous substrate. The web may also be a composite film or a film laminated to a porous substrate or a double layer.
The term "webs" includes flexible and non-flexible porous webs. Webs usable in me practice of this invention can be classified into two general types: (A) Fibrous webs; and
(B) Substrates having open cells or pores, such as foams.
A porous, flexible fibrous web is comprised of a plurality of associated or interengaged fibers or structural elements having interstices or interstitial spaces defined dierebetween. Preferred fibrous webs can include woven or non-woven fabrics. Other substrates include, but arc not limited to, a matrix having open cells or pores therein such as foams or synd etic leathers.
The term "yarn" as used herein refers to a continuous strand comprised of a multiplicity of fibers, filaments, or the like in a bundled form, such as may be suitable for knitting, weaving or otherwise used to form a fabric. Yarn can be made from a number of fibers that are twisted together (spun yarn) or a number of filaments mat are laid together without twist (a zero-twist yarn).
A flexible porous web used as a starting material in the present invention is generally and typically, essentially planar or flat and has generally opposed, parallel facing surfaces. Such a web is a three-dimensional structure comprised of a plurality of fibers with interstices dierebetween or a matrix having open cells or pores therein. The matrix can be comprised of polymeric solids including fibrous and non-fibrous elements.
Three principal classes of substrates having open pores or cells may be utilized in the present invention: leathers (including natural leathers, and man-made or syndietic leathers), foamed plastic sheets (or films) having open cells, and filtration membranes.
Foamed plastic sheet or film substrates are produced eitiier by compounding a foaming agent additive witii resin or by injecting air or a volatile fluid into die still liquid polymer while it is being processed into a sheet or film. A foamed substrate has an internal structure characterized by a network of gas spaces, or cells, that make such foamed substrate less dense than the solid polymer. The foamed sheets or film substrates used as starting materials in the practice of is invention are flexible, open-celled structures.
Natural leathers suitable for use in this invention are typically split hides. Synthetic leathers have wide variations in composition (or structure) and properties, but they look like leather in the goods in which tiiey arc used. For purposes of technological description, synthetic leathers can be divided into two general categories: coated fabrics and poromerics.
Synthetic leathers which are poromerics are manufactured so as to resemble leather closely in breathability and moisture vapor permeability, as well as in workability, machinability, and odier properties. The barrier and permeability properties normally are obtained by manufacturing a controlled microporous (open celled) structure.
Synthetic leathers which are coated fabrics, like poromerics, have a balance of physical properties and economic considerations. Usually the coating is either vinyl or urethane. Vinyl coatings can be either solid or expanded vinyl which has internal air bubbles which are usually a closed-cell type of foam. Because such structures usually have a non-porous exterior or front surface or face, such structures display poor breathability and moisture vapor transmission. However, since the interior or back surface or face is porous, such materials can be used in the practice of this invention by applying the curable, thixotropic material and one or more modifier to the back face thereof.
Filtration membranes contemplated for use in die practice of the present invention include microporous membranes, ultrafiltration membranes, asymmetric membranes, and the like. Suitable membrane materials include polysulfone, polyamide, polyimide, nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate, nylon and derivatives tiiereof.
Other porous webs suitable for use in the practice of the present invention include fibers, woven and non- woven fabrics derived from natural or synthetic fibers, papers, and the like. Examples of papers are cellulose- based and glass fiber papers.
The fibers utilized in a porous flexible web treated by the methods and apparatus of the present invention can be of natural or synthetic origin. Mixtures of natural fibers and synthetic fibers can also be used. Examples of natural fibers include cotton, wool, silk, jute, linen, and d e like. Examples of syndietic fibers include acetate, polyesters (including polyethyleneterephthalate), polyamides (including nylon), acrylics, olefins, aramids, azlons, glasses, modacrylics, novoloids, nytrils, rayons, sarans, spandex, vinal, vinyon, regenerated cellulose, cellulose acetates, and the like. Blends of natural and synthetic fibers can also be used.
A porous web or fabric is preferably untreated or scoured before being treated in accordance with the present invention. Preferably a web can be preliminarily treated, preferably saturated, for example, by padding, to substantially uniformly impregnate the web with a fluorochemical. Typically, and preferably, the treating composition comprises a dispersion of fluorochemical in a liquid carrier. The liquid carrier is preferably aqueous and can be driven off with heat after application. The treating composition has a low viscosity, typically comparable to the viscosity of water or less. After such a treatment, it is presently preferred that die resulting treated web exhibits a contact angle with water measured on an outer surface of the treated web that is greater than about 90 degrees. The treated web preferably contains fluorochemical substantially uniformly distributed therethrough. Thus, the fluorochemical is believed to be located primarily on and in the individual fibers, cells or pores with the web interstices or open cells being substantially free of fluorochemical. A presently preferred concentration of fluorochemical in a treatment composition is typically in the range of about 1 to about 10% fluorochemical by weight of the total treating composition weight, and more preferably is about 2.5% of an aqueous treating dispersion. Web weight add-ons of the fluorochemical can vary depending upon such factors as the particular web treated, die polymer composition to be utilized in die next step of the treatment process of this invention, the ultimate intended use and properties of the treated web of this invention, and the like. The fluorochemical weight add-on is typically in the range of about 0.01 to about 5% of the weight of the untreated web. After fluorochemical controlled placement, the web is preferably squeezed to remove excess fluorochemical composition after which the web is heated or otherwise dried to evaporate carrier liquid and thereby also accomplish fluorochemical insolubilization or sintering, if permitted or possible with the particular composition used.
The fluorochemical treated web diereafter has a predetermined amount of a curable polymer composition controllably placed within the web by the methods and apparatus of this invention, to form a web whose fibers, cells or pores are at least partially enveloped or lined with the curable polymer composition, whose web outer surfaces are substantially free of the curable polymer, whose web interstices or open cells are not completely filled witii the curable polymer and which may also contain an internal layer of polymer. The curable polymer composition utilized preferably exhibits a starting viscosity greater than 1,000 centipoise and less than 2,000,000 centipoise at rest at 25°C at a shear rate of 10 reciprocal seconds.
The fluorochemical residue that remains after web treatment may not be exactly evenly distributed throughout the web, but may be present in the web in certain discontinuities. For example, these discontinuities may be randomly distributed in small areas upon an individual fiber's surface. However, d e quantity and distribution of fluorochemical through a web is believed to be largely controllable. Some portions of the fluorochemical may become dislodged from the web and migrate through the polymer due to die forces incurred by die shear thinning and controlled placement of the polymer.
The curable polymer composition is believed to be typically polymeric, (usually a mixture of co-curable polymers and oligomers), and to include a catalyst to promote the cure. The polymers that can be used in the present invention may be monomers or partially polymerized polymers commonly known as oligomers, or completely polymerized polymers. The polymer may be curable, partially curable or not curable depending upon the desired physical characteristics of the final product. The polymer composition can include conventional additives.
While silicone is a preferred composition, other polymer compositions include polyurethanes, fluorosilicones, silicone-modified polyuretiianes, acrylics, polytetrafluoroethylene-containing materials, and the like, either alone or in combination with silicones. It is to be understood that the depth of polymer placement into a web can be controlled by the methods herein described to provide selective placement of die polymer within the web. Any additives and/or modifiers mixed into the polymer blend will likewise be selectively placed along with die polymer composition. The web is thereafter optionally cured to convert the curable composition into a solid elastomeric polymer.
The polymer composition is theorized to be caused to How and distribute itself over fibers, cells or pores in a web under the influence of the processing conditions and apparatus provided by this invention. This flow and distribution is further theorized to be facilitated and promoted by the presence of a fluorochemical which has been preliminarily impregnated into a web, as taught herein. The amount of fluorochemical or fluorochemical residue in a web is believed to influence the amount, and the locations, where the polymer will collect and deposit, and produce encapsulated fibers and/or an internal layer in the web. However, there is no intent to be bound herein by theory.
Some portion of the residue of fluorochemical resulting from a preliminary web saturating operation is theorized to be present upon a treated fiber's surfaces after envelopment of fibers, cells or pores by the polymer has been achieved during the formation of the encapsulating fiber and/or the internal layer by the practice of this invention. This is believed to be demonstrated by the fact that a web treated by this invention still exhibits an enhanced water and oil repellency, such as is typical of fluorochemicals in porous webs. It is therefore believed tiiat the fluorochemicals are affecting the adherence of the polymer as a thin film enveloping layer about the treated fibers, cells or pores as well as facilitating polymer pressurized flow within and about the interstices or open cells of the web being treated so that the polymer can assume its position enveloping the fibers or lining the cells or pores of the substrate.
In those fabrics that are pre-treated with fluorochemicals, the exact interrelationship between the polymer film and the impregnated fluorochemical is presently difficult, or perhaps impossible, to quantify because of the variables involved and because transparent polymer is difficult to observe by optical microscopy. It can be theorized tiiat perhaps the polymer and die fluorochemical each tend to produce discontinuous films upon the fiber surface, and that such films are discontinuous in a complementary manner. It may alternatively be theorized that perhaps the polymer film is contiguous, or substantially so, relative to fluorochemical molecules on a fiber surface, and tiiat the layer of polymer on a fiber surface is so thin tiiat any dislodgement of the fluorochemical may release the fluorochemical into the polymer film thereby allowing die fluorine to orient or project through the film with the required cure temperature of the polymer, reactivating the water surface contact angle so that the water repellent properties of the fluorochemical affect the finished product. However, regardless of physical or chemical explanation, the combination of polymer film and fluorochemical results in a fiber envelopment or cell or pore wall lining and the formation of encapsulated fibers and/or an mternal layer of polymer in a web when this invention is practiced. After curing, the polymer is permanently fixed material.
By using the methods of this invention, one can achieve a controlled placement of one or more additives and/or modifiers on and within the (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) internal coating, (c) surfaces of the web, or (d) some combination thereof.
A curable polymer optionally mixed witii one or more additives and/or modifiers is applied onto and into a tensioned web using compressive and shear forces. The extent of orienting additives and/or modifiers on and within the fiber envelopment and the cell or pore wall lining is believed to be regulatable. Regulating such orientation is accomplished by controlling the factors discussed previously, the selection and amount of fluorochemical, the type of polymer and additives (and/or modifiers) used, and the amount of compressive and shear forces employed at a given temperature. Such control ensures that fiber envelopment is achieved while the interstices and/or open cells of the web are not completely filled witii such polymer in the region of the internal layer and that the outer opposed surfaces of the web are substantially completely free of polymer coating or residue. After such a procedure, the curable polymer is cured.
The curable polymer is optionally mixed witii one or more additives and/or modifiers and then applied onto the surface of the web. Then the web, while tensioned, is passed over and against shearing means or through a compression zone, such as between rollers or against a shear knife. Thus, transversely applied shear force and compressive pressure is applied to the web. The combination of tension, shearing forces, and web speed is sufficient to cause the polymer composition to move into the web and out from the interstices or open cells around the web fibers, cells, or pores being enveloped. The result is that at least some of the interstices and/or open cells are unfilled in regions of the web outside of the region occupied by the internal coating or internal layer, and are preferably substantially free of polymer. Excess polymer is removed by the surface wiping action of the shearing means. The curable polymer enveloping the fibers is thereafter cured.
The desired penetration of, and distribution and placement of polymer and additives and/or modifier(s) in a web is believed to be achieved by localized pressuring forces exerted on a web surface which are sufficiently high to cause the viscosity of a polymer composition to be locally reduced, tiiereby permitting such polymer to flow under such pressuring and to be controllably placed within the web and to envelope its fibers or line the cell or pore walls tiiereof. To aid in this process, the web is preferably at least slightly distorted by tensioning or stretching, while being somewhat transversely compressed at die location of the controlled placement. This distortion is believed to facilitate the entrance of the polymer composition into the web and the orientation of one or more additives and/or modifiers onto and into the web. When the compression and tension are released, the polymer composition is believed to be squeezed or compressed within and through the interstitial spaces, or open cell spaces, of the treated web. If, for example, too much polymer is present in the finished product, then either or both the tension and shear force can be increased, and vice versa for too little polymer. If flow is not adequate upon the fibers, producing incomplete fiber envelopment, then the viscosity of the polymer composition can be reduced by increasing the pressures and/or temperatures employed for the controlled placement thereof. Alternatively, if the viscosity is too low, then the pressure and/or temperature can be decreased. If die polymer composition is resistant to being positioned or placed in a desired location in a desired amount in a given web at various viscosities and/or pressures, then the level of fluorochemical pretreatment of the web can be increased, or decreased, as the case may be. The above factors also influence the placement of additives and/or modifiers when the additives and/or modifiers are mixed into die polymer composition.
Some additives and/or modifiers, due to their physical and chemical properties, cannot be incorporated on and within a web by pre-treating the web or by mixing the additives and/or modifiers into the polymer composition. Such additives and/or modifiers can be topically applied to the web after the pressured, shear thinning stage described above, but before curing. Once topically applied, the additives and/or modifiers are forced into the web by passing through the exit nip rolls. The additives and/or modifiers will adhere to die polymer composition that forms encapsulated fibers, an internal layer, or some combination of the above. Some additives and/or modifiers may even adhere to the structural elements of the web.
As indicated above, die activity transpiring at a final step in the practice of this invention is generically referred to as curing. Conventional curing conditions known in the prior art for curing polymer compositions are generally suitable for use in the practice of this invention. Thus, temperatures in the range of about 250°F to about 350 °F are used and times in the range of about 30 seconds to about 1 minute can be used, although longer and shorter curing times and temperatures may be used, if desired, when thermal curing is practiced. Radiation curing, as with an electron beam or ultraviolet light, can also be used. However, using platinum catalysts to accelerate the cure while using lower temperatures and shorter cure times is preferable.
Since either filled, plugged, almost filled interstices, or open cells in die region of an internal layer remain transmissive of air in cured webs made by this invention, the webs are characteristically air permeable or breathable.
Sample webs or fabrics that are beneficially treated, fiber enveloped and internally coated in accordance with the invention include nylon, cotton, rayon and acrylic fabrics, as well as fabrics that are blends of fiber types. Sample nylon fabrics include lime ice, hot coral, raspberry pulp, and diva blue Tactel® (registered trademark of ICI Americas, Inc.) fabrics available from agent Arthur Kahn, Inc. Sample cotton fabrics include Intrepid® cotton cornsilk, sagebrush cotton, and light blue cotton fabrics available also from Arthur Kahn, Inc. Non-woven, monofilamentous, fabrics such as TYVEK® (registered trademark of E.I. duPont de Nemours Co., Inc.) and the like are also employable. It is believed that when sufficient energy is introduced that some portion of the durable water repellent finish is removed from the pretreated web and blooms to the surface of the polymer if the polymer thin film is sufficiently thin and the viscosity and rheology is modified sufficiently during the shear thinning process step of the invention.
As indicated above, a web is preferably pretreated and impregnated with a fluorochemical prior to being treated with a polymer composition as taught herein. The fluorochemical impregnation is preferably accomplished by first saturating a web with a liquid composition which incorporates the fluorochemical, and then, thereafter, removing the excess liquid composition and residual carrier fluid by draining, compression, drying, or some combination thereof from the treated web.
It is now believed that any fluorochemical known in the art for use in a web, particularly fabric treatment in order to achieve water repellency, soil repellency, grease repellency, or the like, can be used for purposes of practicing the present invention. It is believed that a typical fluorochemical of the type used for web treatment can be characterized as a compound having one or more highly fluorinated portions, each portion being a fluoroaliphatic radical or the like, that is (or are) functionally associated with at least one generally non-fluorinated organic portion. Such organic portion can be part of a polymer, part of a reactive monomer, a moiety with a readable site adapted to react with a binder, or the like. Such a compound is typically applied to a fabric or other web as a suspension or solution in either aqueous or non-aqueous media. Such application may be conventionally carried out in combination with a non-fluorine or fluorine containing resin or binder material for the purpose of providing improved durability as regards such factors as laundering, dry cleaning, and the like.
Fluorochemicals are sometimes known in the art as durable water repellent (DWR) chemicals, although such materials are typically believed to be not particularly durable and to have a tendency to wash out from a fabric treated therewith. In contrast, fiber enveloped webs of this invention which have been pretreated with a fluorochemical display excellent durability and washability characteristics. Indeed, the combination of fluorochemical pretreatment and silicone polymer fiber envelopment such as provided by the present invention appears to provide synergistic property enhancement because the effects or properties obtained appear to be better than can be obtained by using either the fluorochemical or the silicone polymer alone for web treatment.
Exemplary water repellent fluorochemical compositions include the compositions sold under me name Milease® by ICI Americas Inc. with the type designations F-14N, F-34, F-3 IX, F-53. Those compositions with the "F" prefix indicate that they contain a fluorochemical as the principal active ingredient. More particularly, Milease® F-14 fluorochemical, for example, is said to contain approximately 18 percent perfluoroacrylate copolymer, 10 percent ethylene glycol (CAS 107-21-1) and 7 percent acetone (CAS 67-64-1) dispersed and dissolved in 65 percent water. Milease® F-31X is said to be a dispersion of a combination of fluorinated resin, acetone, and water.
Still another suitable class of water repellent chemicals is the Phobotex® chemicals of Ciba/Geigy identified as Phototex® FC104, FC461, FC731, FC208 and FC232 which are each believed to be suitable for use, typically in approximately a 5 percent ^concentration, in saturating a web for use in the invention. These and many other water repellent fluorochemicals are believed to be capable of creating a surface contact angle with water of greater than about 90 degrees when saturated into a web and to be suitable for use in the practice of this invention.
Another group of useful water repellent fluorochemicals is the TEFLON® -based soil and stain repellents of E.I. duPont de Nemours & Co. Inc., 1007 Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19898. Suitable TEFLON® types for use in the practice of this invention include TEFLON® G. NPA, SKF, UP, UPH, PPR, N. and MLV. The active water repellent chemical of each composition is believed to be a fluorochemical in polymeric form that is suitable for dispersion in water, particularly in combination with a cationic surfactant as a dispersant. These dispersions are dilutable in all proportions with water at room temperature. One preferred class of fluorochemical treating compositions useful in the practice of this invention comprises about 1 to about 10 weight percent, more preferably about 5 weight percent of one of the above indicated TEFLON®-type water repellent fluorochemicals in water.
Another major group of suitable water repellent fluorochemical compositions useful in the practice of the invention is commercially available under the designation ZEPEL® rain and stain repellent chemicals of E.I. duPont de Nemours & Co. Inc., such as ZEPEL® water repellent chemicals types B. D, K, RN, RC, OR, HT, 6700 and 7040. Each is believed to be a fluorochemical in polymeric form that is dispersible in all proportions at room temperature. The dispersants ZEPEL® B. D, K, and RN are believed to be cationic, while the dispersant ZEPEL® RC is believed to be nonionic.
As an exemplary composition, ZEPEL® 6700 is said to be comprised of 15 to 20 percent perfluoroalklyl acrylic copolymer, 1 to 2 percent alkoxylated carboxylic acid, and 3 to 5 percent ethylene glycol. Exemplary characteristics of the composition include a boiling point of 100°C at 760 mm Hg and a specific gravity of 1.08. The volatiles are approximately 80 percent by weight. The pH is 2 to 5. The odor is mild; the concentrate form is that of a semi-opaque liquid; and the concentrate color is straw white. The composition and characteristics of ZEPEL® 7040 repellent chemical are believed to be substantially identical to those of ZEPEL® 6700 except that the former composition additionally contains 7 to 8 percent acetone.
Another major group of water repellent fluorochemicals comprises the Scotchgard® water repellent chemicals of 3M Co. , St. Paul, Minnesota. The Scotchgard® fluorochemicals are believed to be aqueously dispersed fluorochemicals in polymeric form. The compositions of two suitable Scotchgard® water repellent fluorochemicals are believed to be disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,393,186 and 3,356,628, which patents are incorporated herein by reference. Thus, the Scotchgard® fluorochemical of U.S. Patent No. 3,356,628 consists of copolymers of perfluoroacrylates and hydroxyalkyl acrylates. These copolymers are suitable for use as an oil and water repellent coating on a fibrous or porous surface. They have a carbon to carbon main chain and contain recurring monovalent perfluorocarbon groups having from 4 to 18 carbon atoms each and also having recurring hydroxyl radicals. From 20 to 70 percent of the weight of such copolymer is contributed by fluorine atoms in the perfluorocarbon groups and from 0.05 to 2 percent of the weight of the copolymer is contributed by the hydroxyl radicals. Such copolymer is said to have improved surface adherability properties as compared to the homopolymer of a corresponding fluorocarbon monomer.
The Scotchgard® fluorochemical of U.S. Patent No. 3,393, 186 consists of perfluoroalkenylacrylates and polymers thereof. An exemplary fluorinated monomer has the formula:
O R
II I RfCE CHCCH.) O-C-C=CH .
Wherein Rf is a fluorocarbon group having from 3 to 18 carbon atoms, R is hydrogen or methyl, and n is 0-16. Such a water repellent fluorochemical composition is supplied and saturated into the substrate web as a readily pourable aqueous dispersion.
U.S. Patent No. 4,426,476 discloses a fluorochemical textile treating composition containing a water-insoluble fluoroaliphatic radical, an aliphatic chlorine-containing ester and a water insoluble, fluoroaliphatic radical containing polymer.
U.S. Patent No. 3,896,251 discloses a fluorochemical textile treating composition containing a fluoroaliphatic radical containing linear vinyl polymer having 10 to 60 weight percent fluorine and a solvent soluble carbodiimide preferably comprising fluoroaliphatic groups. A table in this patent lists a plurality of prior art fluoroaliphatic radical containing polymers useful for the treatment of fabrics and the prior art patents where such polymers are taught. U.S. Patent No. 3,328,661 discloses textile treating solutions of a copolymer of an ethylenically unsaturated fluorocarbon monomer and a ethylenically unsaturated epoxy group containing monomer.
U.S. Patent No. 3,398,182 discloses fluorocarbon compounds useful for fabric treatment that contain a highly fluorinated oleophobic and hydrophobic terminal portion and a different nonfluorinated oleophilic portion linked together by a urethane radical.
Water repellent fluorochemical compositions are preferably utilized to saturate a starting untreated porous web substrate so tiiat such composition and its constituents wet substantially completely and substantially uniformly all portions of the web. Such a saturation can be accomplished by various well known techniques, such as dipping the web into a ba of the composition, or padding the composition onto and into the web, or the like. Padding is the presently preferred method of fluorochemical application.
After application of the fluorochemical composition to the web, the water (or liquid barrier) and other volatile components of the composition are removed by conventional techniques to provide a treated web that contains the impregnated fluorochemical throughout the web substrate.
In a preferred procedure of fluorochemical controlled placement, a web is substantially completely saturated with an aqueous dispersion of a fluorochemical. Thereafter, the resulting impregnated web is compressed to remove excess portions of said dispersion. Finally, the web is heated to evaporate the carrier liquid. If the fluorochemical is curable, then the heating also accomplishes curing. After the fluorochemical treatment, the fluorochemical is found only on or in the web structural elements or fibers and is substantially completely absent from the web interstices.
The fluorochemical concentration in the treating composition is such as to permit a treated fluorochemical containing web, after volatiles of the treating composition are removed, to exhibit a contact angle with water applied to an outer web surface which is greater than about 90°. More preferably, the contact angle provided is greater than about 130°.
The web weight add-on provided by the fluorochemical after removal of volatiles is usually relatively minor. However, the weight add on can vary with such factors as the nature of web treated, the type of polymer composition utilized in the next step of the process, the temperature at which the composition is applied, the ultimate use contemplated for a web, and the like.
Typical weight add-ons of fluorochemical are in the range of about 1 to about 10 percent of the original weight of the web. More preferably, such weight add-ons are about 2 to about 4 weight percent of the weight of the starting fabric.
Durability of a web that has been treated witii a fluorochemical and durability of a web that is subsequently treated with a polymer can sometimes be improved by the conventional process of "sintering". The exact physical and chemical processes that occur during sintering are unknown. The so-called sintering temperature utilized is a function of the fluorochemical composition utilized and such temperature is frequently recommended by fluorochemical manufacturers. Typically, sintering is carried out at a temperature of about 130 to about 160°C for a period of time of about 2 to about 5 minutes. Acid catalysts can be added to give improved durability to laundering and dry cleaning solvents.
The fluorochemical is believed to provide more than water or other repellent properties to the resulting treated web, particularly since the curable polymer is often itself a water repellent. Rather, and without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the fluorochemical in a treated web provides relative lubricity for the treated fibers during the pressure application of the curable polymer. The polymer is applied under pressures which can be relatively high, and the polymer is itself relatively viscous, as is discussed herein. In order for the curable polymer to coat and envelop web fibers, but not fill web interstitial individual filament or fiber voids, die fibers of the web may move over and against each other to a limited extent, thereby to permit entry of the polymer into and around the fibers. It is thought that the fluorochemical deposits may facilitate such fiber motion and facilitate envelopment during the pressure application and subsequent shearing processing.
Alternatively, the fluorochemical may inhibit deposition of the polymer at the positions of the fluorochemical deposits which somehow ultimately tends to cause thin enveloping layers of polymer to form on fibers.
The precise physics and chemistry of the interaction between the fluorochemical and the polymer is not understood. A simple experiment demonstrates movement of the liquid polymer as influenced by the presence of the fluorochemical:
A piece of fabric, for example the Red Kap Milliken poplin polyester cotton blend fabric, is cut into swatches. One swatch is treated with an adjuvant, for example a three percent solution of the durable water-repellent chemical Milease® F-31X. The treated swatch and an untreated swatch are each positioned at a 45° angle to plumb. A measured amount, for example one-half ounce, of a viscous polymer composition, for example the Mobay® 2530A/B silicon composition, is dropped onto the inclined surface of each swatch. The distance in centimeters that the composition flows downwards upon the surface of the swatch is measured over time, typically for 30 minutes.
A graphical plot of the flow of the silicone composition respectively upon the untreated and treated swatches is shown in Figure 1. At the expiration of 30 minutes the viscous composition has typically traveled a distance of about 8.8 centimeters upon the treated swatch, or a rate of about 0.29 centimeters per minute. At the expiration of the same 30 minutes, the viscous composition has typically traveled a lesser distance of about 7.1 centimeters upon the untreated swatch, or a rate of about 0.24 centimeters per minute. Qualitatively commensurate results are obtainable with other DWR fluorochemical adjuvants tiiat facilitate the viscous flow of polymer compositions in accordance with the invention. Indeed, if desired, the simple flow rate test can be used to qualify an adjuvant compound for its employment within the method of the invention. The fluorochemical pre-treated web generally increases the surface contact angle of the polymer while reducing the amount of saturation of the polymer into the fibers themselves.
The fluorochemical treated web is thereafter treated under pressure with a predetermined amount of a curable polymer composition and one or more additives and/or modifiers optionally mixed into the polymer composition, to form a web whose fibers are preferably substantially completely enveloped with such curable polymer and whose outer surfaces and interstices are preferably substantially completely free of the curable polymer. The polymer is thereafter cured by heat, radiation, or the like. Even room temperature curing can be used. A polymer impregnated, fluorochemical pre-treated web can be interveningly stored before being subjected to curing conditions depending upon d e storage or shelf life of the treating silicone polymer composition.
A curable polymer composition utilized in the practice of this invention preferably has a viscosity that is sufficient to achieve an internal coating of the web. Generally, the starting viscosity is greater than about 1000 centipoise and less than about 2,000,000 centipoise at a shear rate of 10 reciprocal seconds. It is presently most preferred tiiat such composition have a starting viscosity in the range of about 5,000 to about 1,000,000 centipoise at 25°C. Such a composition is believed to contain less than about 1 % by weight of volatile material.
The polymer is believed to be typically polymeric and to be commonly a mixture of co-curable polymers, oligomers, and/or monomers. A catalyst is usually also present, and, for the presently preferred silicone polymer compositions discussed hereinafter, is platinum or a platinum compound, such as a platinum salt.
A preferred class of liquid curable silicone polymer compositions comprises a curable mixture of the following components:
(A) at least one organo-hydrosilane polymer (including copolymers); (B) at least one vinyl substituted polysiloxane (including copolymers);
(C) a platinum or platinum containing catalyst; and (D) (optionally) fillers and additives.
Typical silicone hydrides (component A) are polymetiiylhydrosiloxanes which are dimethyl siloxane copolymers. Typical vinyl terminated siloxanes are vinyldimethyl terminated or vinyl substituted polydimethylsiloxanes. Typical catalyst systems include solutions or complexes of chloroplatinic acid in alcohols, ethers, divinylsiloxanes, and cyclic vinyl siloxanes.
The polymetiiylhydrosiloxanes (component A) are used in the form of dieir dimethyl copolymers because their reactivity is more controllable than that of the homopolyrners and because they result in tougher polymers with a lower cross-link density. Although the reaction with vinyl functional silicones (component B) does reportedly take place in 1 :1 stoichiometry, the minimum ratio of hydride (component A) to vinyl (component B) in commercial products is reportedly about 2: 1 and may be as high as 6: 1. While the hydrosilation reaction of polymethylhydrosilane is used in both so called RTV (room temperature vulcanizable) and LTV (low temperature vulcanizable) systems, and while botii such systems are believed to be useful in the practice of the present invention, systems which undergo curing at elevated temperature are presently preferred.
Paniculate fillers are known to be useful additives for incorporation into liquid silicone polymer compositions. Such fillers apparently not only can extend and reinforce the cured compositions produced therefrom, but also can favorably influence thixotropic behavior in such compositions. Thixotropic behavior is presently preferred in compositions used in the practice of this invention. A terminal silanol (Si-OH) group makes such silanol siloxanes susceptible to reaction in curing, as is believed desirable.
It is believed that all or a part of component B can be replaced witii a so called silanol vinyl terminated polysiloxane while using an organotin compound as a suitable curing catalyst as is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4, 162,356. However, it is presently preferred to use vinyl substituted polysiloxanes in component B.
A polymer composition useful in this invention can contain curable silicone resin, curable polyurethane, curable fluorosilicone, curable modified polyurethane silicones, curable modified silicone polyurethanes, curable acrylics, polytetrafluoroethylene, and the like, either alone or in combination with one or more compositions.
One particular type of silicone composition which is believed to be well suited for use in the controlled placement step of the method of the invention is taught in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,472,470 and 4,500,584 and in U.S. Patent No. 4,666,765. The contents of these patents are incorporated herein by reference. Such a composition comprises in combination: (i) a liquid vinyl chain-terminated polysiloxane having the formula:
Figure imgf000038_0001
wherein R and R1 are monovalent hydrocarbon radicals free of aliphatic unsaturation with at least 50 mole percent of the R1 groups being methyl, and where n has a value sufficient to provide a viscosity of about 500 centipoise to about 2,000,000 centipoise at 25°C;
(ii) a resinous organopolysiloxane copolymer comprising: (a) (R2)3SiO0 5 units and Si02 units, or
(b) (R3)2SiO05 units, (R3)2SiO units and Si02 units, or
(c) mixtures thereof, where R2 and R3 are selected from the group consisting of vinyl radicals and monovalent hydrocarbon radicals free of aliphatic unsaturation, where from about 1.5 to about 10 mole percent of the silicon atoms contain silicon-bonded vinyl groups, where the ratio of monofunctional units to tetrafunctional units is from about 0.5:1 to about 1:1, and d e ratios of difunctional units to tetrafunctional units ranges up to about 0.1: 1 :
(iii) a platinum or platinum containing catalyst; and
(iv) a liquid organohydrogeπpolysiloxane having the formula:
(R)a(H)bSiθ4+b
2
in an amount sufficient to provide from about 0.5 to about 1.0 silicon-bonded hydrogen atoms per silicon- bonded vinyl group of above component (i) or above subcomponent (iii) of, Ra is a monovalent hydrocarbon radical free of aliphatic unsaturation, and has a value of from .about 1.0 to about 2.1 , b has a value of from about 0.1 to about 1.0, and die sum of a and b is from about 2.0 to about 2.7, there being at least two silicon- bonded hydrogen atoms per molecule. Optionally, such a composition can contain a finely divided inorganic filler (identified herein for convenience as component (v)). Also, such a composition can optionally contain one or more additives and/or modifiers (identified herein as component (vi)).
For example, such a composition can comprise on a parts by weight basis:
(a) 100 parts of above component (i);
(b) 100-200 parts of above component (ii);
(c) a catalytically effective amount of above component (iii), which, for present illustration purposes, can range from about 0.01 to about 3 parts of component (iii), although larger and smaller amounts can be employed witiiout departing from operability (composition curability) as those skilled in die art will appreciate;
(d) 50-100 parts of above component (iv), although larger and smaller amounts can be employed without departing from operability (curability) as those skilled in the art will appreciate;
(e) 0-50 parts of above component (v); and
(f) variable amounts of above component (vi) depending on the component and the exact functionality desired, as one skilled in the art will appreciate.
Embodiments of such starting composition are believed to be available commercially from various manufacturers under various trademarks and trade names, with the exception of the addition of various additives and/or modifiers discussed in this invention.
As commercially available, such a composition is commonly in e two-package form (which are combined before use). Typically, the component (iv) above is maintained apart from the components (i) and (ii) to prevent possible gelation in storage before use, as those skilled in the art appreciate. For example, one package can comprise components (i) and (ii) which can be formulated together with at least some of component (ii) being dissolved in the component (i), along witii component (iii) and some or all of component
(v) (if employed), while the second package can comprise component (iv) and optionally a portion of component (v) (if employed). By adjusting the amount of component (i) and filler component (v) (if used) in the second package, the quantity of catalyst component (iii) required to produce a desired curable composition is achieved. Preferably, component (iii) and the component (iv) are not included together in the same package.
As is taught, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 3,436,366 (which is incorporated herein by reference), the distribution of the components between the two packages is preferably such that from about 0.1 to 1 part by weight of the second package is employed per part of die first package. For use, the two packages are merely mixed together in suitable fashion at the point of use. Component (vi) is optionally mixed into the polymer composition just prior to applying to a porous web. Other suitable silicone polymer compositions, without additives, are disclosed in the following U.S. patents:
U.S. Patent No. 4,032,502 provide compositions containing a linear polydiorganosiloxane having two siloxane bonded vinyl groups per molecule, organosiloxane that is soluble in such linear polydiorganosiloxane and comprised of a mixture of a polyorganosiloxane and a polydiorganosiloxane, platmum-containing catalyst, μ platinum catalyst inhibitor, and a reinforcing silica filler whose surface has been treated with an organosilicone compound.
U.S. Patent No. 4,108,825 discloses a composition comprising a triorganosiloxy end-blocked polydiorganosiloxane, an organohydrogensiloxane having an average of at least 2.1 silicon-bonded hydrogen atoms per molecule, a reinforcing silica filler having a surface treated widi an organosilicone compound, a platinum catalyst, and ceric hydrate. Such silicone polymer composition is desirable when a web is being prepared which has flame retardant properties.
U.S. Patent No. 4, 162,243 discloses a silicone composition of 100 parts by weight triorganosiloxy end-blocked polydimethylsiloxane, reinforcing amorphous silica that is surface treated with organosiloxane groups, organohydrogensiloxane, and platinum catalyst.
U.S. Patent No. 4,250,075 discloses a liquid silicone polymer composition that comprises vinyldiorganosiloxy end-blocked polydiorganosiloxane, polyorganohydrogensiloxane, platinum catalyst, platinum catalyst inhibitor, and carbonaceous particles. Such a silicone polymer composition is useful when a web of this invention is being prepared that has electrically conductive properties.
U.S. Patent No. 4,427,801 discloses a curable organopolysiloxane of liquid triorganosiloxy end- blocked polydiorganosiloxane wherein the triorganosiloxy groups are vinyl dimediylsiloxy or vinylmethylphenylsiloxy, finely divided amorphous silica particles treated with mixed trimethylsiloxy groups and vinyl-containing siloxy groups, organopolysiloxane resin containing vinyl groups, organohydrogensiloxane, and a platinum containing catalyst.
U.S. Patent No. 4,500,659 discloses a silicone composition of liquid triorganosiloxy end-blocked polydimethylsiloxane wherein the triorganosiloxy units are dimethylvinylsiloxy or methylphenylvinylsiloxy, a reinforcing filler whose surface has been treated with a liquid hydroxyl end-blocked polyorganosiloxane which is fluorine-substituted, a liquid mcthylhydrogcnsiloxane, and a platinum-containing catalyst.
U.S. Patent No. 4,585,830 discloses an organosiloxane composition of a triorganosiloxy end-blocked polydiorganosiloxane containing at least two vinyl radicals per molecule, an organohydrogensiloxane containing at least two silicone-bonded hydrogen atoms per molecule, a platinum-containing hydrosilation catalyst, optionally a catalyst inhibitor, a finely divided silica filler, and a silica treating agent which is at least partially immiscible with said polydiorganosiloxane.
U.S. Patent No. 4,753,978 discloses an organosiloxane composition of a first diorganovinylsiloxy terminated polydiorganosiloxane exhibiting a specified viscosity and having no ethylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon radicals bonded to non-terminal silicon atoms, a second diorganovinylsiloxy terminated polydiorganosiloxane that is miscible with the first polydiorganosiloxane and contains a vinyl radical, an organohydrogensiloxane, a platinum hydrosilation catalyst, and a treated reinforcing silica filler.
U.S. Patent No. 4,785,047 discloses silicone elastomers having a mixture of a liquid polydiorganosiloxane containing at least two vinyl or other ethylenically unsaturated radicals per molecule and a finely divided silica filler treated with a hexaorganodisilazane which mixture is then compounded with additional hexaorganodisiloxane.
U.S. Patent No. 4,329,274 discloses viscous liquid silicone polymer compositions mat are believed to be suitable and which are comprised of vinyl containing diorganopolysiloxane (corresponding to component B), silicon hydride siloxane (corresponding to component A) and an effective amount of a catalyst which is a halogenated tetrameric platinum complex.
U.S. Patent No. 4,442,060 discloses a mixture of 100 parts by weight of a viscous diorganopolysiloxane oil, 10 to 75 parts by weight of finely divided reinforcing silica, 1 to 20 parts by weight of a structuring inhibitor, and 0.1 to 4 parts by weight of 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide controlled cross-linking agent.
Silicone resin compositions shown in Table I below have all been used in the practice of this invention. Such compositions of Table I are believed to involve formulations that are of the type hereinabove characterized.
Table I Illustrative Starting Polymer Compositions
MANUFACTURER TRADE DESIGNATION COMPONENTS'"
Mobay Silopren® LSR 2530 Vinyl-terminated polydimethylsiloxane with fumed silica, methylhydrogen polvsiloxane Mobay Silopren® LSR 2540/01
Dow Corning Silastic® 595 LSR Polysiloxane
Dow Corning 2303 Polysiloxane
Dow Corning 2962 Polysiloxane
General Electric SLE 5KX) Polysiloxane
General Electric SLE 5106 Siloxane resin solution
General Electric SLE 5110 Polysiloxane
General Electric SLE 5300 Polysiloxane
General Electric SLE 5500 Polysiloxane
General Electric SLE 6108 Polysiloxane
Shin-Etsu KE 1917
Shin-Etsu DI 1940-30
SWS Silicones Liquid Rubber BC-10 Silicone fluid with silicone dioxide filler nrpnrntirvn an riirinc aσpnfς
Table I footnote:
(1) Identified components do not represent complete composition of the individual products shown.
When a polymer composition of a silicone polymer and a benzophenone is pressured into a porous web as taught herein, protection of an organic web against ultraviolet radiation is improved, and the degradation effects associated witii ultraviolet light exposure are inhibited, as may be expected from prior art teachings concerning the behavior of benzophenones.
Ultra-violet-absorbing agents contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention include uvA absorbers such as benzophenone-8-methyl anthranilate; benzophenone-4; benzophenone-3; 2, 4-dihydroxy- benzophenone; uvB absorbers such as p-aminobenzoic acid (PABA); pentyl dimethyl PABA; cinoxate; DEA p-methoxycinnamate; digalloyl trioleate; ethyl dihydroxypropyl PABA; octocrylene, octyl methoxycinnamate, otcyl salicylate, glyceryl PABA; homosalate; lawsone plus dihydroxyacetone; octyl dimethyl PABA; 2- phenylbenzimidazole-5-sulfonic acid; TEA salicylate; sulfomethyl benzylidene bornanone; urocanic acid and its esters, and physical barriers such as red petrolatum and titanium dioxide.
To prepare a silicone polymer composition which incorporates a benzophenone, one preferably admixes die benzophenone with the silicone polymer composition at the time of use. The benzophenone component can be regarded as, or identified herein for convenience as the modifier component (vi). On the same parts by weight basis above used, a composition of this invention contains from about 0.1 to about 15 parts of component (vi), although the preferred amount is from about 0.3 to about 10 parts of component (vi) and smaller amounts can be used, if desired, without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
One class of derivatized benzophenones useful in the practice of this invention is characterized by the generic formula:
Figure imgf000043_0001
where:
R1 and R2are each selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, and hydrogen, and n and m are each an integer of 1 or 2. Examples of substituted benzophenones of the above formula include the substances shown below.
Table II Substituted Benzophenones
ID NO. NAME COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE UNDER SPECIFIED TRADEMARK FROM BASF
1 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone "Uvinul" 400'
2 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-benzophenone "Uvinul" M-40
3 2,2', 4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone "Uvinul" D-50
4 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone "Univul" D-49
5 Mixed tetra-substituted benzophenones "Uvinul" 49D
Table II footnote:
(1) Presently most desired substituted benzophenone Another class of derivatized benzophenones useful in the practice of this invention is characterized by the generic formula:
Figure imgf000044_0001
where R3 is a lower alkyl radical.
An example of a substituted benzophenone of the previous formula is: 2-ethylhexyl-2-cyano3,3-diphenylacrylate (available from BASF under the trademark "Uvinul N-539").
In the last two formulas, the term "lower" refers to a radical containing less than about 8 carbon atoms.
The contact angle exhibited by a silicone composition used in this invention varies with the particular web which is to be saturated therewith. However, the contact angle of water is generally lower for the non-treated side than the treated side. A combination of the processed web, the silicone polymer and die fluorochemical generally produces higher water contact angles than webs treated only widi fluorochemicals. The performance of a polymer composition may be determined by the nature of a previously applied saturant such as a fluorochemical. Suitable starting compositions include 100% liquid curable silicone rubber compositions, such as SLE5600 A/B from General Electric, Mobay LSR 2580A/B, Dow Corning Silastic® 595 LSR and Silastic® 590 which when formulated with substituted benzophenone as taught herein will form a contact angle of much greater than 70 degrees, and typically of 90+ degrees, with typical porous webs (such as fabrics) that have a residue of fluorochemical upon (and within) the web from a prior saturation.
The polymer composition used in the practice of this invention can also carry additives into the three- dimensional structure of the web during the pressured application. Further, it is preferable, that any additives and/or modifiers be bound into the cured composition permanently as located in the three-dimensional structure of the web. Particularly in the case of fabrics, this desirably positions the additives and/or modifiers mainly on surface portions of the encapsulated yarns and fibers in positions where they typically are beneficially located and maintained, or on the surfaces of the internal layer, or on the surfaces of the web, or some combination tiiereof. When necessary, the polymer composition, the fabric used, and die particular additive and/or modifier compounds can be altered to create specific functional properties such as adhesiveness, antimicrobial activity, blood repellency, conductivity, fire resistance, flexibility, good hand, stain resistance, ultraviolet absorption capabilities, and other functions described by this invention.
Silicone polymers, when compounded with additives and/or modifiers, produce desirable properties. For example, a fine particle silica is added to silicone polymer as a filler or reinforcing agent to increase the hardness and reduce the stickiness. Carbon black is added when electrical conductivity is required. Red iron oxide improves heat resistance. Zinc oxide is used for heat conductivity. Aluminum hydrate is added for extra electrical track resistance. Various pigments are used for coloring. Such solid additives and/or modifiers can be added by mixing with silicone polymer at a certain ratio. Mixing of the silicone polymer is usually performed by a mixer, or the like. Care should be taken to add the additive (and/or modifier) powders slowly enough to prevent balls of high additive and low silicone content from forming and floating on top of the silicone polymer which leads to poor dispersion. Poor dispersion will result in an uneven distribution of the additive and/or modifier on and within the web. If much additive and/or modifier is being added, several separate additions and cross blending between them will assure good dispersion. The sequence of addition is also important. For instance, when extending fillers are added, they should be added after the reinforcing fillers. Color, when used, may be added at this stage. The catalyst is added at the final stage or is part of the co-blended polymer composition. Care should be taken to be sure the compound temperature is cool enough to prevent unexpected curing of the silicone polymer.
Liquid additives and/or modifiers can be added by directly mixing with silicone polymer or finely dispersing in the silicone polymer. Additives and/or modifiers can also be added in a homogeneous form such as dissolving in suitable organic solvents or water, or in a heterogeneous form such as latex. For example, hydrophobic polyurethanes or fluorocarbon polymers can be dispersed in water by addition of emulsifiers or surfactants in a emulsion form or latex.
A wide variety of additives, agents, or modifiers, herein used interchangeably, can be used in accordance with the practice of this invention to produce porous webs that retain the functional properties of the agents incorporated within the web. It is impossible to list in certainty all of the agents and modifiers that can be used in accordance with the practice of the present invention. Many of the additives used in the plastics industry are described in handbooks and can be used in accordance with the practice of this invention. Two such handbooks are Plastics Additives: An Industrial Guide, by Ernest W. Flick (Noyes Publications 1986), and Chemical Additives For The Plastics Industry: Properties, Applications, Toxicologies, by the Radian Corporation (Noyes Data Corp. 1987), herein incorporated by reference. The charts below list (1) additives known to work in accordance with the practice of this invention, (2) additives that are substantially similar in physical and/or chemical properties to the additives tiiat are known to work in accordance with die practice of this invention, and (3) additives that were unknown in the art as of the printing of the above referenced handbooks. Some of these agents are discussed in greater detail in subsequent sections.
Adhesive Agents
Epoxy-resin
Co-oligomer
Phenolic resins
Polyurea resins
Polyolefins
Polyamides
Polysiloxanes
Polysulfides
Polyvinyl esters
Neoprene
Polyurethanes
Polyacetal resin, with one or more members selected from the group consisting of isocyanate and isothiocyanate compounds.
Anti-Static Agents
Fattv acid esters and their derivatives
Long-chain amines
Amides
Quaternary ammonium salts
Polyoxyethylene derivatives
Polyhydric alcohols and their derivatives
1 ,2-epoxides such as 1 ,2-eρoxyhexane, 1 ,2-epoxyoctane, 1,2-epoxynonane, 1,2-epoxydecane, 1,2- epoxydodecane, 7,8-epoxyoctadecane, 9,10-epoxyoctadecane, 5,6-epoxydodecane, 7,8- epoxyoctadecane, 2,3-epoxydodecane, 5,6-epoxydodecane, 7,8-epoxyoctadecane, 9, 10- epoxyoctadecane , 10, 11 -epoxyeicosane .
Epoxides reacted under acid or alkaline catalyst conditions with ethylene glycols or 1 ,2-propylene glycols. Example catalysts are BF etherate, sulfuric acid, sodium methylate, and lithium methylate. Preferable ethylene or propylene glycols are mono-, di, tri and tetra.
Biocidal Agents
Halogens and halogen based compounds such as iodine, chloroazodin, chlorinated cyanuric acid derivatives, and chloramine derivatives.
Antibiotics
Anti-virals such as zidovudine
Nonoxynol-9
Phenols and phenolic compounds such as o-phenylphenol, o-benzyl-p-chlorophenol, p-tert-amylphenol, bisphenols such as hexachlorophcne, clichlorophcne, mcthylcne-bis(4-chlorophcnoI), fcntichlor, and trichlosan.
Quarternary ammonium salts such as cetrimide, benzalkonium chloride, cetylpyridinium chloride, laurolinium acetate, dequalinium chloride, hedaquinium chloride, polyquaternium 1.
Zinc oxide, Z-N-octyl-4-isothiazole-3-one
Phenyl mercuric acetate Skin disinfectants such as alcohols, mercurials, silver compounds, neomycin
Water disinfectants such as chlorine and sodium hypochlorite
Air disinfectants such as propylene glycol, lactic acid, glycolic acid, and levulinic acid
Gaseous disinfectants such as ethylene oxide, β-propiolactone, and formaldehyde
Clothing disinfectants such as neomycin
Methyl dimethyl propoxylene ammonium chloride
Polyiodide material like Pentaiodid
Acid salts derived from hydrochlorip, methane sulfonic, ethanesulfonic, isoethionic, lactic, and citric acids.
Trichlorocarbon
Blood Repellents
Antimicrobial or biocidal agents
Monoaldehyde lodophors such as povidone-iodine, polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP) or povidone USP, butyl cellosolve albumin-povidone-iodine complex
Polyethylene glycol mono (nonylphenyl) eti er
Diethyl ether
Phenol resin
Urea resin
Urethane modified epoxy resin
Organosilicon quaternary ammonium salts
Dyes and Pigments
Azoic dyes
Cationic Dyes
Sulfur dyes
Nigrosine
Carbon black
Electrical Conductive Agents
Metal particles or fillers
Zinc oxide
Stannic oxide
Indium oxide
Tungsten and tungsten carbide
Carbon black
Graphite and metal coated graphite
Conductive polymers
Silver, nickel, copper, aluminum, gold
Rhodium
Ruthenium
Molybdenum
Iridium
Platinum
Palladium
Electromagnetic Shielding Agents Hypophosphorous
Carbon-phenol resin compound
Fillers
Carbon
Molecular sieves
Fumed silica
Colloidal silica
Flame Retardant Agents
Aluminum hydroxide
Borax
Tetrakis (hydroxymethyl)
Phosphonium chloride
Potassium hexafluoro zirconate
Potassium hexafluoro titanate
Polyamide
Polyimide
Poly-parabanic acid
Polyether sulfone, polyether ether keton, polyetherimide
Fluoroplastic resin films
Plyphenylene sulfide
Magnesium hydroxide
Silicone treated magnesium oxide
Polybenzimidazole
Non-flame durable fibers with flame durable fibers of metal such as stainless steel, copper, nickel
Carbon or carbonizable compositions
Kevlar™
Nomex™
Retardant powder fillers such as alumina trihydrate
Kaolin, gypsum and hydrated clay incorporated with polydimethylsiloxanes
Polypropylene, polybutylene
Metal carboxylic acid salts containing at least 6 carbon atoms.
Calcium, barium and strontium compounds
Carboxylic acid salts: calcium stearate, barium stearate and strontium stearate, stearates, isostearates, oleates, palmitates, myristates, laurates, undecylenates, 2-ethylhexanoates, hexanoates
Salts of the following acids may be suitable: suifinic, sulfonic, aromatic sulfenic, sulfamic, phosphinic and phosphoric acids
Polyolefins such as low density polyethylene and high density polyethylene
Polypropylene, polybutylene
Copolym ers such as polystyrene, polycarbonates
Polyesters, polyamides, polycaprolactams
Ionomers, polyurethanes, co- & ter-polymers
Λcrylonitrile, butadiene, styrcne, acrylic polymers, acctal resins, ethylenc-vinyl acetate
Polymethylpentene
Polyphenylene oxide, polyphenylene oxide-polystyrene blends or copolymers with optinal organic halides such as decabromodiphenyl oxide, dechlorane plus a chlorinated alicyclic hydrocarbon, and aluminum trihydrate Flexibility Inducing Agents
Diglycidyl ether of linoleic acid dimer
Diglycidyl ether of polyethylene glycol
Diglycidyl ether of polypropylene glycol
Diglycidyl ether of alkylene oxide adduct of bisphenol A
Urethane prepolymer
Urethane modified epoxy resin
Polycarboxyl compounds
Polycaprolactone
Phenoxy resin
Flattening Agents
Amorphous Silica 1-2% by total resin weight, such as OK 412, produced by DeGussa, Inc. (Frankfurt, Germany), available through its pigment division in Teterboro, NJ.
Silica
Micronized polyethylene
Grease Resistant Agents
Carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, methylethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose
Hand Altering Agents j Protein structures made to imitate some borrowed property on or near the surface of the polymers.
Natural and synthetic beta-pleated sheet proteins
Hydrolized silk such as "Crosilk," a commercially hydrolized silk protein (Croda, Inc. New York, NY). Crosilk is a 10,000 molecular weight protein made by hydrolizing silk, and is comprised of 17 different amino acid segments, ranging in percent by weight of 0.1% to 20.3%. Polyolefin fiber or fabric
Humidity Controlling Agents '
Solid copper salts, preferably organic copper salts such as copper formate, copper acetate, copper oxalate and others.
Ion-Exchange Agents Duolite C255H™ by Diamond Shamrock
Ammonium salts
Chloride
Compounds and materials exhibiting acidic or basic functionality
Nitrate Zeolite beta, zeolite chabazite (low calcium)
Light Fastness-Inducing Agents
Figure imgf000049_0001
Monosulfonic acid, disulfonic acid, sulfonic acid-carboxylic acid
Light-Reflective Agents
Titanium oxide
Zinc oxide
Mildew Resistant Agents
Thiazolylbenzimidazole
Zinc phosphite
Derivatives of phenol
Derivatives of benzothiazole
Organosilicon quaternary ammonium salt
Processing Agents
Crosslinking inhibitors
Rheological agents
Hydrophilic polymers
Polyvinyl alcohol
Proteins
Silk protein
Fibroin
Collagen Palladium
Radio Frequency Shielding Agents
Photoresistive films made of polya ide or SOG (Spin On Glass)
Magnetic films
Piezoelectric
Photoresistive films as a switchable EMI barrier
Rot Resistant Agents
Zinc chloride, chromated zinc chloride
Stain Resistant Agents
A mixmre of phenyl vinyl ether/maleic diacid copolymer and Z-(4-hydroxy-methyl-phenoxy)-ethyl vinyl ether/maleic diacid copolymer and a copolymer obtained by the reaction of phenyl vinyl ether 2-(4- hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl vinyl ether and maleic anhydride
Erional™ NBS, Intratex N™
Mesitol, FX-369, CB-130, Nylofixan P
Therapeutic Agents
Antibiotics
Chemotherapeutic compounds Hormones
Analgesics such as aspirin
Vitamins
Spermacides such as ricinleic acid, p-diisobutylphenoxypolyethoxyethanol, boric acid, and nonoxynol-9.
Drugs
Molecular sieves or other enclosed forms containing all of the above.
Thermal Conductive Agents
Aluminum particles such as aluminum nitride and alumina
Fillers such as silver
Graphite
Silicon carbide
Boron nitride
Diamond dust
Synthetic resin Ultraviolet-Absorbing Agents
Benzophenone and its derivatives
Aryl group-substituted benzotriazole compound
Cinnamic acid esters
Benzoxazale
4-thiazolidone compounds
Titanium dioxide
Zinc oxide
Water Repellent Agents
Fluoroalkylsilane
Alkylsilane
Dimethylpolysiloxane
Flourine-type water repellent agent (Asahi Guard AG710)
Silazene compound, e.g., (CH3)3SiNH-Si(CH3)3(6)
Stearic acid salts
Zirconium compounds
Fluorosilicon type KP-801
Epoxy group-containing organosiloxanes
Polysiloxanes containing fluorine atoms
Perfluoroakyl-silicone-KP801
Dimethylamino-silicone
Wax
Some additives and/or modifiers may or may not be combined with the thixotropic material prior to application to the porous substrate. These materials are applied to the surface of the porous substrate by depositing or metering, or by other like means.
Other additives and/or modifiers suitable for use in the practice of the present invention include compounds that contain reactive sites, compounds that facilitate the controlled release of agents into the surrounding environment, catalysts, compounds that promote adhesion between the treating materials and the substrate, and compounds that alter the surface chemistry of articles produced from the treated substrates.
Reactive sites contemplated in the practice of the present invention include such functional groups as hydroxyl, carboxyl, carboxylic acid, amine groups, and the like, that promote physical and/or chemical interaction with other materials and compounds. For example, the modifier may be an enzyme or metal that catalyzes a specific reaction. Alternatively, the modifier may bind an agent. The phrase "capacity to bind," as used herein, refers to binding by both covalent and non-covalent means. Polyurethane is an example of a modifier with reactive sites that specifically bind iodine, the agent. A protein is an example of a modifier with reactive sites that specifically bind an antibody, the agent. The resulting articles are useful, for example, where iodine release is desirable (e.g., as a disinfectant), due to the tendency of iodine to sublime under ambient conditions.
The modifier or agent may also be a biologically active or "bioactive compound" such as an enzyme, antibody, antigen, or protein. For example, the modifier may be an antibody and the agent, a target protein, and the like. Or, the modifier may be a protein, and the agent, a target antibody. Such embodiments are particularly useful to the field of medical diagnostics.
Alternatively, the modifier may be capable of binding any proteinaceous material regardless of its bioactivity, such as polypeptides, enzymes or their active sites, as well as antibodies or antibody fragments. These embodiments, as contemplated in the practice of the present invention, are applicable to both research- and industrial-scale purification methods.
Depending on the end use of the treated material, a variety of modifiers containing reactive sites can be used. For example, modifiers can be employed that bind agents that are airborne organic contaminants. The particular compound employed as the modifier will depend on the chemical functionality of the target agent and could readily be deduced by one of skill in the art.
Also contemplated by the present invention is the use of modifiers that are capable of promoting the release of an agent from the treated web. For example, where the agent is being released from a thixotropic material that is hydrolytic, the modifier may be a hygroscopic compound such as a salt that promotes the uptake of water.
As water is drawn into the material, the thixotropic material degrades by hydrolysis, thus releasing the agent.
Alternatively, the modifier may promote the release of an agent from the treated web by creating pores once the resulting article is placed in a particular environment. For example, a water-soluble hygroscopic salt can be used to induce pore formation in thixotropic materials when placed in a humid or aqueous environment. Thus, dissolution of the salt promotes the release of the agent from the treated substrate. Other such modifiers that promote the release of an agent from materials are known to those of skill in the art. Agents suitable for use in these embodiments include therapeutic agents, biologically active agents, pesticides, biocides, iodine, and the like.
Also contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention as the modifier component are hydrogels. Hydrogels are polymeric materials that are capable of absorbing relatively large quantities of water. Examples of hydrogel forming compounds include polyacrylic acids, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidine, gelatin, carrageenan and other polysaccharides, hydroxyethylenemethacrylic acid (HEMA), as well as derivatives thereof, and the like.
Control of the pressurized application step can be provided at a number of areas since the shear process is sensitive to the viscosity of the polymer composition both at atmospheric pressure and at superatmospheric pressure. The ambient temperature affecting the polymer as it is applied, and the pressure-induced temperature changes occurring during controlled placement of the polymer also play roles in viscosity and therefore the shear process. Of course, the chemical make-up of the polymer composition also plays a role in the shear process and assists in the formation of an internal layer and/or internal encapsulation of the fibers or structural elements of the web.
The amount of polymer utilized and the weight add-on thereof are again variable and dependent upon several things such as the treated web, the desired end use of the web, cost and the like. Web weight add-ons can be as little as about 1 to 5 weight percent up to about 200 weight percent of the untreated web. For producing breathable, water-repellent fabric webs of this invention, weight add-ons are preferably in the range of about 10 to about 100 weight percent of the weight of the untreated web.
The fluorochemical saturant composition may also contain a bonding agent. The bonding agent can facilitate the bonding of the water repellent chemical and/or the impregnate to the three-dimensional structure of the web within which it is saturated. Mobay Silopren™ bonding agent type LSR Z 3042 and Norsil 815 primer are representative compositions that can be used to facilitate bonding of the water repellent chemicals and/or impregnant to and within the web. Use of the bonding agents is not essential to the practice of this invention, but may improve bonding of the fluorochemical and/or the polymer composition to fibers.
The fluorochemical particularly, and also the bonding agents when used, are preferably affixed to the three-dimensional structure of the web prior to the controlled placement of polymer within the web. Complete affixing is not necessary for the fluorochemical. The fluorochemical will apparently facilitate the pressured application of a polymer composition even if the fluorochemical is not preliminarily fixed within or located within the web being treated. However, fixing, especially by sintering, appears to cause the water repellent chemicals to flow and to become better attached to the three-dimensional structure of the web. In this regard, a lesser amount of fluorochemical will remain in place better, and will better facilitate the subsequent pressured application of the polymer, if the sintering or insolubilizing step is performed prior to such a pressured application.
After fluorochemical saturation followed by controlled polymer placement and curing, a web may have a surface contact angle with the polymer of greater than about 70 degrees, and more typically greater than about 90 degrees. Web pressures can involve transverse force or pressure in the range of tens to thousands of pounds per square inch of web surface.
Similar to the functional qualifications achieved by the use of a fluorochemical in the preferred saturating pretreatment step, the polymer introduced by the pressured application step can be defined by its functional qualifications. For example, the silicone polymer produces a contact angle with a fluorochemical treated web of greater than about 70 degrees. The contact angle of a web with a fluorochemical will be within a range of about 90 degrees to about 180 degrees while the contact angle of a fluorochemically treated web with the silicone polymer will be within a range of about 70 degrees to about 180 degrees.
The contact angle exhibited by the silicone polymer can be, if desired, qualified against the particular web saturated with the particular fluorochemical saturant. The selection of a suitable silicone polymer composition may be determined by the nature of the previously applied fluorochemical saturant. The fluorochemical saturant and silicone polymer compositions are, however, not critical to the practice of this invention since wide respective compositional ranges may be involved. In particular, a substantially undiluted liquid silicon rubber which is available from suppliers, such as GE, Dow Coming, and Mobay-Bayer, will characteristically form a contact angle of much greater than about 70 degrees, and typically greater than about 90 degrees, with typical porous webs (such as fabrics) that have a residue of fluorochemical upon (and within) the web resulting from a prior saturation.
The polymer composition can carry additives into the three-dimensional structure of the web in the pressured application steps of the method of the invention. Further, the polymer composition, when cured, is capable of adhering to structural elements, fibers, yams, and the like, and any additives dispersed therein. Thus, additives are positioned adjacent to or on surfaces of structural elements, yams, fibers and the like, in a position where they can be beneficial. The additives may also be concentrated or localized at selected positions on or within the web.
The energy can also be used to drive additives and/or modifiers to various selected positions within the porous web. During this stage, the viscosity of the thixotropic material becomes low enough and the application thickness thin enough such that additives and/or modifiers are able to move with either the sufficient mechanical energy or wave induced energy. Depending on the affinity of the additive and/or modifier for the thixotropic impregnant material as compared to the substrate/impregnant and impregnant/air interfaces, the additive and/or modifier will migrate to a particular region within the web. This migration is referred to herein as "surface blooming." The extent and rate of migration can be controlled by controlling the viscosity and thickness of the impregnant and the mobility of the particular additive and/or modifier. Both characteristics depend on the amount of energy provided to the system. Due to the nature of the thixotropic material, the additives and/or modifiers can be fixed at any location along their migratory path. For example, the amount of energy directed at the impregnant and web is decreased as the additives and/or modifiers migrate into the target positions. As the viscosity of the thixotropic impregnant rises, the additives and/or modifiers become essentially locked in place. This cycling of energy may be repeated in this stage, as well as in Stages 4 and 5, discussed below, until the additives and/or modifiers are finally moved and fixed into the preselected position. By moving the additives and/or modifiers into a preselected position, it is meant that there is a concentration of additives at the prescribed position. The concentration may vary significantly.
Surface blooming is a term describing both the migration and exact orientation of the additive and/or modifier on or near the surface of the polymer. There seems to be either such a thin layer of the polymer (mono layer) or an actual breaking of the surface structure of the polymer so as to allow the exposure of the additive and/or modifier. It can also be applied to a time dependent effect whereby over time and exposure to movement and ambient conditions, the additive and/or modifier becomes exposed, as with time released agents.
The phenomenon referred to as "surface blooming" is believed to be the result of several factors working in conjunction, some of which are described above. The altemating silicon and oxygen (siloxane) bonds create a flexible backbone, and rotation is fairly free about the Si-0 axis, especially with small substituents, e.g., methyl, on the silicon atoms. Rotation is also free about the Si-C axis in methylsilicon compounds. As a result of the freedom of motion, the intermolecular distances between methylsiloxane chains are greater than between hydrocarbons, and intermolecular forces are smaller. Polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) contains a very surface active group, -CH3, whose activity is presented to best effect by the unique flexibility of the backbone. A more complete description of the surface characteristics of polydimethylsiloxanes is available in The Surface Activity of Silicones: A Short Review, Michael J. Owen, Ind. Eng. Chem. Prod. Res. Dev., v. 19, p97 (1980); and the Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering 2d Ed., Wiley, New York, v. 15, Silicones (1985-90); all herein incorporated by reference.
Additional control over the positioning of additives and/or modifiers may be exerted during the curing process in Stage 8, discussed below. This control relates to another mechanism of additive and/or modifier movement during treatment as described in the discussion of Stage 8 below. Energy sources contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention include subjecting the curable, thixotropic material and one or more modifiers to shearing conditions ("treating materials"). For example, the shearing conditions may be provided by passing the treating material and web in contact with one or more blades at a fixed orientation with respect to the blades. The blades may be either rigid or flexible to accommodate a greater variety of web materials. For example, a more rigid blade may be used if the web is soft and flexible. Similarly, a flexible blade may be used if the web is hard and rigid.
Alternatively, the energy may be provided by passing the treating materials and web through rollers at a controllable pressure. Other sources of energy contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention include thermal energy, ultrasonic energy, electron beam, microwave, and electromagnetic radiation.
Examples of additives that are dispersible in effective amounts in a viscous polymer composition typically at a concentration of about 0.1 to 20 weight percent (based on total composition weight) include ultraviolet absorbers, flame retardants, aluminum hydroxide, filling agents, blood repellents, flattening agents, optical reflective agents, hand altering agents, biocompatible proteins, hydrolyzed silk, and the like. Hydrolyzed silk is a texturing agent that imparts a substantially silky feel to a fabric treated in accordance with the method of the invention regardless of whether or not such treated web or fabric is itself silk.
Examples of other polymer dispersible agents include those affecting thermal conductivity, radiation reflectivity, electrical conductivity, and other properties. For example, if a metallic sheen and/or thermal or electrical conductivity or infrared background blending is desired, powdered metals may be dispersed therein.
The pressured application of the polymer is sensitive to the viscosity of the polymer composition. Temperature affects the polymer composition by reducing or altering its viscosity. Shear-induced temperature changes occurring during application or during subsequent shear processing of the polymer can affect viscosity. The chemical composition of the polymer also plays a role in the treating process and effects in the treatment of web structural elements (including fibers) and the regulation of the filling of interstices and open cell voids.
Various machines and procedures can be used for performing the process of the invention. Illustrative machines and processes of use which are suitable for use in the practice of this invention, are described in U.S. Application Serial No. 08/407,191 , filed March 17, 1995 and hereby incorporated by reference. A preferred apparatus for carrying out the present invention is described below.
The apparatus employed in the present invention functions first to apply and preferably concurrently to shear thin and place a polymer composition, with one or more additives and/or modifiers optionally mixed in the composition, into a web under pressure. Such polymer composition is then reintroduced, distributed, and metered in a controlled manner in the web with the aid of transversely applied shearing force and compressive force such that the polymer composition becomes distributed in the web so that additives and/or modifiers are oriented on and within the (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) internal coating, (c) the surfaces of the web, or (d) some combination thereof. During treatment, the web is longitudinally tensioned and the pressurized application and the subsequent shearing and compressive actions are successively accomplished in localized zones preferably extending generally laterally across the web (that is, generally perpendicularly to the direction of such longitudinal web tensioning) using transversely applied force exerted locally against surface portions of the web during each controlled placement and shearing operation. The web is conveniently and preferably, but not necessarily, moved longitudinally relative to such laterally extending web processing zones. In treating short lengths of a fabric, the blades may be moved relative to a stationary length of fabric. The pressurized application, shearing and compressing steps are preferably carried out successively or sequentially. Such zones are themselves preferably at stationary locations while the web is moved, but if desired, the web can be stationary while the zones are moved, or both. The result is that the polymer composition flows into the web and is distributed internally generally uniformly to a predeterminable and controllable extent.
Some additives and/or modifiers, due to their physical and chemical properties, cannot be incorporated on and/or within a web by pre-treating the web or by mixing the additives and/or modifiers into the polymer composition. Such additives and/or modifiers can be topically applied to the web after the pressured, shear thinning stage described above, but before curing. Once topically applied, the additives and/or modifiers are forced into the web by passing through the exit nip rolls. The additives and/or modifiers will adhere to the polymer composition that forms encapsulated fibers, an internal layer, or some combination of the above.
Figure 5 depicts a schematic, side elevational view of a preferred apparatus for practicing the methods of the present invention. In this embodiment a continuous web 302 is moved under tension along a web pathway from a supply roll 301 to a take-up roll 327.
The primary tension is a result of the differential rate between the driven entrance pull stand designated as 306 and the driven exit pull stand designated as 322, whereby the exit pull stand 322 is driven at a rate faster than the entrance pull stand 306. Other controllable factors which effect tension are the diameters of blade rolls 309, 314, 316, 318; the vertical depth of blades 31 1, 315, 317; the durometer of the entrance pull stand rolls 304, 305 and rubber roll 321 of the exit pull stand, and the friction as the web passes under the blades. Blade roll 316 can optionally be a nip roll, as shown with the top roll 329. This allows for the creation of multiple tension zones to help shear thin the polymer composition and place one or more additives and/or modifiers on or within the web.
Web 302 passes between the nip of the two rolls 304 and 305 of the entry pull stand 306. The entry nip is adjustable to produce a force of from about 100 lbs. to about 5 tons on the web, passing between the two rolls. The weight of top roll 305 provides an even distribution of force throughout the web width. Web 302 is flattened at this point and the interstitial spaces are reduced laterally and longitudinally. Bottom roll 304 has micro- positioning capability to provide for gap adjustment and alignment. The top roll 305 composition is chosen based on the durometer of a urethane or rubber roll.
Web 302 continues to move along past idler roll 308 and blade roll 309 and forms an entry angle α and an exit angle β with blade 311. Blade 311 is illustratively shown in Figure 4. In Figure 4, dimensions A, B, C, D, and E are typically and exemplarily illustrated as, respectively, about 3-1/2 inches, about 1-1/2 inches, about 2 inches, about 1/2 inch, and about 5/ 16 inch. The narrow edge is preferably milled to a tolerance of about 1/10,000 inch continuously along the edge surface of each blade which is typically and illustratively about 38 inches long. Each of the co ers of the narrow edge is preferably and illustratively a hard (not beveled or ground) angular edge. Preferably, the combination of the leading edge condition and the two surfaces (the front and the bottom) that meet at the leading edge are RMS 8 or better in grind and/or polish. For purposes of the apparatus of Figure 5, the blade in Figure 4 has a leading edge 250 and a trailing edge 260. Entry angle α can be varied by adjusting: (a) the height and diameter of blade rolls 309 and 314, (b) the horizontal position of blade rolls 309 and 314, , (c) the angle of blade 311, and (d) the height of blade 311. Similarly, the entry and exit angles of blades 315 and 317, can be varied by adjusting the same devices surrounding each blade.
For illustrative purposes, increasing the height and diameter of blade roll 309 decreases entry angle α. Rotating blade 31 1 clockwise, with web 302 running left to right, increases entry angle α. Likewise, rotating blade 311 counter-clockwise, with web 302 mnning left to right, decreases entry angle a. Decreasing the distance between blade roll 309 and blade 311 decreases entry angle α. Increasing the downward depth of blade 311 into web 302 decreases entry angle α.
The angle of blades 311, 315, and 317 are completely changeable and fully rotational to 360°. The fully rotational axis provides an opportunity for more than one blade per rotational axis. Therefore, a second blade having a different thickness, bevel, shape, resonance, texture, or material can be mounted. Ideally the apparatus contains two or three blades per blade mount. The blade mounts are not shown.
The force or pressure of blade 311 applied against web 302 is determined by the vertical positioning of blade 31 1 in the blade mount. The greater the downward depth of blade 311 , the greater the force or pressure. Blade pressure against the web is also accomplished through the tension of the web as described above.
The same line components that affect entry angle α, also affect exit angle β. Any changes in the height, diameter, or horizontal positioning of blade rolls 309 and 314, affects exit angle β. If the angle of blade 311 is rotated clockwise as described above, entry angle a increases, thus decreasing exit angle β.
As web 302 moves from left to right in Figure 5, polymer, optionally mixed with one or more additives and/or modifiers, is deposited on web 302 with polymer applicator or dispersion means 310. Polymer applicator 310 can be a pump, a hose, or any available application device for applying polymer onto the surface of the web. Polymer applicator 310 is located directly in front of blade 311. The polymer is immediately shear thinned, placed into, and extracted from web 302 by the leading edge of blade 31 1, thus controlling the amount of polymer remaining in web 302. The bevel of blade 311 can effect entry angle α and the sharpness of the leading edge of blade 311. A sharper leading edge has a greater ability to push the weave or structural elements of web 302 longitudinally and traversely, increasing the size of the interstitial spaces. As the web passes the leading edge of blade 311 , the interstitial spaces snap back or contract to their original size.
As web 302 moves from left to right in Figure 5, the process of shear thinning and placing polymer into and extracting it out of web 302 is repeated at subsequent blades 315 and 317, thus controllably placing the polymer throughout web 302. Web 302 then passes over idler roll 319 and additives and/or modifiers are topically applied to web 302 by additive applicator or dispersion means 328. Additive applicator 328 can be a pump, or hose, or any application device for applying additives onto the surface of the web. Additive applicator 328 is located directly in front of the exit pull stand 322.
Web 302 then passes between driven exit pull stand 322 which consists of rolls 320 and 321. Pull roll 320 is a driven roll proportionally driven at a predetermined rate slower than entry roll 304. Pull roll 321 does not apply pressure so much as it achieves a high degree of surface area in which web 302 must come into contact with. The larger the surface area, the higher the degree of contact friction. Pull roll 321 can be adjusted to have sufficient downward force to eliminate any slippage between web 302 and pull roll 320.
After web 302 passes from exit stand 322, it then moves into an oven 323 for curing. Rolls 324, 325, and 326 provide a tension regulating means and also serve to provide a cooling pathway for web 302 as it emerges from oven 323 before passing onto take-up roll 327.
The cure temperature of oven 323 is thermostatically controlled to a predetermined temperature for web 302 and the polymers used. Machine runs of new webs are first tested with hand pulls to determine adhesion, cure temperature, potentials of performance values, drapability, aesthetics, etc. The effect on web 302 depends on the temperature of oven 323, dwell time and curing rate of the polymer. Web 302 may expand slightly from the heat.
Oven 323 functions to cure the polymer composition that is controllably placed into web 302. Oven 323 can be operated with gas or other energy sources. Furthermore, oven 323 could utilize radiant heat, induction heat, convection, microwave energy or other suitable means for effecting a cure. Oven 323 can extend from about 12 to 20 yards, with 15 yards long being convenient.
Curing temperatures from about 320°F to about 500°F, applied for times of from about two minutes to about thirty seconds (depending on the temperature and the polymer composition) are desirable. If a curing accelerator is present in the polymer, curing temperatures can be dropped down to temperatures of about 265 °F or even lower (with times remaining in the range indicated).
The cure temperature of oven 323 and the source and type of cure energy, are controlled for a number of reasons. The cure temperature of oven 323 is controlled to achieve the desired crosslinked state; either partial or full. The source and type of energy can also affect the placement of the polymer and additives. In place of an oven, or in combination with an oven, a source of radiation can be employed (electron beams, ultraviolet light, or the like) to accomplish curing, if desired. For example, by using a high degree of specific infrared and some convection heat energy for cure, some additives can be staged to migrate and/or bloom to the polymer surfaces.
Oven cure dwell time is the duration of time the web is in oven 323. Oven cure dwell time is determined by the speed of the oven's conveyor and physical length of the oven. If the dwell time and temperature for a particular web is at maximum, then the oven conveyor speed would dictate the speed of the entire process line or the length of the oven would have to be extended in order to increase the dwell time to assure proper final curing of the web.
Take-up roll 327 is operated at approximately the same speed as supply roll 301. When the rotational speeds of take-up roll 327 are not synchronized with rotational speeds of supply roll 301, the tension roll combination of rolls 324, 325, and 326 can be used to reduce web slack.
Web speed is proportional to the variable speed of the motor which drives entrance pull stand 306 and exit pull stand 322. Web speed can effect the physics of the polymers as web 302 passes under blades 311, 315, and 317. Web transport speeds can vary widely; for example, from about two yards per minute to about ninety yards per minute.
Figure 1 illustrates the phenomenon referred to herein as "thixotropic looping." This figure represents the viscosity changes of a polymer composition applied to a web by the apparatus shown in figure 5. For the purposes of demonstrating the general phenomenon, each blade is the same size and shape and each blade is positioned the same so that the shear rate at each blade is identical. As the polymer composition comes in contact with the first blade, the shear stress reduces the viscosity of the polymer composition. Immediately after the first blade, the polymer begins to increase in viscosity, but never returns to its initial viscosity. As it comes in contact with the second blade, again the viscosity drops, but not as severe as with the first blade. Immediately after the second blade, the viscosity increases, but not to its initial viscosity. This phenomenon occurs again at the next blade and would continue at subsequent blades until the polymer reached its minimum viscosity.
A general process for making a porous web of this invention comprises the steps of: optionally pre-treating a flexible, porous web with a modifier by saturation methods known in the art; tensioning a flexible, porous web as above characterized; optionally mixing one or more additives and/or modifiers with a curable shear thinnable polymer composition; applying the mixed curable shear thinnable polymer composition, described above, to at least one web surface; and then moving over and against one surface of the tensioned web a uniformly applied localized shear force to: shear thin the optionally mixed polymer composition, uniformly place the composition within the web, at least partially individually encapsulate or envelop surface portions of at least some of said fibers through the web matrix or position said composition in a desired web internal region or some combination of both. Some additives and/or modifiers can then optionally be topically applied and pressed onto and into the web by the exit pull stand. Thereafter, the web is subjected to conditions sufficient to cure the composition in said web. Curing is accomplished by heat, by radiation, or both.
A presently preferred process for making a fluorochemical and silicone resin treated web having breathability, water resistance, rewashability, and one or more additives and/or modifiers, which is adapted for continuous operation comprises the successive steps of: impregnating the web with a fluorochemical, longitudinally tensioning the fluorochemical impregnated web while sequentially first applying to one surface thereof a curable silicone polymer composition with one or more additives and/or modifiers therein and concurrently applying a transversely exerted localized compressive force against said surface, and moving over said surface of the web substantially rigid shearing means which exerts transversely an applied, localized shear force against said surface to shear thin the polymer and wipe away exposed portions of silicone polymer composition on said surface, thereby forming an internal layer of silicone polymer and/or enveloping at least some of the fibers or passageways through the matrix, or both; optionally topically applying one or more additives and/or modifiers; and curing the silicone polymer composition in the web.
The additives and/or modifiers may also be selectively positioned during the final stage of the treatment process. When a diluent is incorporated into the polymer composition, the additives and/or modifiers may be moved by controlling the volatization of the diluent. As the diluent is driven to the air/polymer surface by heat, it carries the additives and/or modifiers with it to the surface. As the polymer composition cures, its viscosity increases thus fixing the additives and/or modifiers in position. Appropriate diluents include water and low molecular weight silicones and solvents such as aromatic solvents (e.g., toluene), low molecular weight ketones (e.g., acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and the like. Positioning of the additive and/or modifier in this manner can be controlled by controlling among other variables, the amount of energy directed at the treating materials and substrate and the amount and type of diluent in the polymer composition. Positioning of additives and/or modifiers can also occur by the pressured application of additives and/or modifiers onto and into the web. Just prior to passing the treated web through, the exit nip rolls, one or more additives and/or modifiers can be topically applied to the web, thereby forcing the additive(s) and/or modifier(s) onto and into one or more surfaces of the web. The additive and/or modifier can adhere to the web and/or the polymer composition in the web. Preferably the additive(s) and/or modifier(s) adheres to the polymer composition that encapsulates the individual fibers or filaments, that forms an internal layer, that fills some of the interstitial spaces of the web, or that produces some combination of the foregoing.
The following text concerns the theory of the invention as it is now understood; however, there is no intent herein to be bound by such theory.
The presently preferred polymer composition used in the treatment of webs by this invention is a non-Newtonian liquid exhibiting thixotropic, pseudoplastic behavior. Such a liquid is temporarily lowered in viscosity by high pressure shear forces.
One aspect of the invention is a recognition that when high forces or sufficient energy are applied to curable polymer compositions, the viscosities of these materials can be greatly reduced. When the viscosity is repeatedly reduced, the result is one of thixotropically looping or massaging the viscosity rheology crosslink opportunities and overall orientation of one or more additives and/or modifiers on and/or within the (a) thin film encapsulation of the individual fibers and filaments, (b) internal coating, (c) one or both surfaces of the web, or (d) some combination thereof. Thixotropic looping is illustratively and qualitatively shown in Figure 1, for an apparatus containing three blades. Conversely, when subjected to curing, the same liquid composition sets to a solid form which can have a consistency comparable to that of a hard elastomeric rubber. The internal and extemal rheological control of polymer materials achieved by the present invention is believed to be of an extreme level, even for thixotropies. When subjected to shear force, the polymer composition is shear thinned and can flow more readily, perhaps comparably, for illustrative purposes, to water.
The invention preferably employs a combination of: (i) mechanical pressure to shear thin and place a polymer composition into a porous web; (ii) an optional porous web pretreatment with a water repellent chemical, such as a fluorochemical, which is theorized to reduce the surface tension characteristics of the web and create a favorable surface contact angle between the polymer composition and the treated web which subsequently allows, under pressure and shear force exerted upon an applied polymer composition, the production and creation of an internal coating or layer which envelopes fibers or lines cell walls in a localized region within the web as a result of polymer flow in the web or which encapsulates the fibers within the web; and (iii) a polymer composition impregnant preferably having favorable rheological and viscosity properties which responds to such working pressures and forces, and is controllably placed into, and distributed in a web. This combination produces a web having the capability for a high degree of performance. This product is achieved through pressure controlled placement and applied shear forces brought to bear upon a web so as to cause controlled movement and flow of a polymer composition and one or more additives and/or modifiers into and through a web. Preferably, repeated compressive applications of pressure or successive applications of localized shear forces upon the polymer in the web are employed.
By the preferred use of such combination, a relationship is established between the respective surface tensions of the polymer and the web, creating a specific contact angle. The polymer responds to a water repellent fluorochemical pretreatment of the substrate so as to permit enhanced flow characteristics of the polymer into the web. However, the boundary or edge of the polymer is moved, preferably repeatedly, in response to applied suitable forces into the interior region of a porous web so as to cause thin films of the polymer to develop on the fiber surfaces and to be placed where desired in the web.
Thixotropic behavior is preferably built into a polymer used in the invention by either polymer selection or design or additive/filler design. For example, it now appears that thixotropic behavior can be accentuated by introducing into a polymer composition certain additives that are believed to impart enhanced thixotropy to the resulting composition. A lower viscosity at high shear rates (during application to a web) is believed to facilitate polymer flow and application to a web, whereas a polymer with high viscosity, or applied at a low shear rate (before and/or after application) actually may retard or prevent structural element (including fiber) envelopment or encapsulation.
Illustratively, the practice of this invention can be considered to occur in stages:
In stage 1, a silicone polymer composition impregnant is prepared. It can be purchased commercially and comes in typically two parts designated as A and B. For example, in a silicone polymer composition, as taught in U.S. Patent No. 4,472,470, a base vinyl terminated polysiloxane is the A part, while a liquid organohydrogensiloxane controlled crosslinking agent is the B part. Certain remaining components, such as a resinous organopolysiloxane copolymer and a platinum catalyst may (or can) apparently initially be in either part A or part B.
Stage 2 can be considered to involve the mixing of such a product's parts with or without additives.
Changes in viscosity can be obtained and measured based on applied shear rates and shear stresses. Such changes can be experienced by a polymer with or without additives. Up to a 99% reduction in viscosity of a liquid silicone polymer composition is believed to be obtainable by the shear forces involved in the shear thinning and forcing of a silicone polymer composition impregnant into a web and almost simultaneously extracting the correct amounts out. Thereafter, a very substantial increase in polymer viscosity is believed to be obtainable taking into account these same factors. Normally, the most significant factor is now believed to be the shear gradient that typically reduces the viscosity of the polymer below the starting or rest viscosity.
Stage 3 can be considered to be the pressure introduction stage. Up to a 99% reduction of the polymer viscosity is believed to be obtainable due to the applied shear forces, elapsed time, temperature, radiation and/or chemical changes. Thereafter, a signficant increase or even more in the resulting polymer viscosity is believed to be obtainable. In this stage, partial curing of the polymer may take place. Most commonly, polymer viscosity is substantially decreased during the pressure controlled placement Stage 3 by the application of shear forces.
Stage 4 can be considered to be the first stage internal matrix dispersing and reintroduction with metering, and also recovery and recycle of excess polymer. Typically, within this Stage 4, the shear forces cause a substantial but temporary lowering of polymer viscosity, causing it to flow upon and into the three-dimensional structure of the web. The initial viscoelastic character of the polymer is typically theorized to be recovered almost immediately after shear forces are removed.
Stage 5 can be considered to be a second stage internal matrix dispersing and reintroduction with metering and also recovery and recycling of excess polymer. The variations in the viscosity of the polymer are equivalent to Stage 4. The viscosity of the polymer is again lowered causing it to flow within the web. Because of the application of repeated shear force induced reductions in viscosity, the thixotropic behavior of a polymer may not undergo complete recovery, following each application of shear force and the viscosity of the polymer may not revert to its original placement values. The polymer composition is believed to have the capacity to form enveloping internal coating in a predetermined region wherein the interstices or open cells are substantially completely filled within the three-dimensional matrix constituting a web during the time intervals that the is caused to flow under pressure in and about matrix components. In between these times, the polymer may recover substantially all of its initial high viscosity, although perhaps slightly less so with each repeated application of shearing pressure or force.
Stage 6 can be considered the optional application of additives and/or modifiers. Some additives and/or modifiers, due to their physical and chemical properties, cannot be incorporated on and within a web by pre-treating the web or by mixing the additives and/or modifiers into the polymer composition. Such additives and/or modifiers can be topically applied to the web after the pressured, shear thinning stage described above, but before curing. Once topically applied, the additives and/or modifiers are forced into the web by passing through the exit nip rolls. The additives and/or modifier can adhere to the polymer composition or to the individual fibers of the web. Preferably, the additives and/or modifiers will adhere to the polymer composition that fills the warp filled interstitial spaces, forms encapsulated fibers, an internal layer, or some combination of the above.
Stage 7 can be considered to be occurring just as curing is begun, and just as heat or other radiation is introduced.
Stage 8 can be considered to be occurring with regard to the exertion of control of curing. Typically, at least a partial curing (including controlled cross-linking and/or polymerizing) is obtained by relatively low temperatures applied for relatively short times. For example, when light cotton, nylon, or similar fabrics are being treated, temperatures under about 350°, applied for under about 10 seconds, result in partial curing.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the curable, thixotropic material plus additives and/or modifiers form a porous film having an average pore size in the range of 0 to 10 microns (although not zero microns). Porous films are produced by the addition of pore-forming agents to the thixotropic material. Examples of pore- forming agents include low molecular weight polymers and oligomers that can be subsequently washed from the treated substrate using appropriate solvents and co-solvents that are known by those skilled in the art.
In preferred embodiments of the present invention, sufficient energy is used to selectively position the additives and/or modifiers at specific locations within the porous web. As employed herein, the phrase "selectively positioned" refers to the localization or concentration of additive and/or modifier materials at desired regions within the porous web. "Selective positioning" is achieved by controlling a phenomenon unique to thin films known as "migratory surface bloom." Migratory surface bloom refers to the ability of an additive and/or modifier to migrate to the surface and assume its multi-dimensional conformation.
The phenomena referred to as "surface blooming" is believed to be the result of several factors working in conjunction, such as the size and shape of the additive(s) and/or modifier(s), the thickness of the thin film, and the characteristics of polydimethylsiloxanes. The alternating silicon and oxygen (siloxane) bonds create a flexible backbone, and rotation is fairly free about the Si-0 axis, especially with small substituents, e.g., methyl, on the silicon atoms. Rotation is also free about the Si-C axis in methylsilicon compounds. As a result of the freedom of motion, the intermolecular distances between methylsiloxane chains are greater than between hydrocarbons, and intermolecular forces are smaller. Polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) contains a very surface active group, -CH3, whose activity is presented to best effect by the unique flexibility of the backbone. A more complete description of the surface characteristics of polydimethylsiloxanes is available in The Surface Activity of Silicones: A Short Review, Michael J. Owen, Ind. Eng. Chem. Prod. Res. Dev., v. 19, p97 (1980); and the Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering, v. 15, Silicones, (Wiley 1987); all incorporated herein by reference. In the present invention, the extent of surface bloom is controlled by controlling the amount of energy directed at the treating materials and web.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the additive and/or modifier is selectively positioned substantially on the application surface of the porous web . In another embodiment of the present invention, the additive and/or modifier is selectively positioned substantially on the surface opposing the application surface of the porous web. Alternatively, where the porous web is derived from discrete elements such as fibers that are encapsulated, the additive and/or modifier can be selectively positioned substantially within the encapsulated material.
Figure 2 is a schematic vector diagram illustrating the surface tension forces acting at the vertex boundary line of a liquid contact angle on a planar solid surface. It illustrates how surface tension forces might be measured between a silicone polymer composition and a fiber of a web (or a fabric) as treated by the invention.
For the purposes of the present invention, the term "surface tension" can be considered to have reference to a single factor consisting of such variables as intermolecular, or secondary, bonding forces, such as permanent dipole forces, induced forces, dispersion or nonpolar van der Waals forces, and hydrogen bonding forces. The strong primary bonding forces at an interface due to a chemical reaction are theorized to be excluded from surface tension effects; however, it is noted that even a small degree of chemical reactivity can have a tremendous influence on wetting effects and behavior affected by surface tension.
The unique feature of poly-dimethylsiloxanes is their high surface activity. Pure poly-dimethylsiloxanes typically exhibit surface tension values of 21 dynes/cm, which is higher than only fluorocarbons. The prevailing explanation for this phenomenon is the dense packing of methyl groups at the surface of the poly- dimethylysiloxanes. The low surface tension of poly-dimethylsiloxanes gives them surface-active properties both in aqueous and organic solutions. This phenomenon is further described in David T. Floyd's article: Organo-Modified Silicone Copolymers for Cosmetic Use, Cosmetic and Pharmaceutical Applications of Polymers, p. 49-72, Plenum Press (New York 1991 ), herein incorporated by reference.
Surface tension is believed to induce wetting effects which can influence the behavior of a polymer composition impregnant relative to the formation of either a fiber enveloped layer therewith in a fibrous porous web, fiber encapsulation or both. For example, adhesion is theorized to be a wetting effect. Spontaneous adhesion always occurs for contact angles less than about 90°. However, for a combination of a rough surface and a contact angle over 90°, adhesion may or may not occur. In fact, roughness becomes antagonistic to adhesion, and adhesion becomes less probable as roughness increases.
Also, penetration is theorized to be a w tting effect. Spontaneous penetration occurs for contact angles less than about 90°, and does not occur for contact angles over about 90°. The roughness of a solid surface accentuates either the penetration or the repellency action, but has no influence on which type of wetting takes place.
In addition, spreading is theorized to be a wetting effect. Retraction occurs for contact angles over 90° or over planar surfaces for any contact angle. However, spontaneous spreading for contact angles less than 90°, especially for small contact angles, may be induced by surface roughness.
Figure 3 is a graph relating the contact angle over a smooth solid surface as a function of θ and i that apply respectively, to adhesion (I cos θ + 1), penetration (i cos θ), and spreading (i cos θ - 1).
Regions of adhesion versus abhesion, penetration versus repellency, and spreading versus retraction are shown by shaded areas. Figure 3 illustrates what is theorized to be the relationship of a silicone polymer composition to silicone polymer composition solids in a treated web as regards such factors as adhesion, penetration, spreading, and retraction.
For purposes of this invention, the term "wetting" is used to designate such processes as adhesion, penetration, spreading, and cohesion. If wetting transpires as a spontaneous process, then adhesion and penetration are assured when the solid surface tension exceeds the liquid surface tension. Surface roughness promotes these spontaneous wetting actions. On the other hand, no such generalizations can be made when the solid surface tension is less than the liquid surface tension.
Surface tension is measured by S.T.L. units for liquid and by S.T.S. units for solids; both units are dyns/centimeter. When S.T.S. is less than S.T.L., then wetting is less ubiquitous and prediction of wetting behavior is more difficult. However, by taking advantage of the liquid/solid contact angle that forms when a liquid retracts over a solid, it is possible to calculate with reasonable accuracy the wetting behavior that can be expected. The reduction in liquid surface area can be computed in terms of the contact angle that the liquid makes with the solid surface. Contact angles are always measured in the liquid phase There is a point of equilibrium where the surface tension forces become balanced.
By measuring the contact angle of a liquid on a solid, the wetting behavior of the liquid polymer composition can be measured.
This invention is further illustrated by the following examples, which are not to be construed in any way as imposing limitations upon the scope thereof. On the contrary, it is to be clearly understood that resort may be had to various other embodiments, modifications, and equivalents thereof, which, after reading the description herein, may suggest themselves to those skilled in the art without departing from the spirit of the present invention and/or the scope of the appended claims.
Examples:
EXAMPLE 1 : Liquid Silicone Polymer Preparation
100 parts by weight of the curable liquid silicone polymer available commercially from Mobay as "Silopren® LSR 2530" was mixed in a 1 : 1 ratio, as recommended by the manufacturer. A Hockmayer F dispersion blade at low torque and high shear was used to do the mixing. To this mixture were added 5 parts by weight of BSF "Uvinul 400" and 5/10 parts by weight Dow Co ing 7127 accelerator, believed to be a polysiloxane but containing an undisclosed active accelerated ingredient.
EXAMPLES 2-19: Liquid Silicone Polymer Preparation with One or More Modifiers
The procedure of Example 1 was repeated with various other commercially available curable viscous liquid silicone polymer compositions. To this product system a substituted benzophenone and other additives are optionally added, the results of which are shown in Table III . These examples illustrate that more than one additive can be combined in the practice of this invention. All parts are by weight.
Table III Illustrative Silicone Resin Compositions
EX. STARTING MIXTURE SUBSTITUTED OTHER ADDITIVES NO. SILICONE RATIO OF BENZOPHENONE
RESIN PACKAGED " NAME PARTS NAME PARTS COMPONENTS'
1 Silopren® 1 : 1 Uvinul 400 5 7127 5/10 LSR 2530 Accelerator 2 Silastic® 1:1 Uvinul 400 5 Syl-Off® 50 595 LSR 7611<2>
3 SLE 5100 10:1 Uvinul 400 5 Sylox® 2(3) 8 Liquid BC- 1:1 10
4 Silopren® 1:1 Uvinul 400 5 Hydral® 10 LSR 2530 710w
5 Silopren® 1:1 Uvinul 400 5 Silopren® 1 LSR 2530 LSR
Z3042(5)
6 SLE 5500 10:1 Uvinul 400 5
7 Silopren® 1:1 Uvinul 400 5 LSR 2540
8 SLE 5300 10:1 Uvinul 400 5
9 SLE 5106 10:1 Uvinul 400 5
10 Silopren® 1:1 Uvinul 400 5 Flattening 4 LSR 2530 Agent
OK412®(6)
11 Silopren® 1:1 Uvinul 400 5 Nalco5)lSJ- 50 LSR 2530 612 Colloidal Silica'7'
12 Silopren® 1:1 Uvinul 400 5 Nalco® 1SJ- LSR 2530 614 Colloidal Alumina(8)
13 Silastic® 1:1 Uvinul 400 5 200 Fluid 7) 7 595 LSR
14 Silopren® 1:1 Uvinul 400 5 LSR 2530
15 Silastic® 1:1 Uvinul 400 5 Zepel® 3 595 LSR 7040(l0)
16 Silastic® 1:1 Uvinul 400 5 Zonyl®UR(,,) 1/10 595 LSR 17 Silastic® 1 :1 Uvinul 400 5 Zonyl® FSN- 1/10 595 LSR 100<, >
18 Silopren® 1 :1 Uvinul 400 5 DLX-600® 13> 5 LSR 2530
19 Silopren® 1 :1 Uvinul 400 5 TE-3608®(,4) 5 LSR 2530
Table 11 Footnotes:
(1) Ratio listed is that recommended by the manufacturer.
(2) Syl-off® (registered trademark of Dow Co ing) is a crosslinker.
(3) Sylox® 2 (registered trademark of W.R. Grace Co.) is a synthetic amorphous silica.
(4) Hydral® 710 (registered trademark of Alcoa) is hydrated aluminum oxide.
(5) Silopren® LSR Z/3042 (registered trademark of Mobay) is a silicone primer (bonding agent) mixture.
(6) Flattening Agent OK412® (registered Trademark of Degussa Corp.) is a wax coated silicon dioxide.
(7) Nalco® 1SJ-612 Colloidal Silica (registered trademark of Nalco Chemical Company) is an aqueous solution of silica and alumina.
(8) Nalco® 1SJ-614 Colloidal Alumina (registered trademark of Nalco Chemical Company) is an aqueous colloidal alumina dispersion.
(9) 200 Fluid (registered trademark of Dow Coming) is a 100 centistoke viscosity dimethylpolysiloxane.
( 10) Zepel® 7040 (registered trademark of duPont) is a nonionic fluoropolymer.
(1 1) Zonyl® UR (registered trademark of duPont) is an anionic fluorosurfactant.
(12) Zonyl® FSN-100 (registered trademark of duPont) is a nonionic fluorosurfactant.
(13) DLX-6000® (registered trademark of duPont) is polytetrafluoroethylene micropowder.
(14) TE-3608® (registered trademark of duPont) is a polytetrafluoroethylene micropowder.
EXAMPLE 20: Internally Coated Fiber Encapsulated, Interstice Filled Fabric Preparation
A complete, stepwise, application of the inventive method in the production of an encapsulated fiber fabric was as follows.
The selected base fabric was TACTEL® (gold color) #612071 available from ICI Americas, Inc. This fabric was 100%) woven nylon. If desired, this and other fabrics may be calendered to modify surface texture, geometry and porosity. The fabric was weighed and measured. Its initial weight is 3.1 ounces per square yard. Its thickness equals 9 mils. The fabric was next washed with detergent, rinsed thoroughly, and hung to air dry. The fabric was soaked in water, wrung dry, and weighed. The water retained was equal to 0.8 g water/g fabric. The fabric was then treated with a water repellent fluorochemical, a 2% solution by weight of Zepel® 7040. In order to do so the fabric must be soaked in a 2.5% solution of Zepel® water-repellent chemical in distilled water. This was because:
1 g fabric . (0.02) , Q Q25 0.8 g water
The treated fabric was then run through a wringer and air dried. Next, the fabric was heated in an oven for 1 minute at 350°. This heating sinters the water repellent fluorochemical. The fabric with its fluorochemical residue is then run as in the Figure 7 embodiment. The silicone polymer composition is applied at 1.0 oz./sq. yd. The polymer composition is GE 6108 A/B in a 1 : 1 ratio and can be considered to be a viscoelastic liquid that flows only under the shear forces resulting from the pressured controlled placement. The polymer composition is believed to return very substantially to its original viscous condition almost immediately upon release of the pressure. The polymer composition was believed to flow a short distance within the matrix of the fabric during the short time that it was, because of pressure shearing forces, of lowered viscosity. Therefore, a number of "flows" may be usefully generated with multiple blades in order to properly distribute the polymer composition in its preferred position substantially encapsulating the surfaces of the fabric's fibers.
Finally, the treated fabric was run through a line oven, of approximately 10 yards in length, at 4-6 yards per minute, and was cured at 325-350°F. It then passed through a series of idler rollers and is rolled up on a take-up roll, completing the tension zone. The resultant fabric has a non-tacky thin film of silicone that was internally coated to form a fiber encapsulated, interstice-filled layer in the fabric.
EXAMPLE 21 : Evaluation of Fiber Encapsulated Fabric Properties
The test results of the original versus the produced fiber encapsulated fabric of Example 20 were as follows:
Table IV
FABRIC ORIGINAL FABRIC ENCAPSULATED
Spray Rating (1) 20 100 (reverse=100)
Rain Test (2) Fail Pass
Abrasion Test (cycles) (3) 1,800 3,200
Moisture Penetration (4) Saturated O.Og
Hydrostatic Resistance (psi) (5) 1 2 MVTR (g/M2/day)* (6) 4,414 2,362
Weight (oz/yd2) 3.1 4.1
Amount Impregnated = 1.4 oz yd2 ""Environmental chamber at 104°F and 74% humidity.
Table V
LAUNDERING TEST TIMES WASHED (Spray Ratings) Initial 5X 10X 15X
Impregnated Side 100 90 90 90
Reverse Side 100 90 90 90
Unimpregnated
100 80 80 40 Treated Fabric
Accelerated Weathering Test (8) Samples placed in QUV weatherometer for 72 hours. Original= 7 Impregnated Side = 9 Reverse Side= 8
(1) The spray test was conducted in accordance with AATCC 22-1974. It measures water repellency of a fabric sample on a scale of 0-100, with a reading of 100 designating a completely water repellent fabric.
(2) The rain test was conducted in accordance with AATCC 35-1985. It measures resistance of a fabric sample to penetration of water under static pressure from a shower head of 3 feet/5 minutes. A fabric is stormproof when less than 1.0 gram of water is absorbed by a standardized blotter used in the test.
(3) The abrasion test was conducted in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard 191 A, Method
5306. Abrasion resistance is measured by mounting a fabric sample on a Taber Abraser Model 174 and measuring the number of cycles before the fabric begins tearing apart.
(4) The hydrostatic resistance test was conducted in accord with Federal Test Method Standard 191 A,
Method 5512. The test measures a fabric samples' resistance to water under pressure using the Mullen's Burst Test methods and apparatus. Test results are expressed in pounds per square inch at which water beads penetrate the fabric.
(5) The moisture vapor transmission (MVTR) test was conducted in accordance with ASTM E96-B. The test measures the amount of moisture vapor passing through a fabric sample in a controlled environment during a 24 hour period. The obtained MVTR figure is expressed in grams of water/square meter of surface/24 hour day. The environmental chamber was held at 104°F and 47% humidity.
(6) A laundering test of the conventional household type was performed. Fabric samples were washed with Tide® detergent. There was no drying. A spray test was subsequently carried out after each wash to determine the effect of the washing.
(7) The accelerated weathering test was conducted in accordance with ASTM G-53. Samples of original and impregnated fabrics were placed in the weatherometer of QUV Company and results were compared. (All readings were based on a graduated color scale of 0-20; 10 designated the original color, while 0 designated a white out.)
EXAMPLE 22: Iodine As A Biocidal And Antimicrobial Agent with Polyurethane as a Reactive Site
This example demonstrates the preparation of a biocidal or self-sterilizing web. Polyurethane, Sancor® 898 in a latex form, was mixed with silicone polymer, Dow Coming 2962 (Parts A & B 50:50) in the ratios of 0%, 5%, 10%, 15% and 100%, by weight respectively. Various fabric webs such as Burlington 4040, 4045 and Versatec, were treated with 15-20% weight add-on of the above polymer mixtures in accordance with the practice of this invention. The fabrics were cured at 350°F (176°C) for 26 seconds. The treated fabrics were dipped in an iodine solution bath containing 2% iodine in a 2.4%) KI solution or 2% iodine in an ethanol solution for 10-30 seconds at room temperature and rinsed in a freshly-distilled water bath until no free iodine came off. The iodine/silicone/urethane-treated fabrics were then air dried and observed to be yellowish on the silicone/urethane treated side, indicating the presence of iodine.
A culture of XL Blue E. Coli was prepared in a refrigerated LB Agar and grown for 9 hours. Two drops of cultured XL Blue E. Coli were added to four streaked LB Agar plates and spread with a bent sterile 1 mL pipette. The iodine/silicone/urethane-treated fabric web samples were placed (treated side down) on the LB Agar plates and grown in an incubator at 37°C. After 24 hours, an area of growth inhibition was observed for all samples, which is indicative of the active killing sites for each piece of treated fabric. The treated fabric was then washed, charged with free iodine and then re-tested for antimicrobial activity. The growth of bacteria was inhibited both under and around the treated fabric samples. A latex web, instead of a fabric web, when treated with silicone/polyurethane, also shows the ability to bind free iodine. After dipping in 2% iodine ethanol solution, the iodine/silicone/urethane-treated latex web samples were placed on LB Agar plates. Again, bacteria growth inhibition was observed both under and around the samples.
EXAMPLE 23: Protein Additives As Hand Altering Agents, Surface Chemistry Modifiers And Antibody Binding Sites
The proteins used in the practice of this invention were "Silk-Like-Protein 3 (SLP-3)," produced by Protein Polymers, Inc. (San Diego, CA) and "Crosilk," produced by Croda, Inc. (New York, NY). Crosilk is a 10,000 molecular weight protein made by hydrolyzing silk, and is comprised of 17 different amino acid segments, ranging in percent weight of 0.1%) to 20.3%. The silicones used herein are Mobay Silopren® LSP 2530 and Dow Coming Silastic® LSR 2303. The webs used herein are Eggplant Supplex, Black Cordura, and a 48% Nylon/52%) Cotton blend.
Prior to mixing the protein with the silicone polymer, the dimensions of the protein particles need to be adjusted to a suitable particle size such as 0-2 microns in length and 0-2 microns in diameter. This can be accomplished by grinding the protein particles with a small amount of silicone polymer, in a ball mill in a solvent such as xylene. The solvent is used to lower the viscosity of the silicone polymer composition in the ball mill. Generally, the mixture in the ball mill is composed of about 5% SLP-3, 50% silicone polymer composition and about 45% of xylene. The grinding of protein can also be done without a solvent. After grinding, additional silicone polymer composition was added to the protein/silicone mixture to produce a mixture containing about 2.5%) by weight protein. The xylene solvent evaporates during this process. The final protein/silicone mixture was then applied to the webs in accordance with the practice of this invention. The treated web was cured at 320°F for 2 minutes. Any xylene residue remaining evaporates during the final curing stage. The resulting webs showed improved hand feel (tactility), moisture vapor permeability, and surface exposure as shown by further binding tests with antibodies. The permeability test results are summarized in the following table.
Table VI MVTR Results of Webs Treated with SLP-3 Protein Additive
Materials MVTR (g/mday) Breathability
Eggplant 964 LSP2530 w/SLP-3 1504 156 %
Eggplant+DWR 2089 LSP2530 w/SLP-3 2718 130 %
Black Cordura 3387 LSP 2303 w/SLP-3 41 15 122 % Black Cordura 2823 LSP 2530 w/SLP-3 9799 347 %
48% Nylon/52% Cotton 4076 LSP 2530 w/1 % SLP-3 4203 103 % T.SP 2530 w/5 % ST.P-3 7133 175 %
DWR - Durable Water Repellent such as a fluorochemical composition.
Each row shows both the control sample (without polymer and without SLP-3 protein) and a treated web sample with the polymer and the SLP-3 protein additive. The moisture vapor transport rate increased with the SLP-3 protein. This shows that the protein assists in the transport of moisture vapor.
Samples of webs treated with the SLP-3 protein additive were exposed to the SLP-3 antibody, washed, then exposed to radioactively labelled "protein A," washed, and then analyzed for the radioactively labeled "protein A." Protein A is a bacterial protein which has specificity for antibodies. The tested samples contained 1% and 5% by weight SLP-3 protein and then antibodies were attached. The control samples contained the same amount of SLP-3 protein but no antibodies. The result was that the samples containing more SLP-3 protein showed larger amounts of antibodies. This result shows that the SLP-3 protein was surface exposed and created a binding site for antibodies.
Crosilk was used as an additive in Mobay LSP 1530 silicone polymer. This mixture was applied to webs such as Arthur Kahn Blue Cotton, Arthur Kahn White Tactal and Patagonia Red Supplex. All webs were cured two minutes in an oven at 320°F. The presence of the hydrolyzed silk did not inhibit the cure of the silicone polymer. The treated webs showed a slightiy improved feel and no real appreciable difference in the MVTR results of the fabric. This result shows that although various proteins can be utilized, the same functionality does not appear. Some proteins can be used specifically for binding antibodies, some for altering the "feel" of the fabric, some for modifying the surface characteristics of the polymer and/or web, and some for altering the moisture vapor transport rate.
EXAMPLE 24: Pigments, Dyes and Proteins on Fibers
This example illustrates the addition of pigments, dyes, and proteins to polymers and the application of the polymer compositions onto fibers. The following is a preferred procedure for processing fibers, particularly for use in carpets.
Tension a single bundle of fibers across a lab encapsulator. This set-up presents a knife-over-air process condition on the carpet fiber. 2. Comb the fibers using a very fine comb to individually isolate the filaments to prevent them from sticking or spot welding together.
3. Apply the polymer composition with the dye, pigment, or protein mixed into it, onto the surface of the tensioned fibers.
4. Take semi-dull encapsulating applicator, such as a flex knife, and shear the polymer composition to get a uniform, fully encapsulated fabric.
5. Once again, comb fibers to individually separate and prevent them from sticking together.
6. Pin the comb to one end of the lab encapsulating frame and cure the polymer composition.
The above process was used to apply a red pigment onto Nylon 6 CF carpet fibers. The polymer composition used was a 50/50 DG2303 mixed with A-50 red pigment. Twenty lbs. of tension was applied across the fibers. The flex knife was pulled across the fibers ten times to shear thin the polymer composition. The treated fibers were cured for five minutes at 320°F. The red pigment appeared uniformly around the fibers when examined under a microscope.
The above process was also used to apply a polymer composition and a red pigment onto BASF 70/32 Bright Tri-Lobal Nylon 6 yam. Seven 14 inch strands were tensioned at about 10 lbs. The polymer composition was SLC 5106 A&B in a 10:1 ratio mixed with 30% weight add-on of silicone red (8010.94 40% pyrazalone - VT). The composition was shear thinned and then cured at 320°F for five minutes. The red pigment appeared uniformly around the fibers when examined under a microscope. This shows the encapsulating aspect of the polymer composition and the ability to introduce red dyes and pigments around individual fibers.
The above process was also used to apply the SLP-3 Beta silk protein to individual fibers. The polymer composition used was DC-2303 A&B in a 1 :1 ratio mixed with 10% by weight of SLP-3 Beta silk protein. The protein was ground up in a mill grinder before addition to the polymer composition. Ten lbs. of tension was applied. The fibers were washed with warm water and then dried. Six shears were applied with the shearing means on the top and bottom of the fibers. Between shears, the excess was wiped off. The composition was cured at 320°F for five minutes. The presence of the SLP-3 protein was seen uniformly around the fibers under a microscope.
Additional samples were ran using the same procedure, and the results are shown in the table below: Table VII
Product
Company Obstacles Solution Process Successes
Description
Addition of Red
Heat set
1800 Denier Dye in polymer
5/5/ shear
Shaw Bulked Add platinum Ran SLC 5106
Sensitive to heat Appears to be
Industries Polypropyle Reduce cure heat Tried platinum encapsulated ne Beige accelerator
Addition of Red
Heat Set Dye
2600 Denier Add platinum Reduce heat Ran SLC 5106
Shaw Dull Sensitive to heat Reduce cure cure Success with
Industries Polypropyle Colored Fiber Use DC2303 Appears to be accelerator ne Blue encapsulated Appears to encapsulate
Reduces shrinking
Heat set Tried all polymers
3050 Denier Use all polymers
Multiple Fibers 5/5 shears Isolated best
Nylon 6 High shear
Shaw Fiber Welding Add process
Fiber Cure relaxed
Industries Bulked accelerators 35mm picmre taken
Bulked High speed shear
Tri-Lobal Fiber Appears to be Tired ceramic
Multicolor encapsulated acrylic
Small Filament High tension
70/32 Brt.
Tightly spun High shear 6/6 shear Tried SLC5106
BASF Tri-Lobal
Residual Water clean Appears to be Tried Red Dye in
Corp. Nylon 6 for
Tri-Lobal High speed encapsulated polymer
Textiles
Tried all polymers
6/6 shears
Nylon 6 Red Dye in
Appears to
Unbulked Alt. Process polymer
8800 Denier encapsulate
BASF 8800 Denier Splitting up fiber Picture taken
Fiber Welding Tried all
Corp. CF Yarn Water wash Added accelerators
Residuals polymer
White Solvent wash Trying to process
Curing all fiber process Red Dye in polymer
Heat set
Antron High Tension Tried SLC5106
Bulked 6/6 shears
Nylon High shear Add accelerators
Faceted Fiber Appears to
DuPont Bulked 6/6 shears Need better flow
Residuals encapsulate
Fibers Heat set character
Fiber Welding Add Red Dye
Cure relax state Try different Cure relaxed polymer
10/10 shear
Shear blade
Bulked Shear thinning
Thick Yam High Tension Add
Twisted Increased bulk
Multi-Twist High speed accelerator
DuPont Finished Fiber welding
Residuals High shear Tried
Antron Higher speed
Entanglement Alt. polymer SLC5106
Carpet Yam needed
Red Dye
EXAMPLE 25 : A Flattening Agent as an Additive
In this example, the look of the treat web was flattened by adding an amorphous silica compound labeled OK 412, produced by Degussa, Inc. (Frankfurt, Germany), available through its pigment division in Teterboro, NJ, to the silicone polymer prior to application to the web. The introduction of this material into the silicone polymer reduced the glossy look of the final cured silicone composition, allowing the web to maintain its cotton-like look and hand. The silicone polymer used herein is Mobay Silopren® LSR 2530. The flattening agent OK 412 was mixed in the ratio of 80% by weight LSR 2530 A/B, 17% by weight OK 412, and 3% by weight White mineral spirits. The mixture was then applied in accordance with the practice of this invention, to Milliken Poplin (65% polyester/35%> cotton) and Arthur Kahn Dune (100% cotton), respectively. The webs were pre-treated with a
3.5%) fluorochemical solution of F31X durable water repellant (DWR). The silicon/OK 412 treated webs were cured in an oven at 350°F for 1.5 minutes. All webs treated with the silicone/OK 412 mixmre showed significant improvement in abrasion resistance while flattening the glossy look and maintaining the feel of the web. The test results of the above samples are summarized in the following table: Table VIII Test Results of OK 412 Treated Webs
Fabric Materials Spray Test Rain Test Abrasion Test
Milliken Poplin (65% polyester/35% cotton) 0 saturated 75 cycles LSR 2530 W/OK412 + DWR 90 0 g 125 cycles
Aurthur Kahn Dune (100% cotton) 0 saturated 75 cycles LSR 2530 W/OK412 + DWR 90 0 g 150 cycles
DWR - Durable Water Repellent such as a fluorochemical composition.
Each row shows both the control sample (without polymer and without additives) and a treated web sample with the polymer and the OK 412 additive.
EXAMPLE 26: Topical Application of a Flattening Agent
In this example, the look of the treat web was flattened by topically applying an amorphous silica compound labeled OK 412, produced by Degussa, Inc. (Frankfurt, Germany), available through its pigment division in Teterboro, NJ, to the silicone polymer treated web prior to curing. The introduction of this material upon the silicone polymer treated fabric reduced the glossy look and altered the feel of the fabric after curing. The silicone polymer used herein is GE 6108 A:B (1:1).
The fabric was a Navy Blue 3-ply Supplex (100% Nylon). The fabric was stretched to a tension of 15 Newtons. The polymer was applied and shear thinned into the fabric using a shearing knife. The polymer weight add-on was approximately 29%. The samples were then sprinkled with OK412. This was done with a fine screen that dispersed the powder upon shaking. The sample was then passed under a nip to force the additive into the fabric and into the polymer composition. The sample was cured for 30 seconds at 350°F. A sutter test was run on the sample and the sample was rinsed with water and dried.
Upon rinsing the fabric the white spots on the navy blue supplex dissappeared. After drying, the spots reappeared, indicating that the additive adhered to the polymer composition in the fabric. This shows that a topically applied additive will adhere to the polymer composition and will retain its functionality.
EXAMPLE 27: Copper Particles as an Additive
This example demonstrates the preparation of a web containing sub micron copper particles. Sub micron copper particles were mixed with silicone polymer, Dow Coming 2303 (Parts A&B 50:50) in the ratios of 0%, 5%, 10%, and 20% by weight respectively. Various fabric webs such as Burlington 4040, 4045 and Versatec, were treated with 15-20% weight add-on of the above polymer mixtures in accordance with the practice of this invention. The fabrics were cured at 350°F (176°C) for 26 seconds. The samples were then examined with scattering electron microscopy (SEM). The results appear in Figure 6f and are discussed in the following examples explaining the SEM figures.
EXAMPLE 28: Description of Fabric Controlled Placement Through Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) Photomicrographs
Figure 6a depicts a cut end of a filament illustrating a thin film encapsulation in white. A crack was created in the filament with a high temperature electron beam. This crack continues under the surface of the thin film. The filament has been cut and the thin film has been stretched or elasticized by the cutting of the filament. The two arrows in the upper right comer show the thickness or distance represented by the black box in the lower right comer as 126 nm.
Figure 6b depicts an isolated image on 330 Denier Cordura single filament fiber processed with the micro-finish fiber coating technology, magnified 5,720 times. The Bioengineered Comfort™ polymer containing engineered protein and solid silicone was used in the process with a moderate degree of shear. The image on top of the fiber is an undispensed protein polymer which clearly illustrates the presence of the protein after the micro-finish fiber coating process. The surface moφhology has very small protein polymer particles encapsulated in the solid silicone polymer and is homogeneously dispersed throughout the film system on the fiber.
Figure 6c is an image of a white nylon magnified 178 times. The application side is shown at the bottom left hand comer of the image. The upper portion of the image is the non-application side. At the upper right comer is the intersection of the waφ and fill fiber bundles, where the polymer presence can clearly be seen on the fibers. The internal layer of polymer that creates the liquid barrier or resistant property can be seen along the bottom right comer of the picture. This internal layer is a combination of polymer filling some interstitial spaces and polymer "glueing" together the fibers and filaments of the web.
Figure 6d depicts the surface of a circular fiber that has had a defracted broad electron beam of approximately 2000 degree centigrade defracted across the image area. The imaging shows a destmctive bum pattem of a fluorochemical package on the surface of the siloxane film. On the surface of the filament the image depicts the surface migration of the fluorochemical from the fiber through the thin film and oriented on the surface of the silicone.
Figure 6e is a Tunneling Electron Microscopy (TEM) image of a thin cross section of a filament encapsulated with polymer. The lighter image on the lower side of the frame is a polyester filament. The black spherical dots on the outer edge of the fiber are extremely dense processed material. In this imaging technique, the darker the image, the denser that specific material.
Figure 6f depicts a nylon fabric magnified 419 times with bright particle tracer images and a cross sectional image of a nylon fabric. These bright particles are submicron metal particles dispersed throughout the fabric in the processed film. The addition of bright copper submicron particles in the polymer allows secondary back scatter mode to illustrate the complete encapsulation ability of the controlled placement technology. The left side of the image is the performance side of the fabric which is the non-application side of the polymer, but it is clear, with the presence of the glowing brightness of the copper submicron particles throughout the performance side of the fabric, that controlled placement technology successfully encapsulates completely around the fibers throughout the fabric structure. The other clear unique feamre of the controlled placement technology is that each fiber is still independent. This differentiation allows the controlled placement technology's processed fabrics to retain exceptional hand and tactile quality, while still imparting performance characteristics. On the left side of the fabric, directly underneath the printed text "performance side", an elemental analysis was conducted and the outcome of that analysis is depicted in figure 6g. The result clearly shows a strong presence of submicron copper particles.
In the next examples that involve accelerated weathering, abrasion, water repellency, moisture penetration, and rain testing, data is provided for a Tactel fabric identified as Deva Blue. The fabric is 100% nylon, available from Arthur Kahn and identical in composition, preparation, and enveloping specification to that of the Hot Coral presented in previous examples.
EXAMPLE 29: Accelerated Weathering Test
The results of weathering upon a treated web of this invention are shown in actual tested sample pieces comparing original fabrics with embodiments of the enveloped fiber fabrics of this invention.
In every case, the enveloped fiber fabric samples were found to have significantly better weathering characteristics than the original untreated fabrics as determined by accelerated weathering tests. Even the reverse side (compared to the treated side) of an enveloped fiber nylon fabric of the Tactel® type was improved over the original fabric. In addition, the excellent "hand" of the enveloped fiber fabric was found to have been maintained after the accelerated weathering test.
The test performed conforms to each of the following performance standards: ■ ASTM G-53 light/water exposure materials ■ ASTM D-4329 light/water exposure-plastics ■ General Motors Test spec TM-58-10
■ ISO 4892 Plastics exposure to lab light
The procedure used for the accelerated weathering testing involved subjecting fabric samples to four hours of high-intensity ultraviolet light, alternating continuously with four hours of water condensation, wetting the fabric in the dark. This altemating exposure Cfour hours on, four hours off) to high-intensity ultraviolet light and water wetting, simulates outdoor environmental conditions in a vastly accelerated manner, quickly degrading unprotected dyes and fibers. The methods and apparatus used for this test was a QUV Accelerated Weathering Tester from The Q-Panel Company, 26200 First Street, Cleveland, Ohio 44145.
The results obtained on some sample fabrics are expressed in Table VII. In this Table, results are expressed in the form of "A/B" where A and B are numbers. The number "A" is the color rating on a graduated scale from
0 to 10. The number 10 equals perfect (original) condition where 0 equals a white color and a completely faded fabric. The number "B" is the number of hours of weathering transpiring when the number "A" rating was obtained.
Table IX Accelerated Weathering Testing
COLOR RATING
ORIGINAL ENVELOPED REVERSE
ORIGINAL (RATING/HOURS)
FABRIC FABRIC SIDE FABRIC 10 - PERFECT
WEATHERED WEATHERED WEATHERED
0=WHITE FADES OUT
After 159 hrs., enveloped
TACTEL" fabric significantly less Deva Blue weathered than original; 9-420-6-1 original nearly white; 10/0 3/159 8/159 enveloped fabric still light blue.
TACTEL °
After 24 hrs., enveloped Hot Coral fabric is significantly less 9-420-6-2 weathered than original, as (AKA 18)
5/24 10/24 9/24 was reverse side. 10/0
EXAMPLE 30: Abrasion Resistance Testing
The results of abrasion resisting testing clearly show that enveloped fiber fabrics of this invention have superior wear characteristics compared to the untreated original (starting) fabrics. In most cases, the enveloped fiber fabric samples underwent twice as many cycles as the untreated samples without evidencing tearing in the samples. Such results can be explained by theorizing that the envelopment with silicone polymer of the yams and fibers comprising a fabric, provides such treated ya s and fibers with a lubricity agent so that abrasive action was minimized and the integrity of the fabric was preserved significantly longer. The anti-abrasion characteristics also applied to the minimized effects of one fiber rubbing against another fiber, or of one yam against another yam.
This experiment compared the abrasion resistance of embodiments of the enveloped fiber fabrics of this invention with untreated fabrics. The durability of each fabric test specimen was determined by the Taber Abraser. Each specimen is abraded for the number of cycles indicated. Comparisons were then made between the enveloped fiber fabrics of the invention and untreated fabrics. Specifically, this test method utilizes the Taber Abraser No. 174. An important feamre of this abrader was that its wheels traverse a complete circle on the test specimen surface. Thus, the surface was abraded at all possible angles relative to the weave or grain of the specimen. Comparisons of the enveloped fiber fabric to the untreated fabric were based upon a scale 0 through 10, where 0 was a completely torn specimen, and 10 was the new (or starting) sample.
Each test procedure used a single 7 inch diameter fiber enveloped fabric specimen, and a single 7 inch diameter original (untreated) fabric specimen. The procedure used was as follows:
1. A test specimen of the fiber enveloped fabric with a 7 inch diameter was cut.
2. An equally-sized specimen of control (untreated) fabric was cut. 3. The fabric specimen was mounted on the rotating wheel securely and the clamps were screwed down.
4. The counter was set.
5. The vacuum power adjustment was set. (For this experiment, vacuum was set at 80.)
6. The abraser was started. 7. At the procedurally specified number of revolutions, the abraser was stopped and each fabric sample was rated at a value between 0 and 10.
Illustrative results of the test on some sample fabrics are shown in Table X.
Abrasion Testing Numeric Grade of Abrasion 0 - 10
0 - Total failure of fabric specimen. Fibers are torn apart 5 - Fabric specimen is starting to tear. Fabric is noticeably thinner
10 - Original unabraded fabric specimen
Table X
ENCAPSULATED
SPECIMENS UNTREATED FABRIC COMMENTS FABRIC
Untreated sample is starting to
Hot Coral 5 7 tear, and enveloped sample Tactel 1 ,000 eye. 1 ,000 eye. was still intact.
Visible rips in untreated
Deva Blue 4 7 sample. Enveloped sample Tactel 1,000 eye. 1,000 eye. fibers were frayed.
EXAMPLE 31 : Breathability Testing This test procedure followed the Modified ASTM E96-8 test. As shown by the results of this testing in the following Table, the fiber enveloped fabrics of this invention were found to have high breathability. This breathability was in excess of that needed to remove the average value of several thousand grams of perspiration generated daily by the human body. The results for the fiber enveloped fabrics of this invention were generally superior to the corresponding results measured under the same conditions for prior art treated fabrics, such as the Gore-Tex® brand fabric.
Breathability of a fabric sample was determined by accurately weighing the amount of water passing through such fabric sample under carefully controlled temperature and relative humidity conditions in an environmental chamber. The water weight loss from a cup whose mouth is sealed with a fabric sample was expressed as grams of water vapor per square meter of fabric per 24 hour day.
In an attempt to more realistically simulate what is actually occurring inside the apparel during exercise, a specially designed test was performed to measure outward water vapor transport (MVTR) in a "Bellows" effect. The test simulates the high volumes of moisture and air that mix within a garment that pass outward through it as air is drawn in resultant from activity. The enveloped fabrics of this invention were found to provide increased performance at a higher activity, or air exchange level than is achievable with corresponding untreated fabrics.
The "Bellows" MVTR breathability test was n inside of a controlled temperamre/humidity chamber similar to the foregoing cup test. However, instead of a standard cup, each fabric sample was sealed over the open top of a special cup which was provided with an air inlet aperture in its bottom, thereby allowing air to be bubbled up through the sealed container at a controlled rate. A check valve at the air inlet operation prevents backup or loss of water from the container. The air bubbles passed upwardly through the water and out through the fabric sample mounted sealingly across the cup top along with the water vapor. Table XI illustrates some representation results obtained.
Table XI Moisture Vapor Transport ("MVTR")
FABRIC MVTR ,)
Made by a Method of the Invention Enveloped fiber fabric, Hot Coral Tactel® 13,600
Commercial Products Gore-Tex\3-Ply Fabric 10,71 1
Table Footnote:
( 1 ) MVTR here references moisture vapor transport through a fabric sample as measured by the "Bellows" test with air delivered to the bubbler at 2 to 4 psi air pressure, in an Environmental Chamber at 100 to
102°F and 38 - 42% relative humidity. MVTR is expressed as grams of water per square meter of surface per 24 hour day.
The MVTR data shown below is an example of a web where the fluorochemical is blooming from the fibers through the silicone thin film and re-orienting on the surface of the thin film. This data shows no significant reduction in moisture vapor transport rate with a fluorochemical additive on the surface of the silicone. The silicone polymer composition used was GE 6108 A:B (1:1), with 19.51% weight add-on, and the durable water repellent (DWR) was a fluorochemical composition that was added to the web as a pre-treatment.
Table XII MVTR Results of Web Treated with a Fluorochemical Additive ' FABRIC MVTR (g/m .day)
Untreated Versatec, Passion Fruit (M032195A1E) 1681.67
Treated Versatec + GE 6108 + DWR 1444.99
EXAMPLE 32: Water Repellency: Spray Testing
Water repellency spray testing is carried out according to AATCC Test Method 22-1974. The results of such testing show that the fiber enveloped Tactel®-type fabrics of the invention show excellent initial spray ratings initially, as do the original untreated fabrics which have been treated with water repellent chemicals such as fluorochemicals. Specifically, as the results shown below demonstrate, after ten machine washes, the treated side of a fiber enveloped fabric of the invention was found to remain highly water repellent, while, on the reverse side thereof, the original water repellency rating was found to have fallen significantly. The water repellency spray rating on the untreated fabric fell even more drastically. Excellent "hand" was retained after the test. It is believed that pretreatment with a fluorochemical having good water repellent properties can augment and even synergistically coact with the silicone resin used to produce fiber enveloped fabrics of this invention to produce superior spray ratings in such a fiber. The results are shown in Table XIII.
This test method is believed to be applicable to any textile fabric, whether or not it has been given a water resistant or water-repellent finish. The puφose of the test is to measure the resistance of fabrics to wetting by measuring the water-repellent efficiency of finishes applied to fabrics, particularly to plain woven fabrics. The portability and simplicity of the instrument, and the shortness and simplicity of the test procedure, make this method of test especially suitable for mill production control work. This test method is not intended, however, for use in predicting the probable rain penetration resistance of fabrics, since it does not measure penetration of water through the fabric.
The results obtained with this test method are believed to depend primarily on the resistance to wetting, or the water repellency, of the fibers and yams comprising a fabric, and not upon the construction of the fabric. This test involves spraying water against the taut surface of a test fabric specimen under controlled conditions which produce a wetted pattem whose size depends on the relative water repellency of the fabric. Evaluation is accomplished by comparing the wetted pattem with pictures on a standard chart. The methods and apparatus and materials employed for this test were an AATCC Spray Tester, a beaker, distilled water, and the specimen fabrics.
The procedure followed for this test was as follows: a test specimen, which had been conditioned as procedurally directed, was fastened securely in a 15.2 cm (6") metal hoop so that it presented a smooth wrinklefree surface. The hoop was then placed on the stand of the tester so that the fabric was uppermost in such a position that the center of the spray pattem coincided with the center of the hoop. In the case of twills, gabardines, piques or fabrics of similar ribbed construction, the hoop was placed on the stand in such a way that the ribs were diagonal to the flow of water running off the fabric specimen.
250 milliliters (ml) of distilled water at 27°C ±1 °C (80°F ±2°F) was poured into the funnel of the tester and allowed to spray onto the test specimen, which took approximately 25 to 30 seconds. Upon completion of the spraying period, the hoop was taken by one edge and the opposite edge tapped smartly once against a solid object, with the fabric facing the object. The hoop was then rotated 180 degrees and then tapped once more on the location previously held.
The procedure and methods and apparatus of this test were slightly modified from the specifications, as follows:
1. The spray nozzle holes were slightiy larger than specified, but the flow rate of the nozzle was
250 ml/30 sec, as required.
2 The number of taps of the hoop was two instead of one.
For each wash test, a fabric sample was washed using a warm wash/cold rinse cycle with one cup of Tide® detergent and dried at a hot/dry cycle in a dryer, unless otherwise indicated. The test results were evaluated by comparing the wet or spotted pattem on the fabric sample after tapping the hoop with the standard rating chart. Results produced surface wetting, with no water completely soaking through the test fabric sample. The numbers were ratings based upon the standard chart. Such values are thus subjective deductions by an experienced experimenter.
Table XIII Spray Test Results
ORIGINAL
TREATED WEBS OF THE INVENTION FABRIC
Initial After 100 Washes
Web Type & Application Non-Application Application Non-Application Number Initial Side Side Side Side
Supplex
100 100 100 70 80 H053194C
Med Blue 4040
100 100 100 90 90 M082994B-1E
Yellow 4040
100 100 100 90 90 M083094B-1B
EXAMPLE 33: Moisture Penetration Test
The results shown in the Table below demonstrate that all of the fiber enveloped fabrics of this invention test were significantly better than the original untreated fabrics with regard to resisting the penetration of water under the test conditions used. After the test, the "hand" of the tested fabric samples remained excellent. The puφose of this test was to evaluate how well a fabric stands up to wetness under continuous pressure, such as kneeling on the ground, or sitting in a wet chairlift, for a period of 30 minutes. This test involves placing both a fabric sample and a standard blotter sample on top of a water container which contains 700 ml of tap water. The fabric sample and the blotter sample are each then subjected to a continuous pressure of 87 lbs. distributed evenly over 100 square inches of surface area for a period of 30 minutes. After this time, a visual inspection of the fabric is made for any water penetration, and the paper blotter is weighed to detect water gain or penetration.
The methods and apparatus employed for each such test was one 20 inch diameter aluminum pan, one 87 lbs. weight distributed evenly over 100 square inches of fabric, one paper blotter, 700 ml water, miscellaneous fabric scraps for cushioning and the test fabric sample pieces.
Paper blotter dry weight: 4.7 gm Total weight applied to fabric: 87 lbs. Pressure evenly distributed over surface area of: 100 sq. in. Pressure: 0.87 IbsJsq. in
The procedure observed for this test was as follows:
1. 700 ml tap water was placed in the round pan.
2. The fabric sample was placed with one side facing the water.
3. One piece of dry blotter paper was placed over the fabric to cover the pan.
4. Scrap fabric was placed over the blotter paper to cushion the weight.
5. The 87 lb. weight was distributed evenly over the 100-square-inch area.
6. This assembly was left undisturbed for 30 minutes.
7. After this time period, the visual results were recorded.
Table XIV Fiber Enveloped Fabric of the Invention
ENVELOPED SIDE OF NON-ENVELOPED SIDE
FABRIC SAMPLE CONTROL
FABRIC OF FABRIC AND THICKNESS FABRIC
FACING WATER FACING WATER
No water penetration through No water penetration Failure -
Deva Blue the fabric. No visible water through the fabric. No total
Tactel® spots. visible water spots. Paper saturation
0.009 microns Paper weight=4.7 gm Water weight=4.7gm Water of fabric gain=0.0 gm gain=0.0gm and blotter. EXAMPLE 34: Rain Test
In this testing, the rain test procedure of AATCC Method 35-1985 was followed.
The rain test results obtained demonstrate the clear superiority of the fiber enveloped fabric of the present invention as compared to the original untreated fabric. The data in the Table below shows that fiber enveloped fabrics pass this test by allowing virtuaUy no water to pass therethrough. This result is comparable to the results obtained with higher cost so-called breathable wateφroof fabrics currently commercially available in the market. In contrast, the original, untreated fabrics fail to pass this test because they demonstrate complete saturation. The fiber enveloped fabric samples retain excellent "hand" after the test.
The puφose and scope of this ASTM test is to evaluate resistance of a fiber enveloped fabric to water under simulated storm conditions. The test specifies that a test fabric is stormproof if less than one gram of water is absorbed by blotter paper with a shower head pressure of 3 feet exerted for 5 minutes. This test method is applicable to any textile fabric, whether or not it has a water repellent finish. It measures the resistance of a fabric to the penetration of water by impact, and thus can be used to predict the probably rain penetration resistance of a fabric. The results obtained with this method of test depend on the water repellency of the fibers and yams in the fabric tested, and on the construction of the fabric.
This test involves a test specimen backed by a pre-weighed standard blotter. The assembly is sprayed with water for 5 minutes under controlled conditions. The blotter then is separated and weighted to determine the amount of water, if any, which has leaked through the specimen fabric during the test and has been absorbed by the blotter.
The methods and apparams and materials employed in each test were a modified rain tester, blotter paper, water at 80°F ±2°F, a laboratory balance, 8" x 8" fabric specimens which had been pre-conditioned in an atmosphere of 65% (±2%>) relative humidity and 70°F (±2°F) for four hours before testing, and tape.
The procedure followed for this test was as follows:
1. A 6" x 6" paper blotter was weighted to the nearest 0.1 gm and placed behind the test specimen.
2. The test fabric with the paper blotter in registration therewith was taped on the specimen holder.
3. A tube in the rain tester was filled with water up to the 3 foot level. It was confirmed that water was flowing out of the overflow tube which maintains the 3 foot column of water.
4. The water spray distance from the tip of the nozzle to the specimen holder was measured and adjusted to 12 inches.
5. The specimen holder was left in place and the rain tester was turned on for five minutes. 6. After the test period, the paper blotter was removed and reweighed to the nearest 0. lgm.
The results of the test selected fabric samples are shown in Table XV.
Table XV Rain Test: Grams of Water Penetrating the Fabric
ORIGINAL NOT AFTER 5 AFTER 10 MACHINE
FABRIC SAMPLE WASHED MACHINE WASHES WASHES
Hot Coral Tactel ° 0 0 0 Deva Blue Tactel ° 0 0 0
Prior Art Treated Fabrics
Ultrex° 0 0.1
Gore-Tex° 0 0
Original Fabrics - Water Repellant Chemicals Only. No Encapsulation Hot Coral Tactel/Failed-saturated Deva Blue Tactel/Failed-saturated
It should be understood, of course, that the foregoing relates only to preferred embodiments of the present invention and that numerous modifications or alterations may be made therein without departing from the spirit and the scope of the invention as set forth in the appended claims.

Claims

That which is claimed is:
I . An article comprising a porous web that has been treated with a curable, shear thinnable, thixotropic material and with one or more modifiers, said modifiers being selectively positioned within the web, and at least someof the pores of said porous web being open.
2. The article of claim 1 , wherein the modifier is selectively positioned substantially on one surface of the porous web.
3. The article of claim 1, wherein said modifier alters the functional properties of said article.
4. The article of claim 1 , wherein said modifier is selected from biocides, therapeutic agents, adhesive agents, processing agents, humidity-controlling agents, water repellents, ion-exchange agents, light- reflective agents, dyes and pigments, mildew-resistance agents, conductive agents, proteins, hand-altering agents, blood repellents, flexibility-inducing agents, light fastness-inducing agents, rot-resistant agents, stain-resistant agents, grease-resistant agents, ultraviolet-absorbing agent, fillers, flattening agents, electrical conductive agents, thermal conductive agents, flame retardants, antistatic agents, sub-micron paniculate matter, electromagnetic shielding agents or radio frequency shielding agents.
5. The article of claim 4, wherein the biocide is selected from halogens and halogen-based compounds, antibiotics, anti-virals, nonoxynol-9, phenols and phenolic compounds, quaternary ammonium salts, zinc oxide, Z-N-octyl-4-isothiazole-3-one, phenyl mercuric acetate, skin disinfectants, water disinfectants, air disinfectants, gaseous disinfectants, clothing disinfectants, methyl dimethyl propoxylene ammonium chloride, polyiodides, acid salts derived from hydrochloric, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, isoethionic, lactic or citric acids, or trichlorocarbon.
6. The article of claim 4, wherein the light reflective agent is selected from titanium oxide or zinc oxide.
7. The article of claim 4, wherein the mildew resistant agent is selected from thiazolylbenzimidazole, zinc phosphite, phenols, benzothiazoles or organosilicon quaternary ammonium salts.
8. The article of claim 4, wherein the hand-altering agent is selected from proteins or polyolefin fibers or fabrics.
9. The article of claim 4, wherein the filler is selected from carbon, molecular sieves, fumed silica or colloidal silica.
10. The article of claim 4, wherein the flame retardant is selected from aluminum hydroxide, borax, tetτakis(hydroxymetiιyl)phosphonium chloride, potassium hexafluoro zirconate, potassium hexafluoro titanate, polyamides, polyimides, poly-parabanic acid, polyether sulfones, polyether ether ketones, polyetherimides, fluoroplastic resin films, polyphenylene sulfide, magnesium hydroxide, silicone-treated magnesium oxide, polybenzimidazole, flame-durable fibers, carbon or carbonizable compositions, Kevlar™, Nomex, retardant powder fillers, kaolin, gypsum, hydrated clay, polypropylene, polybutylene, metal carboxyl salts containing at least 6 carbon atoms, calcium compounds, barium atoms, strontium atoms, salts of inorganic acids, polyolefins, copolymers of polystyrene or polycarbonates, polyesters, polyamides, polycaprolactams, ionomers, polyurethanes, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene polymers, acetal resins, ethylene-vinylacetate resins, polymethylpentene, polyphenylene oxide, or polyphenylene oxide-polystyrene blends.
I I . The article of claim 4, wherein the ultraviolet absorbing agent is selected from benzophenones, benzotriazoles, cinnamic acid esters, benzoxazoles, 4-thiazolidones, titanium dioxide or zinc oxide.
12. The article of claim 4, wherein the antistatic agent is selected from fatty acid esters and their derivatives, long-chain amines, amides, quaternary ammonium salts, polyoxyethylene derivatives, polygloycols and their derivatives, polyhydric alcohols and their derivatives or epoxides and glycol ethers thereof.
13. The article of claim 4, wherein said processing agent is selected from cross-linking inhibitors, rheological agents, polyvinyl alcohol or hydrophilic polymers.
14. The article of claim 1 , wherein said modifier contains reactively available sites.
15. The article of claim 14, wherein the reactively available sites of the modifier are oriented outwardly from a surface of the porous web.
16. The article of claim 14, wherein said reactively available sites are capable of binding an agent.
17. The article of claim 14, wherein said modifier is selected from polyurethane, phenolic resins, polyurea resins, polyolefins, polyamides, polysiloxanes, polysulfides, polyvinyl esters or polyacetal resins.
18. The article of claim 17, wherein said modifier is polyurethane.
19. The article of claim 18, wherein said agent is iodine.
20. The article of claim 17, wherein said agent is an airborne organic contaminant.
21. The article of claim 14, wherein said modifier is biologically active.
22. The article of claim 21, wherein said biologically active modifier is selected from proteins, antibodies or enzymes.
23. The article of claim 16, wherein said agent is biologically active.
24. The article of claim 23, wherein said biologically active agent is selected from proteins, antibodies or enzymes.
25. The article of claim 14, wherein said reactively available sites catalyze a chemical reaction.
26. The article of claim 14, wherein said reactively available sites are capable of binding one or more proteins.
27. The article of claim 14, wherein said reactive sites are capable of binding one or more antibodies.
28. The article of claim 1 , wherein said modifier promotes adhesion between the curable, thixotropic material containing one or more modifiers therein and the web.
29. The article of claim 1 , wherein the modifier alters the surface chemistry of the article.
30. The article of claim 29, wherein said surface chemistry modifier is selected from the group consisting of fluorochemical compounds, proteins, anti-static agents, blood repellants, grease resistant agents.
31. The article of claim 1 , wherein said modifier promotes the release of an agent from the web.
32. The article of claim 31, wherein said agent is a biologically active compound.
33. The article of claim 32, wherein the modifier is a hydrogel.
34. The article of claim 32, wherein the modifier is a fluorochemical compound.
35. The article of claim 1 , wherein said thixotropic material comprises a polymer selected from polysiloxanes, polyurethanes, fluorosilicones, modified polyurethane silicones, modified silicone polyurethanes, acrylics or polytetrafluorethylene.
36. The article of claim 1 , wherein said curable, thixotropic material containing one or more modifiers therein comprises a diluent.
37. The article of claim 36, wherein said diluent is selected from the group consisting of water, low molecular weight silicones, low molecular weight ketones or aromatics.
38. The article of claim 1, wherein said web is flexible.
39. The article of claim 1 , wherein said web is rigid.
40. The article of claim 1, wherein said web is selected from foam, paper, leather or filtration membrane.
41. The article of claim 1 , wherein said porous web is a fabric.
42. The article of claim 41 , wherein said fabric is a woven fabric.
43. The article of claim 41 , wherein said fabric comprises natural fibers.
44. The article of claim 41, wherein said fabric comprises synthetic fibers.
45. The article of claim 41 , wherein said fabric is a non-woven fabric.
46. The article of claim 1, wherein said curable, thixotropic material and one or more modifiers forms a discontinuous film.
47. A porous article comprising: a porous web having a plurality of web members with interstices therebetween; a curable, shear thinnable, thixotropic material which forms: a thin film substantially encapsulating at least some of the web members leaving at least some of the interstices open, and/or a substantially continuous internal layer; and one or more modifiers, wherein said modifier(s) is selectively positioned within the web.
48. The article of claim 47, wherein the modifier is selectively positioned substantially on one surface of the porous web.
49. The article of claim 47, wherein the modifier is selectively positioned substantially within the encapsulated material.
50. The article of claim 47, wherein the modifier is selectively positioned substantially on one surface of the encapsulated material.
51. The article of claim 47, wherein said modifier(s) projects through the surface of the encapsulated material.
52. The article of claim 47, wherein the substantially continuous internal layer is positioned close to a surface of the porous web.
53. The article of claim 47, wherein the modifier is selectively positioned substantially on one surface of the substantially continuous internal layer.
54. The article of claim 47, wherein the modifier is selectively positioned substantially within the substantially continuous internal layer.
55. The article of claim 47, wherein said modifier alters the functional properties of said article.
56. The article of claim 47, wherein said modifier is selected from biocides, therapeutic agents, adhesive agents, processing agents, humidity-controlling agents, water repellents, ion-exchange agents, light- reflective agents, dyes and pigments, mildew-resistance agents, conductive agents, proteins, hand-altering agents, blood repellents, flexibility-inducing agents, light fastness-inducing agents, rot-resistant agents, stain-resistant agents, grease-resistant agents, ultraviolet-absorbing agents, fillers, flattening agents, electrical conductive agents, thermal conductive agents, flame retardants, antistatic agents, sub-micron paniculate matter, electromagnetic shielding agents or radio frequency shielding agents.
57. The article of claim 56, wherein the biocide is selected from halogens and halogen-based compounds, antibiotics, anti-virals, nonoxynol-9, phenols and phenolic compounds, quaternary ammonium salts, zinc oxide, Z-N-octyl-4-isothiazole-3-one, phenyl mercuric acetate, skin disinfectants, water disinfectants, air disinfectants, gaseous disinfectants, clothing disinfectants, methyl dimethyl propoxylene ammonium chloride, polyiodides, acid salts derived from hydrochloric, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, isoethionic, lactic or citric acids, or trichlorocarbon.
58. The article of claim 56, wherein the light reflective agent is selected from titanium oxide or zinc oxide.
59. The article of claim 56, wherein the mildew resistant agent is selected from thiazolylbenzimidazole, zinc phosphite, phenols, benzothiazoles or organosilicon quaternary ammonium salts.
60. The article of claim 56, wherein the hand-altering agent is selected from proteins or polyolefin fibers or fabrics.
61. The article of claim 56, wherein the filler is selected from carbon, molecular sieves, fumed silica or colloidal silica.
62. The article of claim 56, wherein the flame retardant is selected from aluminum hydroxide, borax, tetrakis(hydroxymethyl)phosphonium chloride, potassium hexafluoro zirconate, potassium hexafluoro titanate, polyamides, polyimides, poly-parabanic acid, polyether sulfones, polyether ether ketones, polyetherimides, fluoroplastic resin films, polyphenylene sulfide, magnesium hydroxide, silicone-treated magnesium oxide, polybenzimidazole, flame-durable fibers, carbon or carbonizable compositions, Kevlar™, Nomex™, retardant powder fillers, kaolin, gypsum, hydrated clay, polypropylene, polybutylene, metal carboxyl salts containing at least 6 carbon atoms, calcium compounds, barium atoms, strontium atoms, salts of inorganic acids, polyolefins, copolymers of polystyrene or polycarbonates, polyesters, polyamides, polycaprolactams, ionomers, polyurethanes, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene polymers, acetal resins, ethylene-vinylacetate resins, polymethylpentene, polyphenylene oxide, or polyphenylene oxide-polystyrene blends.
63. The article of claim 56, wherein the ultraviolet absorbing agent is selected from benzophenones, benzotriazoles, cinnamic acid esters, benzoxazoles, 4-thiazolidones, titanium dioxide or zinc oxide.
64. The article of claim 56, wherein the antistatic agent is selected from fatty acid esters and their derivatives, long-chain amines, amides, quatemary ammonium salts, polyoxyethylene derivatives, polygloycols and their derivatives, polyhydric alcohols and their derivatives or epoxides and glycol ethers thereof.
65. The article of claim 56, wherein said processing agent is selected from cross-linking inhibitors, rheological agents, polyvinyl alcohol or hydrophilic polymers.
66. The article of claim 47, wherein said modifier contains reactively available sites.
67. The article of claim 66, wherein the reactively available sites of the modifier are oriented outwardly from a surface of the porous web.
68. The article of claim 66, wherein said reactively available sites are capable of binding an agent.
69. The article of claim 66, wherein said modifier is selected from polyurethane, phenolic resins, polyurea resins, polyolefins, polyamides, polysiloxanes, polysulfides, polyvinyl esters or polyacetal resins.
70. The article of claim 69, wherein said modifier is polyurethane.
71. The article of claim 70, wherein said agent is iodine.
72. The article of claim 68, wherein said agent is an airborne organic contaminant.
73. The article of claim 66, wherein said modifier is biologically active.
74. The article of claim 73, wherein said biologically active modifier is selected from proteins, antibodies or enzymes.
75. The article of claim 68, wherein said agent is biologically active.
76. The article of claim 75, wherein said biologically active agent is selected from proteins, antibodies or enzymes.
77. The article of claim 66, wherein said reactively available sites catalyze a chemical reaction.
78. The article of claim 66, wherein said reactively available sites are capable of binding one or more proteins.
79. The article of claim 66, wherein said reactive sites are capable of binding one or more antibodies.
80. The article of claim 47, wherein said modifier promotes adhesion between the curable, shear thinnable, thixotropic material containing one or more modifiers therein and the web.
81. The article of claim 47, wherein the modifier alters the surface chemistry of the article.
82. The article of claim 81, wherein said surface chemistry modifier is selected from the group consisting of fluorochemical compounds, proteins, anti-static agents, blood repellants or grease resistant agents.
83. The article of claim 47, wherein said modifier promotes the release of an agent from the web.
84. The article of claim 83, wherein said agent is a biologically active compound.
85. The article of claim 84, wherein the modifier is a hydrogel.
86. The article of claim 84, wherein the modifier is a fluorochemical compound.
87. The article of claim 47, wherein said thixotropic material comprises a polymer selected from polysiloxanes, polyurethanes, fluorosihcones, modified polyurethane silicones, modified silicone polyurethanes, acrylics or polytetrafluorethylene.
88. The article of claim 47, wherein said curable, thixotropic material containing one or more modifiers therein comprises a diluent.
89. The article of claim 88, wherein said diluent is selected from the group consisting of water, low molecular weight silicones, low molecular weight ketones or aromatics.
90. The article of claim 47, wherein said web is flexible.
91. The article of claim 47, wherein said web is rigid.
92. The article of claim 47, wherein said web is selected from foam, paper, leather, filtration membrane, or laminate.
93. The article of claim 47, wherein said porous web is a fabric.
94. The article of claim 93, wherein said fabric is a woven fabric.
95. The article of claim 93, wherein said fabric comprises natural fibers.
96. The article of claim 93, wherein said fabric comprises synthetic fibers.
97. The article of claim 93, wherein said fabric is a non-woven fabric.
98. The article of claim 47, wherein said curable, thixotropic material and one or more modifiers forms a discontinuous film.
99. The article of claim 47, wherein said internal layer has a thickness in the range of 0.01 microns up to 50 microns.
100. The article of claim 47, wherein said porous internal layer has a pore size of up to about 10 microns.
101. The article of claim 47, wherein the thickness of the thin film varies in a controlled gradient through the thickness of the web.
102. A method of controllably applying a combination of treating materials to a porous web, said method comprising: applying a curable, shear thinnable, thixotropic material to said porous web; applying one or more modifiers to said porous web; and subjecting said thixotropic material and modifier(s) to sufficient energy to cause the thixotropic material and modifier(s) to flow into the porous web, and selectively position said modifier(s) within the web, wherein at least some of the interstitial spaces of said web remain open.
103. The method according to claim 102 wherein said web is pretreated with said modifier, prior to applying said curable, thixotropic material thereto.
104. The method according to claim 102 wherein said modifier and said curable, thixotropic material are applied to said web in combination.
105. The method according to claim 102 wherein said modifier is applied to said web after applying said curable, thixotropic material thereto.
106. The method according to claim 105 wherein said curable, thixotropic material is subjected to shear thinning conditions prior to application of said modifier to said web.
107. The method according to claim 106 wherein said modifier is pressured into the web.
108. The method according to claim 102, wherein said thixotropic material and said modifiers) are applied to the surface of the porous web.
109. The method according to claim 102, wherein said modifier alters the functional properties of the resulting article.
1 10. The method according to claim 102, wherein said modifier alters the functional properties of said curable, thixotropic material containing one or more modifiers therein.
1 1 1. The method according to claim 102, wherein said modifier is selected from the group consisting of biocides, therapeutic agents, adhesive agents, humidity-controlling agents, water repellents, ion- exchange agents, light-reflective agents, dyes and pigments, mildew-resistant agents, conductive agents, proteins, hand-altering agents, blood repellents, flexibility-inducing agents, light fastness-inducing agents, rot-resistant agents, stain-resistant agents, grease-resistant agents, ultraviolet-absorbing agent, fillers, flattening agents, electrical conductive agents, thermal conductive agents, flame retardants, antistatic agents, processing agents, electromagnetic shielding agents, and radio frequency shielding agents.
112. The method according to claim 102, wherein said modifier contains reactively available sites.
113. The method according to claim 112, wherein said reactively available sites are capable of binding an agent.
1 14. The method according to claim 102, wherein said curable, thixotropic material comprises a diluent.
115. The method according to claim 1 14, wherein said diluent is selected from the group consisting of water, low molecular weight silicones, low molecular weight ketones or aromatics.
1 16. The method according to claim 114, where said energy is sufficient to drive the diluent from the curable, thixotropic material.
1 17. The method according to claim 102, wherein said porous web has a plurality of web members with interstices therebetween and wherein the curable, thixotropic material and one or more modifiers forms a thin film substantially encapsulating at least some of the web members.
1 18. The method according to claim 102, wherein said porous web has a plurality of web members with interstices therebetween and wherein the curable, thixotropic material and one or more modifiers forms a substantially continuous, internal layer.
119. The method according to claim 117, wherein the curable, thixotropic material and one or more modifiers further form a substantially continuous, internal layer.
120. The method according to claim 117, wherein said energy causes a variation in thin film thickness in a controlled gradient through the thickness of the web.
121. The method according to claim 118, wherein the internal continuous layer is positioned close to the application surface of the porous web.
122. The method according to claim 1 18, wherein the internal continuous layer is positioned close to the surface opposing the application surface of the porous web.
123. The method according to claim 102, wherein the modifier is selectively positioned substantially on the application surface of the porous web.
124. The method according to claim 102, wherein the modifier is selectively positioned substantially on the surface opposing the application surface of the porous web.
125. The method according to claim 117, wherein the modifier is selectively positioned substantially within the encapsulated material.
126. The method according to claim 117, wherein the modifier is selectively positioned substantially on one surface of the encapsulated material.
127. The method according to claim 117, wherein said modifier(s) projects through the surface of the encapsulated material.
128. The method according to claim 118, wherein the modifier is selectively positioned substantially on one surface of the internal, continuous layer.
129. The method according to claim 118, wherein the modifier is selectively positioned substantially within the internal, continuous layer.
130. The method according to claim 112, wherein the reactive sites of the modifier are oriented outwardly from a surface of the porous web.
131. The method according to claim 102, wherein said energy is provided by subjecting the curable, thixotropic material containing one or more modifiers therein and web to shearing conditions.
132. The method according to claim 130, wherein the shearing conditions are provided by passing the web and curable, thixotropic material containing one or more modifiers therein in contact with one or more blades at a predetermined angle with respect to the blades.
133. The method according to claim 132, wherein one or more of the blades is flexible.
134. The method according to claim 132, wherein one or more of the blades is rigid.
135. The method according to claim 131, wherein the shearing conditions are provided by passing the web and curable, thixotropic material containing one or more modifiers therein through rollers at a controllable pressure.
136. The method according to claim 102, further comprising at least partially curing said thixotropic material.
137. The method according to claim 136, wherein the energy for curing is provided by thermal energy, electron beam, microwave, electromagnetic radiation or ultrasonic energy.
138. The method according to claim 102, wherein said porous web comprises caφet fibers.
139. The method according to claim 138, wherein said caφet fibers are combed prior to applying said curable, thixotropic composition and one or more modifiers thereto, and once again prior to curing the composition after shear thinning thereof.
140. The article of Claim 1 , wherein the modifier is localized on one surface of the porous web.
141. The article of Claim 47, wherein the modifier is localized at one or more selected positions within the web.
142. The article of Claim 47, wherein the modifier is localized on one surface of the porous web.
143. The article of Claim 47, wherein the modifier is localized within the encapsulated material.
144. The article of Claim 47, wherein the modifier is localized on one surface of the encapsulated material.
145. The article of Claim 144, wherein the modifier projects through the surface of the encapsulated material.
146. The article of Claim 47, wherein the modifier is localized on one surface of the substantially continuous internal layer.
147. The article of Claim 47, wherein the modifier is localized within the substantially continuous internal layer.
148. The method according to Claim 102, wherein the modifier is localized on the application surface of the porous web.
149. The method according to Claim 102, wherein the modifier is localized on the surface opposing the applcation surface of the porous web.
150. The method according to Claim 117, wherein the modifier is localized within the encapsulated material.
151. The method according to Claim 117, wherein the modifier is localized on the surface of the encapsulated material.
152. The method according to Claim 117, wherein the modifier projects through the surface of the encapsulated material.
153. The method according to Claim 118, wherein the modifier is localized on one surface of the internal continuous layer.
154. The method according to Claim 118, wherein the modifier is localized within the internal continuous layer.
PCT/US1996/007000 1995-05-17 1996-05-16 Internally-coated porous webs with controlled positioning of modifiers therein WO1996036758A2 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP8535032A JP2986218B2 (en) 1995-05-17 1996-05-16 Internal-coated porous web with controlled location of modifier therein
AU57500/96A AU5750096A (en) 1995-05-17 1996-05-16 Internally-coated porous webs with controlled positioning of modifiers therein
DK96915838T DK0826082T3 (en) 1995-05-17 1996-05-16 Internally coated, porous webs with controlled placement of additives therein
CA002221168A CA2221168C (en) 1995-05-17 1996-05-16 Internally-coated porous webs with controlled positioning of modifiers therein
AT96915838T ATE200114T1 (en) 1995-05-17 1996-05-16 INNER-COATED POROUS NON-WOVEN TEXTILE MATERIALS WITH CONTROLLED POSITION OF MODIFIERS
EP96915838A EP0826082B1 (en) 1995-05-17 1996-05-16 Internally-coated porous webs with controlled positioning of modifiers therein
DE69612281T DE69612281T2 (en) 1995-05-17 1996-05-16 INNER COATED POROUS NON-WOVEN TEXTILE MATERIALS WITH CONTROLLED POSITION OF MODIFYERS

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08/442,983 1995-05-17
US08/442,983 US5869172A (en) 1988-03-14 1995-05-17 Internally-coated porous webs with controlled positioning of modifiers therein

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1996036758A2 true WO1996036758A2 (en) 1996-11-21
WO1996036758A3 WO1996036758A3 (en) 1997-02-13

Family

ID=23758964

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1996/007000 WO1996036758A2 (en) 1995-05-17 1996-05-16 Internally-coated porous webs with controlled positioning of modifiers therein

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (1) US5869172A (en)
EP (1) EP0826082B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2986218B2 (en)
AT (1) ATE200114T1 (en)
AU (1) AU5750096A (en)
DE (1) DE69612281T2 (en)
DK (1) DK0826082T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2159029T3 (en)
PT (1) PT826082E (en)
WO (1) WO1996036758A2 (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6342280B1 (en) 1998-06-23 2002-01-29 Nextec Applications, Inc. Products of and methods for improving adhesion between substrate and polymer layers
US6416613B1 (en) 1998-06-23 2002-07-09 Nextec Applications, Inc. Products of and method for improving adhesion between substrate and polymer layers
WO2005061777A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2005-07-07 W.L. Gore & Associates Gmbh Material for protective clothing
FR2899248A1 (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-05 Rhodia Recherches & Tech Coating process of textile surface, useful as garment, comprises depositing thixotropic silicone elastomer composition to surface in which the composition undergo crosslinking by polyaddition reaction and optionally crosslinking by heating
WO2009083671A3 (en) * 2007-10-17 2011-01-20 Georgia-Pacific France Method of manufacturing a cleaning and/or care article
US9144796B1 (en) 2009-04-01 2015-09-29 Johnson Matthey Public Limited Company Method of applying washcoat to monolithic substrate
US9630031B2 (en) 2006-03-29 2017-04-25 Chapman Thermal Products, Inc. Lightweight protective fabrics and clothing for protection against hot or corrosive materials
WO2017114971A3 (en) * 2015-12-30 2017-08-10 Green Impact Holding Ag Wash-durable, fluid absorbent substrate with antimicrobial properties and/or improved washability, and hygiene product such as reusable sanitary napkin
US11730852B2 (en) 2017-07-12 2023-08-22 Smith & Nephew Plc Antimicrobial or wound care materials, devices and uses
US11730854B2 (en) 2017-07-12 2023-08-22 Smith & Nephew Plc Polymer foam material, device and use
US12083232B2 (en) 2017-07-12 2024-09-10 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound care materials, devices and uses

Families Citing this family (102)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6515029B1 (en) 1999-04-23 2003-02-04 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent article having a hydrophilic lotionized bodyside liner
US6325969B1 (en) 1999-04-30 2001-12-04 James Aamodt Paper product impregnated with chemical material
KR100476909B1 (en) * 1999-05-19 2005-03-18 더 프록터 앤드 갬블 캄파니 Absorbent article with skin care composition
US6501002B1 (en) * 1999-06-29 2002-12-31 The Proctor & Gamble Company Disposable surface wipe article having a waste contamination sensor
US6287582B1 (en) 1999-08-24 2001-09-11 Unilever Home & Personal Care Usa, Division Of Conopco, Inc. Towelette product
US6825138B2 (en) * 1999-09-02 2004-11-30 Warmkraft, Inc. Wrinkle free-water resistant fabrics and garments and method
US6372674B1 (en) 1999-09-02 2002-04-16 Warmkraft, Inc. Wrinkle free-water resistant fabrics and garments
US6503526B1 (en) 2000-10-20 2003-01-07 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent articles enhancing skin barrier function
US6756520B1 (en) 2000-10-20 2004-06-29 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Hydrophilic compositions for use on absorbent articles to enhance skin barrier
US6749860B2 (en) 2000-12-22 2004-06-15 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent articles with non-aqueous compositions containing botanicals
US20020120241A1 (en) * 2000-12-22 2002-08-29 Tyrrell David John Absorbent articles with hydrophilic compositions containing anionic polymers
US20020120242A1 (en) * 2000-12-22 2002-08-29 Tyrrell David John Absorbent articles with hydrophilic compositions containing botanicals
US20020128615A1 (en) * 2000-12-22 2002-09-12 Tyrrell David John Absorbent articles with non-aqueous compositions containing anionic polymers
US7771735B2 (en) * 2000-12-22 2010-08-10 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent articles with compositions for reducing irritation response
DE60226840D1 (en) * 2001-01-04 2008-07-10 Byotrol Plc ANTIMICROBIAL COMPOSITION
KR100438020B1 (en) * 2001-08-03 2004-06-26 주식회사 바이켈 Preparation of Insect repel-lent fabric containing Permethrin
US20030130636A1 (en) * 2001-12-22 2003-07-10 Brock Earl David System for improving skin health of absorbent article wearers
US6905711B1 (en) 2002-05-02 2005-06-14 Smart Anti-Microbial Solutions, Llc Antimicrobial agents, products incorporating said agents and methods of making products incorporating antimicrobial agents
US20040028931A1 (en) * 2002-06-26 2004-02-12 Bletsos Ioannis V. Coated sheet materials and packages made therewith
US7381666B2 (en) * 2002-12-20 2008-06-03 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Breathable film and fabric having liquid and viral barrier
US6868854B2 (en) * 2003-05-27 2005-03-22 Frieder K. Kempe Method and article for treatment of fibromyalgia
US20050005367A1 (en) * 2003-05-27 2005-01-13 The Hong Kong University Of Science And Technology Methods of fabric treatment
US8038728B2 (en) * 2003-05-27 2011-10-18 The Hong Kong University Of Science And Technology Methods of fabric treatment
FR2857018B1 (en) * 2003-07-01 2005-09-30 Bostik Findley Sa METHOD FOR COATING A SUBSTRATE WITH A SOLVENT-FREE FLOW THRESHOLD FLUID
US20050085145A1 (en) * 2003-10-21 2005-04-21 Xinggao Fang Flame resistant
US20050112758A1 (en) * 2003-11-26 2005-05-26 Maeghan Archambault Method and apparatus for the storage of a tissue specimen
US20050177950A1 (en) * 2004-02-17 2005-08-18 Foamex L.P. Flame barrier cushioning foams and upholstery layer construction incorporating such foams
US7928282B2 (en) * 2004-04-30 2011-04-19 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent products with a linked enzyme treatment
WO2006055842A1 (en) * 2004-11-18 2006-05-26 Precision Fabrics Group, Inc. Methods of finishing medical barrier fabrics
KR20070085810A (en) * 2004-12-06 2007-08-27 이스트만 케미칼 컴파니 Polyester based cobalt concentrates for oxygen scavenging compositions
CA2600172A1 (en) * 2005-03-11 2006-09-21 Smart Anti-Microbial Solutions, Llc Polymer-based antimicrobial agents, methods of making said agents, and products incorporating said agents
US8846154B2 (en) 2005-06-07 2014-09-30 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Carpet décor and setting solution compositions
US7776108B2 (en) 2005-06-07 2010-08-17 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Composition for application to a surface
US8061269B2 (en) 2008-05-14 2011-11-22 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Multilayer stencils for applying a design to a surface
US20070277849A1 (en) * 2006-06-06 2007-12-06 Shah Ketan N Method of neutralizing a stain on a surface
US7727289B2 (en) * 2005-06-07 2010-06-01 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Composition for application to a surface
JP2009503125A (en) * 2005-06-07 2009-01-29 エス.シー. ジョンソン アンド サン、インコーポレイテッド Composition for application to a surface
US8557758B2 (en) * 2005-06-07 2013-10-15 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Devices for applying a colorant to a surface
US20080282642A1 (en) * 2005-06-07 2008-11-20 Shah Ketan N Method of affixing a design to a surface
BRPI0520626A2 (en) * 2005-10-05 2009-05-19 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab absorbent article comprising a counterfeit polymer
US20110145984A1 (en) * 2009-11-30 2011-06-23 Chapman Thermal Products, Inc. Methods of protecting a person from hot high heat capacity materials and hot corrosive material
US20100071119A1 (en) * 2006-03-29 2010-03-25 Chapman Therman Products, Inc. Yarns and fabrics that shed liquids, gels, sparks and molten metals and methods of manufacture and use
US20070231573A1 (en) * 2006-03-29 2007-10-04 Chapman Thermal Products, Inc. Fire retardant and heat resistant yarns and fabrics treated for increased strength and liquid shedding
US8187984B2 (en) * 2006-06-09 2012-05-29 Malden Mills Industries, Inc. Temperature responsive smart textile
JP4843396B2 (en) * 2006-07-18 2011-12-21 ヤマウチ株式会社 Cushion material for heat press and method for producing the same
US8389100B2 (en) * 2006-08-29 2013-03-05 Mmi-Ipco, Llc Temperature responsive smart textile
JP2008057100A (en) * 2006-08-29 2008-03-13 Mmi-Ipco Llc Temperature and moisture responsive smart textile
JP2008057099A (en) * 2006-08-29 2008-03-13 Mmi-Ipco Llc Temperature responsive smart textile
CN101578520B (en) * 2006-10-18 2015-09-16 哈佛学院院长等 Based on formed pattern porous medium cross flow and through biometric apparatus, and preparation method thereof and using method
US20080260944A1 (en) * 2007-04-20 2008-10-23 Sun Chemical Corporation Water-Activated Non Blocking Adhesive
GB0713799D0 (en) * 2007-07-17 2007-08-22 Byotrol Llc Anti-microbial compositions
WO2009033296A1 (en) * 2007-09-13 2009-03-19 Kempe Frieder K Method for alleviation of menopausal symptoms
GB2453038B (en) * 2007-09-17 2011-03-09 Byotrol Plc Formulations comprising an anti-microbial composition
US7980283B2 (en) * 2008-01-16 2011-07-19 Nextec Applications, Inc. System and method for using a force model to control process configurations for the encapsulation of a web
US8921118B2 (en) * 2008-03-27 2014-12-30 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Paper-based microfluidic systems
EP2265959B1 (en) * 2008-03-27 2014-03-05 President and Fellows of Harvard College Paper-based cellular arrays
US8206992B2 (en) * 2008-03-27 2012-06-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Cotton thread as a low-cost multi-assay diagnostic platform
CA2719320A1 (en) 2008-03-27 2009-10-01 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Three-dimensional microfluidic devices
US20120272457A1 (en) 2011-04-29 2012-11-01 Nomaco Inc. Unitary composite/hybrid cushioning structure(s) and profile(s) comprised of a thermoplastic foam(s) and a thermoset material(s) and related methods
PL2403645T3 (en) 2009-03-06 2017-05-31 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Microfluidic, electrochemical devices
US20130081209A1 (en) 2011-09-30 2013-04-04 Nomaco Inc. Cellular mattress assemblies and related methods
US8356373B2 (en) * 2009-03-06 2013-01-22 Noel Group Llc Unitary composite/hybrid cushioning structure(s) and profile(s) comprised of a thermoplastic foam(s) and a thermoset material(s)
WO2010148322A1 (en) * 2009-06-19 2010-12-23 Under Armour, Inc. Nanoadhesion structures for sporting gear
CN107033368A (en) 2009-11-09 2017-08-11 聚光灯技术合伙有限责任公司 fragmentation hydrogel
CN106913902A (en) 2009-11-09 2017-07-04 聚光灯技术合伙有限责任公司 Polysaccharide based aquagel
WO2011088085A1 (en) 2010-01-12 2011-07-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Treated laminates
US8728051B2 (en) 2010-01-12 2014-05-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Laminates with bonded webs
AU2011212916B2 (en) 2010-02-03 2015-07-02 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Devices and methods for multiplexed assays
USD693148S1 (en) 2010-03-03 2013-11-12 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD694553S1 (en) 2010-03-03 2013-12-03 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD693145S1 (en) 2010-03-03 2013-11-12 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD693144S1 (en) 2010-03-03 2013-11-12 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD688492S1 (en) 2010-03-03 2013-08-27 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
US8430511B2 (en) 2010-10-07 2013-04-30 Vicoh, Llc Kit of higher order aberration contact lenses and methods of use
BR112013017815B1 (en) 2011-01-12 2020-05-12 Compagnie Chomarat STRUCTURES OF LAMINATED COMPOSITE AND METHODS FOR MANUFACTURING AND USING THE SAME
US9484123B2 (en) 2011-09-16 2016-11-01 Prc-Desoto International, Inc. Conductive sealant compositions
USD691400S1 (en) 2012-02-10 2013-10-15 Nomaco Inc. Stackable base for mattress assembly
USD693147S1 (en) 2012-04-27 2013-11-12 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD692693S1 (en) 2012-04-27 2013-11-05 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD694552S1 (en) 2012-04-27 2013-12-03 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD693146S1 (en) 2012-04-27 2013-11-12 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD693149S1 (en) 2012-04-27 2013-11-12 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD697337S1 (en) 2012-07-03 2014-01-14 Nomaco, Inc. Stackable base for mattress assembly
USD690536S1 (en) 2012-07-26 2013-10-01 Nomaco Inc. Motion isolation insulator pad
USD692694S1 (en) 2012-09-28 2013-11-05 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD688069S1 (en) 2012-09-28 2013-08-20 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD694041S1 (en) 2012-09-28 2013-11-26 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD701713S1 (en) 2012-11-09 2014-04-01 Noel Group, Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD707467S1 (en) 2012-11-09 2014-06-24 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD709301S1 (en) 2012-11-09 2014-07-22 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
USD707468S1 (en) 2012-11-09 2014-06-24 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
WO2014176400A1 (en) 2013-04-26 2014-10-30 Noel Group Llc Cushioning assemblies with thermoplastic elements encapsulated in thermoset providing customizable support and airflow, and related methods
USD704962S1 (en) 2013-09-09 2014-05-20 Noel Group Llc Mattress bed cushion
CN106255544A (en) 2013-12-16 2016-12-21 沙特基础工业全球技术公司 UV processes and the polymeric film of heat treatment
WO2015095044A1 (en) 2013-12-16 2015-06-25 Sabic Global Technologies B.V. Treated mixed matrix polymeric membranes
FR3017329B1 (en) * 2014-02-13 2016-07-29 Arkema France METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING PRE-IMPREGNATED FIBROUS MATERIAL OF FLUIDIZED BED THERMOPLASTIC POLYMER
DE102014003731A1 (en) * 2014-03-18 2015-09-24 Carl Freudenberg Kg Fabrics for the controlled release of active substances
CN108700918B (en) 2016-04-06 2021-12-07 惠普发展公司,有限责任合伙企业 Cover for an appliance
JP7008438B2 (en) * 2017-07-14 2022-02-10 信越化学工業株式会社 Functional agent-containing fiber and its manufacturing method
CN111184279B (en) * 2020-02-23 2021-02-23 山东君泰医用防护用品科技有限公司 Repeatedly-used protective clothing
WO2021222311A1 (en) * 2020-04-27 2021-11-04 Patrick Kelly Method of preparing antimicrobial sheets for articles of manufacture having antimicrobial properties
CN113882146B (en) * 2021-11-22 2022-10-04 玛伊娅服饰(上海)有限公司 Sweat-absorbing and dirt-removing fabric and preparation method thereof

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1989008553A1 (en) * 1988-03-14 1989-09-21 Sili-Tex, Inc. Silicone polymer fiber encapsulated webs

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5209965A (en) * 1988-03-14 1993-05-11 Sili-Tex, Inc. Internally coated webs
US5004643A (en) * 1988-03-14 1991-04-02 Sili-Tex, Inc. Silicone polymer-internally coated webs

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1989008553A1 (en) * 1988-03-14 1989-09-21 Sili-Tex, Inc. Silicone polymer fiber encapsulated webs

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6342280B1 (en) 1998-06-23 2002-01-29 Nextec Applications, Inc. Products of and methods for improving adhesion between substrate and polymer layers
US6416613B1 (en) 1998-06-23 2002-07-09 Nextec Applications, Inc. Products of and method for improving adhesion between substrate and polymer layers
WO2005061777A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2005-07-07 W.L. Gore & Associates Gmbh Material for protective clothing
US9630031B2 (en) 2006-03-29 2017-04-25 Chapman Thermal Products, Inc. Lightweight protective fabrics and clothing for protection against hot or corrosive materials
FR2899248A1 (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-05 Rhodia Recherches & Tech Coating process of textile surface, useful as garment, comprises depositing thixotropic silicone elastomer composition to surface in which the composition undergo crosslinking by polyaddition reaction and optionally crosslinking by heating
WO2007112982A1 (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-11 Bluestar Silicones France Method of coating a textile surface
US9381141B2 (en) 2007-10-17 2016-07-05 Sca Tissue France Method for manufacturing a cleansing and/or care article
EA018729B1 (en) * 2007-10-17 2013-10-30 ЭсСиЭй ТИШЬЮ ФРАНС Method of manufacturing a cleaning and/or care article
WO2009083671A3 (en) * 2007-10-17 2011-01-20 Georgia-Pacific France Method of manufacturing a cleaning and/or care article
US9144796B1 (en) 2009-04-01 2015-09-29 Johnson Matthey Public Limited Company Method of applying washcoat to monolithic substrate
WO2017114971A3 (en) * 2015-12-30 2017-08-10 Green Impact Holding Ag Wash-durable, fluid absorbent substrate with antimicrobial properties and/or improved washability, and hygiene product such as reusable sanitary napkin
EA038597B1 (en) * 2015-12-30 2021-09-21 Грин Импакт Холдинг Аг Wash-durable, fluid absorbent substrate with antimicrobial properties and/or improved washability, and hygiene product such as reusable sanitary napkin
US11730852B2 (en) 2017-07-12 2023-08-22 Smith & Nephew Plc Antimicrobial or wound care materials, devices and uses
US11730854B2 (en) 2017-07-12 2023-08-22 Smith & Nephew Plc Polymer foam material, device and use
US12064523B2 (en) 2017-07-12 2024-08-20 Smith & Nephew Plc Antimicrobial or wound care materials, devices and uses
US12083232B2 (en) 2017-07-12 2024-09-10 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound care materials, devices and uses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DE69612281T2 (en) 2001-07-05
ES2159029T3 (en) 2001-09-16
AU5750096A (en) 1996-11-29
JPH10512023A (en) 1998-11-17
DK0826082T3 (en) 2001-05-07
DE69612281D1 (en) 2001-05-03
WO1996036758A3 (en) 1997-02-13
PT826082E (en) 2001-09-28
EP0826082A2 (en) 1998-03-04
ATE200114T1 (en) 2001-04-15
JP2986218B2 (en) 1999-12-06
EP0826082B1 (en) 2001-03-28
US5869172A (en) 1999-02-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US5869172A (en) Internally-coated porous webs with controlled positioning of modifiers therein
US5874164A (en) Barrier webs having bioactive surfaces
US6040251A (en) Garments of barrier webs
US6083602A (en) Incontinent garments
US5856245A (en) Articles of barrier webs
US5912116A (en) Methods of measuring analytes with barrier webs
CA2221235C (en) Barrier webs
US6289841B1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlled placement of a polymer composition into a web
US5004643A (en) Silicone polymer-internally coated webs
US5418051A (en) Internally coated webs
KR970002936B1 (en) Silicone polymer fiber encapsulated webs
US5958137A (en) Apparatus of feedback control for the placement of a polymer composition into a web
WO1996036761A9 (en) Controlling the porosity and permeation of a web
US6071602A (en) Controlling the porosity and permeation of a web
US6312523B1 (en) Apparatus of feedback control for the placement of a polymer composition into a web
US5935637A (en) Method of feedback control for the placement of a polymer composition into a web
CA2221168C (en) Internally-coated porous webs with controlled positioning of modifiers therein
US20020088396A1 (en) Apparatus of feedback control for the placement of a polymer composition into a web
US5954902A (en) Controlling the porosity and permeation of a web
CA1338232C (en) Silicone polymer-internally coated webs
CA1340808C (en) Silicone polymer encapsulated substrates

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AU BR CA CN FI JP KR MX NO NZ SG VN

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): AU BR CA CN FI JP KR MX NO NZ SG VN

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2221168

Country of ref document: CA

Ref country code: CA

Ref document number: 2221168

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1996915838

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1996915838

Country of ref document: EP

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 1996915838

Country of ref document: EP